The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account E

The American Legacy^®

Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H

American Legacy^® II, American Legacy^® III, American Legacy^® III C Share, American Legacy^® III View, American Legacy^® Shareholder’s Advantage, American Legacy^® Signature, American Legacy^® Series, American Legacy^® Design, American Legacy^® Advisory

Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N

ChoicePlus^SM, ChoicePlus^SM Access, ChoicePlus^SM II, ChoicePlus^SM II Access, ChoicePlus^SM II Advance, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM A Share, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM B Share, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM C Share, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM L Share ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Series, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Prime, ChoicePlus^SM Design, ChoicePlus^SM Rollover, ChoicePlus^SM Signature, ChoicePlus^SM Advisory, InvestmentSolutions^SM RIA

Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York

Lincoln Life & Annuity Variable Annuity Account H

American Legacy^® III, American Legacy^® III C Share, American Legacy^® III View, American Legacy^® Shareholder’s Advantage, American Legacy^® Signature, American Legacy^® Series, American Legacy^® Design, American Legacy^® Advisory

Lincoln New York Account N for Variable Annuities

ChoicePlus^SM, ChoicePlus^SMAccess, ChoicePlus^SM II, ChoicePlus^SM II Access, ChoicePlus^SM II Advance, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM A Share, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM B Share, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM C Share, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM L Share ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Series, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Prime, ChoicePlus^SM Design, ChoicePlus^SM Signature, ChoicePlus^SM Advisory

Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement dated May 1, 2019

This Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement (“Rate Sheet”) does not apply if you have not elected Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk). This supplement is for informational purposes and requires no action on your part.

This Rate Sheet provides the Guaranteed Annual Income rates and Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages that we are currently offering. This Rate Sheet must be retained with the current prospectus.

Current Rate Sheets will be included with the prospectus. You can also obtain the most current Rate Sheet by contacting your financial professional, or online at LincolnFinancial.com. This Rate Sheet has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and can be viewed at www.sec.gov.

The rates below apply for applications and/or rider election forms signed between April 1, 2019 and May 19, 2019. The Guaranteed Annual Income rates may be different than those listed below for applications or rider election forms signed after May 19, 2019.

The Guaranteed Annual Income amount is calculated when you elect the rider. Upon the first Guaranteed Annual Income withdrawal, the Guaranteed Annual Income rate will be based on your age (or the younger of you and your spouse under the joint life option) as of the date of that withdrawal, and thereafter may not change unless an Automatic Annual Step-up occurs.

Single Life GAI Rate		Joint Life GAI Rate
Age	GAI Rate	Age	GAI Rate
55-58	3.75%	55-58	3.75%
59-64	4.50%	59-64	4.25%
65-69	5.75%	65-69	5.50%
70-74	5.80%	70-74	5.60%
75+	6.00%	75+	5.75%

The Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages may be different than those listed below for applications or rider election forms signed after May 19, 2019.

The Guaranteed Income Benefit will be an amount equal to a specified percentage of your Account Value or Income Base, based on your age (or the age of the youngest life under a joint life option) at the time the Guaranteed Income Benefit is elected.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) elections for Contractowners who transition from Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk).

Single Life GIB %		Joint Life GIB %
Age	GIB %	Age	GIB %
Under 40	2.50%	Under 40	2.50%
40-54	3.00%	40-54	3.00%
55-58	3.50%	55-58	3.50%
59-64	4.00%	59-69	4.00%
65-69	4.50%	70-74	4.50%
70-79	5.00%	75-79	5.00%
80+	5.50%	80+	5.50%

In order to receive the percentages and rates indicated in this Rate Sheet, your application or rider election form must be signed and dated between April 1, 2019 and May 19, 2019. We must receive your application or rider election form in Good Order within 10 days from the date you sign your application or rider election form, and the annuity must be funded within 60 calendar days. Additional paperwork may be required if these conditions are not met and you still wish to purchase the annuity in order to receive the applicable rates in effect at that time.

Subject to the rules above, if the Guaranteed Annual Income rates and Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages that we are currently offering on the day the contract and/or rider is issued are higher than the rates we were offering on the date you signed your application or rider election form, you will receive the higher set of rates. If any rates have decreased when we compare the Guaranteed Annual Income rates and Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages that we are offering on the day you signed your application or rider election form to the set of rates that we are offering on the day your contract and/ or rider is issued, your contract / rider will be issued with the set of rates that were in effect on the day you signed your application or rider election form, subject to meeting the rules above.

The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account E

Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H
Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N

Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York

Lincoln Life & Annuity Variable Annuity Account H

Lincoln New York Account N for Variable Annuities

Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement dated May 1, 2019

This Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement (“Rate Sheet”) does not apply if you have not elected Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage. This supplement is for informational purposes and requires no action on your part.

This Rate Sheet provides the Guaranteed Annual Income rates and Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages that we are currently offering. This Rate Sheet must be retained with the current prospectus.

Single Life GAI Rate		Joint Life GAI Rate
Age	GAI Rate	Age	GAI Rate
55-58	3.50%	55-58	3.50%
59-64	4.25%	59-64	4.00%
65-69	5.25%	65-69	5.15%
70-74	5.50%	70-74	5.25%
75+	5.75%	75+	5.50%

The Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages may be different than those listed below for applications or rider election forms signed after May 19, 2019.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit elections for Contractowners who transition from Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage.

Single Life GIB %		Joint Life GIB %
Age	GIB %	Age	GIB %
Under 40	2.50%	Under 40	2.50%
40-54	3.00%	40-54	3.00%
55-58	3.50%	55-58	3.50%
59-64	4.00%	59-69	4.00%
65-69	4.50%	70-74	4.50%
70-79	5.00%	75-79	5.00%
80+	5.50%	80+	5.50%

The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account E

The American Legacy^®

Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H

Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N

Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York

Lincoln Life & Annuity Variable Annuity Account H

Lincoln New York Account N for Variable Annuities

ChoicePlus^SM, ChoicePlus^SMAccess, ChoicePlus^SM II, ChoicePlus^SM II Access, ChoicePlus^SM II Advance, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM A Share, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM B Share, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM C Share, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM L Share ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Series, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Prime, ChoicePlus^SM Design, ChoicePlus^SM Signature, ChoicePlus^SM Advisory

Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement dated May 1, 2019

This Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement (“Rate Sheet”) does not apply if you have not elected i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. This supplement is for informational purposes and requires no action on your part.

This Rate Sheet provides the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages that we are currently offering. This Rate Sheet must be retained with the current prospectus.

The rates below apply for i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit applications and/or rider election forms signed between April 1, 2019 and May 19, 2019. The Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages may be different than those listed below for applications or rider election forms signed after May 19, 2019.

Single Life GIB Percentage		Joint Life GIB Percentage
Age	GIB Percentage	Age	GIB Percentage
Under 40	2.50%	Under 40	2.50%
40-54	3.00%	40-54	3.00%
55-58	3.50%	55-58	3.50%
59-64	4.00%	59-69	4.00%
65-69	4.50%	70-74	4.50%
70-79	5.00%	75-79	5.00%
80+	5.50%	80+	5.50%

The rates below apply for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) applications and/or rider election forms signed between April 1, 2019 and May 19, 2019. The Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages may be different than those listed below for applications or rider election forms signed after May 19, 2019.

Single Life GIB Percentage		Joint Life GIB Percentage
Age	GIB Percentage	Age	GIB Percentage
Under 40	2.50%	Under 40	2.50%
40-54	3.00%	40-54	3.00%
55-58	3.50%	55-58	3.50%
59-64	4.00%	59-64	4.00%
65-69	5.00%	65-69	4.50%
70-74	5.25%	70-74	5.00%
75-79	5.50%	75-79	5.25%
80+	5.50%	80+	5.50%

In order to receive the rate indicated in this Rate Sheet, your application or rider election form must be signed and dated between April 1, 2019 and May 19, 2019. We must receive your application or rider election form in Good Order within 10 days from the date you sign your application or rider election form and the annuity must be funded within 60 calendar days. Additional paperwork may be required if these conditions are not met and you still wish to purchase the annuity in order to receive the applicable rates in effect at that time.

Subject to the rules above, if the Guaranteed Income Benefit percentage rates that we are currently offering on the day the contract and/or rider is issued are higher than the rates we were offering on the date you signed your application or rider election form, you will receive the higher set of rates. If any rates have decreased when we compare the Guaranteed Income Benefit percentage rates that we are offering on the day you signed your application or rider election form to the set of rates that we are offering on the day your contract and/or rider is issued, your contract / rider will be issued with the set of rates that were in effect on the day you signed your application or rider election form, subject to meeting the rules above.

*Purchasers of Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage (regardless of the rider effective date) may use any remaining Guaranteed Amount (if greater than the Account Value) to calculate the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit for i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit.

Lincoln ChoicePlus^SM II Advance
Individual Variable Annuity Contracts
Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N

May 1, 2019

Home Office:
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
1300 South Clinton Street
Fort Wayne, IN 46802
www.LincolnFinancial.com
1-888-868-2583

This prospectus describes an individual flexible premium deferred variable annuity contract that is issued by The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (Lincoln Life or Company). This contract can be purchased primarily as either a nonqualified annuity or qualified retirement annuity under Sections 408 (IRAs) and 408A (Roth IRAs) of the tax code. Generally, you do not pay federal income tax on the contract's growth until it is paid out. You receive tax deferral for an IRA whether or not the funds are invested in an annuity contract. Further, if your contract is a Roth IRA, you generally will not pay income tax on a distribution, provided certain conditions are met. Therefore, there should be reasons other than tax deferral for purchasing a qualified annuity contract.

The contract is designed to accumulate Contract Value and to provide income over a certain period of time, or for life, subject to certain conditions. The benefits offered under this contract may be a variable or fixed amount, if available, or a combination of both. This contract also offers a Death Benefit payable upon the death of the Contractowner or Annuitant. Certain benefits described in this prospectus are no longer available.

The state in which your contract is issued will govern whether or not certain features, riders, restrictions, limitations, charges and fees will apply to your contract. All material state variations are discussed in this prospectus, however, non-material variations may not be discussed. You should refer to your contract regarding state-specific features. Please check with your registered representative regarding availability.

The minimum initial Purchase Payment for the contract is $10,000. Additional Purchase Payments, subject to certain restrictions, may be made to the contract and must be at least $100 per payment ($25 if transmitted electronically), and at least $300 annually. We reserve the right to limit, restrict, or suspend Purchase Payments made to the contract upon advance written notice.

Except as noted below, you choose whether your Contract Value accumulates on a variable or a fixed (guaranteed) basis or both. Your contract may not offer a fixed account or if permitted by your contract, we may discontinue accepting Purchase Payments or transfers into the fixed side of the contract at any time. If any portion of your Contract Value is in the fixed account, we promise to pay you your principal and a minimum interest rate. We may impose restrictions on the fixed account for the life of your contract or during certain periods. Also, an Interest Adjustment may be applied to any withdrawal, surrender or transfer from the fixed account before the expiration date of a Guaranteed Period.

We offer variable annuity contracts that have lower fees and that may offer different investment options, features, and optional benefits. You should carefully consider whether or not this contract is the best product for you.

All Purchase Payments for benefits on a variable basis will be placed in Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N (Variable Annuity Account [VAA]). The VAA is a segregated investment account of Lincoln Life. You take all the investment risk on the Contract Value and the retirement income for amounts placed into one or more of the contract’s variable options (“Subaccounts”), which, in turn, invest in corresponding underlying funds. If the Subaccounts you select make money, your Contract Value goes up; if they lose money, it goes down. How much it goes up or down depends on the performance of the Subaccounts you select. We do not guarantee how any of the Subaccounts or their funds will perform. Also, neither the U.S. Government nor any federal agency insures or guarantees your investment in the contract. The contracts are not bank deposits and are not endorsed by any bank or government agency.

The available funds are listed below:

AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds):

Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund*

Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund*

Invesco V.I. Equally-Weighted S&P 500 Fund^†¹

Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund

AllianceBernstein Variable Products Series Fund:

AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio

AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio*

AB VPS Small/Mid Cap Value Portfolio

ALPS Variable Investment Trust:

ALPS/Stadion Core ETF Portfolio*

American Century Variable Portfolios, Inc.:

American Century VP Balanced Fund

American Century VP Large Company Value Fund

American Funds Insurance Series^®:

American Funds Global Growth Fund

American Funds Global Small Capitalization Fund

American Funds Growth Fund

American Funds Growth-Income Fund

American Funds International Fund

BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc.:

BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund

Delaware VIP^® Trust:

Delaware VIP^® Diversified Income Series

Delaware VIP^® Emerging Markets Series

Delaware VIP^® High Yield Series

Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series

Delaware VIP^® REIT Series

Delaware VIP^® Small Cap Value Series

Delaware VIP^® Smid Cap Core Series

Delaware VIP^® U.S. Growth Series

Delaware VIP^® Value Series

Deutsche DWS Investments VIT Funds:

DWS Equity 500 Index VIP Portfolio

DWS Small Cap Index VIP Portfolio

Deutsche DWS Variable Series II:

DWS Alternative Asset Allocation VIP Portfolio

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products:

Fidelity^® VIP Balanced Portfolio*

Fidelity^® VIP Contrafund^® Portfolio

Fidelity^® VIP FundsManager^® 50% Portfolio^†

Fidelity^® VIP Growth Portfolio

Fidelity^® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio

First Trust Variable Insurance Trust:

First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio^†²

Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust:

Franklin Income VIP Fund

Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund

Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund

Templeton Growth VIP Fund

Janus Aspen Series:

Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio*

Janus Henderson Enterprise Portfolio*

Janus Henderson Global Research Portfolio*

JPMorgan Insurance Trust:

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio^†

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Global Allocation Portfolio

Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust:

ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Growth Portfolio

ClearBridge Variable Mid Cap Portfolio

QS Variable Conservative Growth

Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust:

LVIP American Century Select Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund

LVIP BlackRock Advantage Allocation Fund
(formerly LVIP BlackRock Scientific Allocation Fund)

LVIP BlackRock Dividend Value Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation Managed Risk Fund
(formerly LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Managed Risk Fund)

LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund

LVIP BlackRock Global Real Estate Fund

LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund

LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund

LVIP Blended Large Cap Growth Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP Blended Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP ClearBridge Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP ClearBridge QS Select Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP Delaware Bond Fund

LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund

LVIP Delaware Social Awareness Fund

LVIP Delaware Special Opportunities Fund

LVIP Delaware Wealth Builder Fund

LVIP Dimensional International Core Equity Fund

LVIP Dimensional International Equity Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP Dimensional U.S. Core Equity 1 Fund

LVIP Dimensional U.S. Core Equity 2 Fund

LVIP Dimensional U.S. Equity Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund

LVIP Fidelity Institutional AM^® Select Core Equity Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP Franklin Templeton Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP Franklin Templeton Multi-Asset Opportunities Fund^†

LVIP Franklin Templeton Value Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund

LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund

LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund

LVIP Global Income Fund

LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund

LVIP Goldman Sachs Income Builder Fund^†

LVIP Government Money Market Fund

LVIP Invesco Diversified Equity-Income Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP Invesco Select Equity Income Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP JPMorgan High Yield Fund

LVIP JPMorgan Retirement Income Fund

LVIP JPMorgan Select Mid Cap Value Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP MFS International Equity Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP MFS International Growth Fund

LVIP MFS Value Fund

LVIP Mondrian International Value Fund

LVIP Multi-Manager Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund

LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund

LVIP SSGA Conservative Index Allocation Fund

LVIP SSGA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund

LVIP SSGA Developed International 150 Fund

LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets 100 Fund

LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund

LVIP SSGA Global Tactical Allocation Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP SSGA International Index Fund

LVIP SSGA International Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP SSGA Large Cap 100 Fund

LVIP SSGA Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP SSGA Mid-Cap Index Fund^†

LVIP SSGA Moderate Index Allocation Fund

LVIP SSGA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund

LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund

LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund

LVIP SSGA S&P 500 Index Fund³

LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund

LVIP SSGA Small-Cap Index Fund

LVIP SSGA Small-Mid Cap 200 Fund

LVIP SSGA SMID Cap Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP T. Rowe Price 2010 Fund

LVIP T. Rowe Price 2020 Fund

LVIP T. Rowe Price 2030 Fund

LVIP T. Rowe Price 2040 Fund

LVIP T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund

LVIP T. Rowe Price Structured Mid-Cap Growth Fund

LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund

LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund

LVIP Vanguard Domestic Equity ETF Fund

LVIP Vanguard International Equity ETF Fund

LVIP Wellington Capital Growth Fund

LVIP Wellington Mid-Cap Value Fund

LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust:

MFS^® VIT Growth Series

MFS^® VIT Total Return Series

MFS^® VIT Utilities Series

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust II:

MFS^® VIT II Core Equity Portfolio*

Neuberger Berman Advisers Management Trust:

Neuberger Berman AMT Mid Cap Intrinsic Value Portfolio

PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust:

PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn^® Strategy Portfolio

Putnam Variable Trust:

Putnam VT Equity Income Fund*

Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund^†

Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund*

* Not all funds are available in all contracts. Refer to the Description of the Funds section of this prospectus for specific information regarding availability of funds.

^† This fund may not be available for some contracts. Consult your registered representative.

¹ Standard & Poor’s^®,” “S&P^®,” “Standard & Poor’s Equal Weight Index,” “S&P EWI,” “S&P 500^®,” “Standard & Poor’s 500” and “500” are trademarks of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Invesco V.I. Equally-Weighted S&P 500 Fund. The fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P, and S&P makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in the fund.

² Dow Jones is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC (“Dow Jones”). The trademark has been licensed to S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC and has been sublicensed for use for certain purposes by First Trust Advisors L.P. The product is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor's and Standard & Poor's makes no representation regarding the advisability of purchasing the product.

³ The Index to which this fund is managed is a product of S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC (“SPDJI”) and has been licensed for use by one or more of the portfolio’s service providers (licensee). Standard & Poor’s^® and S&P^® are registered trademarks of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (S&P); Dow Jones^® is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC (Dow Jones); and these trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and sublicensed for certain purposes by the licensees. S&P^®, S&P GSCI^® and the Index are trademarks of S&P and have been licensed for use by SPDJI and its affiliates and sublicensed for certain purposes by the licensee. The Index is not owned, endorsed, or approved by or associated with any additional third party. The licensee’s products are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, S&P, their respective affiliates, or their third party licensors, and none of these parties or their respective affiliates or third party licensors make any representation regarding the advisability of investing in such products, nor do they have any liability for any errors, omissions, or interruptions of the Index.

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, you may not be receiving paper copies of the funds’ shareholder reports from us by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and we will notify you by mail each time a report is posted and will provide you with a website link to access the report. We will also provide instructions for requesting paper copies.

If you already elected to receive shareholder reports electronically, you will not be affected by this change and you do not need to take any action. You may elect to receive shareholder reports and other communications electronically by following the instructions we have provided.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge by informing us that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by contacting us at the telephone number listed on the first page of this prospectus. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your contract.

This prospectus gives you information about the contract that you should know before you decide to buy a contract and make Purchase Payments. You should also review the prospectuses for the funds and keep all prospectuses for future reference.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved this contract or determined that this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

More information about the contract is in the current Statement of Additional Information (SAI), dated the same date as this prospectus. The SAI is incorporated by reference into this prospectus and is legally part of this prospectus. For a free copy of the SAI, write: The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, PO Box 2348, Fort Wayne, IN 46801-2348, or call 1-888-868-2583. The SAI and other information about Lincoln Life and the VAA are also available on the SEC's website (http://www.sec.gov). There is a table of contents for the SAI on the last page of this prospectus.

Special Terms

In this prospectus, the following terms have the indicated meanings:

Access Period—Under i4LIFE^® Advantage, a defined period of time during which we make Regular Income Payments to you while you still have access to your Account Value. This means that you may make withdrawals, surrender the contract, and have a Death Benefit.

Account or Variable Annuity Account (VAA)—The segregated investment account, Account N, into which we set aside and invest the assets for the variable side of the contract offered in this prospectus.

Account Value—Under i4LIFE^® Advantage, the initial Account Value is the Contract Value on the Valuation Date that i4LIFE^® Advantage is effective (or initial Purchase Payment if i4LIFE^® Advantage is purchased at contract issue), less any applicable premium taxes. During the Access Period, the Account Value on a Valuation Date equals the total value of all of the Contractowner's Accumulation Units plus the Contractowner's value in the fixed account, reduced by Regular Income Payments, Guaranteed Income Benefit payments and withdrawals.

Accumulation Unit—A measure used to calculate Contract Value for the variable side of the contract before the Annuity Commencement Date and to calculate the i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value during the Access Period.

Annuitant—The person upon whose life the annuity benefit payments are based, and upon whose death a Death Benefit may be paid.

Annuity Commencement Date—The Valuation Date when funds are withdrawn or converted into Annuity Units or fixed dollar payout for payment of retirement income benefits under the Annuity Payout option you select (other than i4LIFE^® Advantage).

Annuity Payout—A regularly scheduled payment (under any of the available annuity options) that occurs after the Annuity Commencement Date (or Periodic Income Commencement Date if i4LIFE^® Advantage has been elected). Payments may be variable or fixed, or a combination of both.

Annuity Unit—A measure used to calculate the amount of Annuity Payouts for the variable side of the contract after the Annuity Commencement Date.

Automatic Annual Step-up—Under certain Living Benefit Riders, the Guaranteed Amount, Income Base and/or Enhancement Base will automatically step up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary, subject to certain conditions.

Beneficiary—The person you choose to receive any Death Benefit paid if you die before the Annuity Commencement Date.

Benefit Year—Under certain Living Benefit Riders, the 12-month period starting with the effective date of the rider and starting with each anniversary of the rider effective date after that. Under Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage, if the Contractowner elects a step-up, the Benefit Year will begin on the effective date of the step-up and each anniversary of the step-up after that.

Contractowner (you, your, owner)—The person who can exercise the rights within the contract (decides on investment allocations, transfers, payout option, designates the Beneficiary, etc.). Usually, but not always, the Contractowner is the Annuitant.

Contract Value (may be referred to as Account Value in marketing materials)—At any given time before the Annuity Commencement Date, the total value of all Accumulation Units of a contract, plus the value of the fixed side of the contract, if any.

Contract Year—Each 12-month period starting with the effective date of the contract and starting with each contract anniversary after that.

Death Benefit—Before the Annuity Commencement Date, the amount payable to your designated Beneficiary if the Contractowner dies. As an alternative, the Contractowner may receive a Death Benefit on the death of the Annuitant prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.

Enhancement—A feature under certain Living Benefit Riders in which the Guaranteed Amount or Income Base, minus Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year, will be increased, subject to certain conditions and limitations.

Enhancement Base—Under certain Living Benefit Riders, a value used to calculate the amount added to the Income Base when an Enhancement occurs. The Enhancement Base is equal to the Contract Value on the effective date of the rider, and is adjusted as set forth in this prospectus.

Enhancement Period—Under certain Living Benefit Riders, the 10-year period during which an Enhancement is in effect. A new Enhancement Period may begin each time an Automatic Annual Step-up to the Contract Value occurs, depending on which Living Benefit Rider you have elected, subject to certain conditions.

Excess Withdrawals—Amounts withdrawn during a Benefit Year, as specified for each Living Benefit Rider, which decrease or eliminate the guarantees under the rider.

Good Order—The actual receipt at our Home Office of the requested transaction in writing or by other means we accept, along with all information and supporting legal documentation necessary to complete the transaction. The forms we provide will identify the necessary documentation. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in Good Order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any Good Order requirements at any time.

Guaranteed Amount—The value used to calculate your withdrawal benefit under Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage or Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage.

Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payment Option—A fixed Annuity Payout option available under Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage under which the Contractowner (and spouse if applicable) will receive annual annuity payments equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount for life.

Guaranteed Annual Income—The guaranteed periodic withdrawal amount available from the contract each Benefit Year for life under certain Living Benefit Riders.

Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option—A payout option available under certain Living Benefit Riders in which the Contractowner (and spouse if applicable) will receive annual annuity payments equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount for life.

Guaranteed Period—The period during which Contract Value in a fixed account will be credited a guaranteed interest rate.

Income Base—Under certain Living Benefit Riders, the Income Base is a value used to calculate your Guaranteed Annual Income amount or the minimum payouts under your contract at a later date. The initial Income Base is equal to your initial Purchase Payment (or your Contract Value on the effective date of the rider, if you elect the rider after we have issued the contract). The Income Base is increased by Enhancements, Automatic Annual Step-ups and additional Purchase Payments, and reduced upon an Excess Withdrawal.

Interest Adjustment—An upward or downward adjustment on the amount of Contract Value in the fixed account upon a transfer, withdrawal or surrender of Contract Value from the fixed account due to fluctuations in interest rates.

Lifetime Income Period—Under i4LIFE^® Advantage, the period of time following the Access Period during which we make Regular Income Payments to you for the rest of your life (and Secondary Life, if applicable). During the Lifetime Income Period, you will no longer have access to your Account Value or receive a Death Benefit.

Investment Requirements—Restrictions in how you may allocate your Subaccount investments if you own certain Living Benefit Riders.

Lincoln Life (we, us, our, Company)—The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company.

Living Benefit Rider—A general reference to optional riders that provide some type of a minimum guarantee while you are alive. If you select a Living Benefit Rider, Excess Withdrawals may have adverse effects on the benefit, and you may be subject to Investment Requirements.

Maximum Annual Withdrawal—The guaranteed periodic withdrawal available under Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage and Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage.

Maximum Annual Withdrawal Amount Annuity Payout Option — A fixed Annuity Payout option available under Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage under which the Contractowner (and spouse if applicable) will receive annual annuity payments equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount for life.

Nursing Home Enhancement—A feature that will increase the Guaranteed Annual Income amount under Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) and Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 or the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount under Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage upon admittance to an approved nursing care facility, subject to certain conditions.

Periodic Income Commencement Date—The Valuation Date on which the amount of i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payments are determined.

Persistency Credit—The additional amount credited to the contract after the seventh contract anniversary.

Purchase Payments—Amounts paid into the contract other than Persistency Credits.

Rate Sheet—A prospectus supplement, that will be filed periodically, where we declare the current withdrawal rates or Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages under certain Living Benefit Riders.

Regular Income Payments—The variable, periodic income payments paid under i4LIFE^® Advantage.

Secondary Life—Under certain Living Benefit Riders, the person designated by the Contractowner upon whose life the annuity payments will also be contingent.

Subaccount—Each portion of the VAA that reflects investments in Accumulation and Annuity Units of a class of a particular fund available under the contracts. There is a separate Subaccount which corresponds to each class of a fund.

Valuation Date—Each day the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open for trading.

Valuation Period—The period starting at the close of trading (normally 4:00 p.m. New York time) on each day that the NYSE is open for trading (Valuation Date) and ending at the close of such trading on the next Valuation Date.

Expense Tables

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering the contract.

The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you buy the contract, surrender the contract, or transfer Contract Value between investment options, and/or the fixed account (if available). State premium taxes may also be deducted. The premium tax rates range from zero to 5%.

CONTRACTOWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES

Accumulation Phase:
Surrender charge (as a percentage of Purchase Payments surrendered/withdrawn):¹	6.00%
We may also apply an Interest Adjustment to amounts being withdrawn, surrendered or transferred from a Guaranteed Period account (except for dollar cost averaging, cross-reinvestment, withdrawals up to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount under Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage and Regular Income Payments under i4LIFE^® Advantage). See Fixed Side of the Contract.

¹	The surrender charge percentage is reduced over a 4-year period at the following rates: 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%. The later the redemption occurs, the lower the surrender charge with respect to that surrender or withdrawal. We may reduce or waive this charge in certain situations. See Charges and Other Deductions – Surrender Charge.

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses. Only one table will apply to a given Contractowner. The tables differ based on whether the Contractowner has purchased the i4LIFE^® Advantage rider.

•	Table A reflects the expenses for a contract that has not elected i4LIFE^® Advantage (Base contract).
•	Table B reflects the expenses for a contract that has elected i4LIFE^® Advantage.
•	Table C reflects the expenses for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) for Contractowners who transition from Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk).
•	Table D reflects the expenses for i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit for Contractowners who transition from Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage or 4LATER^® Select Advantage.
•	Table D reflects the expenses for i4LIFE^® Advantage for Contractowners who transition from 4LATER^® Advantage.

TABLE A

Expenses for a Contract that has not Elected i4LIFE^® Advantage (Base contract)

Annual Account Fee:¹		$35

Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of average daily net assets in the Subaccounts)²
Guaranteed Maximum and Current Product Charges:
Estate Enhancement Benefit Rider (EEB) in Combination with 5% Step-up
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge		1.80%
Administrative Charge		0.15%
Total Separate Account Expenses		1.95%
Estate Enhancement Benefit Rider (EEB) without 5% Step-up
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge		1.75%
Administrative Charge		0.15%
Total Separate Account Expenses		1.90%
5% Step-up Death Benefit
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge		1.70%
Administrative Charge		0.15%
Total Separate Account Expenses		1.85%
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge		1.55%
Administrative Charge		0.15%

Total Separate Account Expenses		1.70%


Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge		1.45%
Administrative Charge		0.15%
Total Separate Account Expenses		1.60%

Optional Living Benefit Rider Charges:	Single Life	Joint Life
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders elected on or after May 21, 2018:³
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.25%	2.45%
Current Initial Annual Charge	1.25%	1.50%
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders elected prior to May 21, 2018:^{3, 4}
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.00%	2.00%
Current Initial Annual Charge	1.05%	1.25%
Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage:³
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.25%	2.45%
Current Initial Annual Charge	1.25%	1.50%
Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage:³
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.25%	2.45%
Current Initial Annual Charge	1.25%	1.50%
Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM:³
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.25%	N/A
Current Initial Annual Charge	1.35%	N/A
4LATER^® Select Advantage:⁵
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.25%	2.45%
Current Initial Annual Charge	1.25%	1.50%
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage:⁶
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	1.50%	1.50%
Current Charge	0.90%	0.90%
Additional Charge for Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage Plus	0.15%	0.15%
Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up option:⁷
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	1.50%	1.50%
Current Charge	0.85%	1.00%
Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 5 Year Elective Step-up option:⁷
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	0.95%	N/A
Current Charge	0.85%	N/A
4LATER^® Advantage:⁸
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	1.50%	N/A
Current Charge	0.65%	N/A

¹	During the accumulation phase, the account fee will be deducted from your Contract Value on each contract anniversary, or upon surrender of the contract. The account fee will be waived if your Contract Value is $100,000 or more on the contract anniversary (or date of surrender). This account fee may be less in some states and will be waived after the fifteenth Contract Year, regardless of your Contract Value.
²	The mortality and expense risk charge is 1.25% and the administrative charge rate is 0.15% for all contracts on and after the Annuity Commencement Date.
³	As an annualized percentage of the Income Base, as increased for subsequent Purchase Payments, Automatic Annual Step-ups and Enhancements, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals. This charge is deducted from the Contract Value on a quarterly basis. See Charges and Other Deductions – Rider Charges for more information about your Living Benefit Rider.
⁴	The charge for Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) also applies to an older version of the rider - Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 - which is no longer available for purchase.
⁵	As an annualized percentage of the Income Base, as increased for subsequent Purchase Payments, Automatic Annual Step-ups and Enhancements, and decreased by withdrawals. This charge is deducted from the Contract Value on a quarterly basis. See Charges and Other Deductions – Rider Charges for more information about your Living Benefit Rider.
⁶	As an annualized percentage of the Guaranteed Amount as increased for subsequent Purchase Payments, Automatic Annual Step-ups, Enhancements and the 200% step-up and decreased for withdrawals. This charge is deducted from the Contract Value on a quarterly basis. For Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage riders purchased before January 20, 2009, the current annual charge rate will increase from 0.75% to 0.90% upon the earlier of (a) the next Automatic Annual

	Step-up of the Guaranteed Amount or (b) the next Benefit Year anniversary if cumulative Purchase Payments received after the first Benefit Year anniversary equal or exceed $100,000. A discussion of the charges for this closed rider can be found in an Appendix to this prospectus.
⁷	As an annualized percentage of the Guaranteed Amount, as increased for subsequent Purchase Payments, and step-ups and decreased for withdrawals. This charge is deducted from the Contract Value on a quarterly basis. For Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage - 1 Year Automatic Step-up option riders purchased prior to December 3, 2012, the current annual charge rate will increase to 0.85% (single life option) and 1.00% (joint life option) upon the next election of a step-up of the Guaranteed Amount. For Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage - 5 Year Elective Step-up option riders the current annual charge rate will increase to 0.85% upon the next election of a step-up of the Guaranteed Amount. A discussion of the charges for this closed rider can be found in an Appendix to this prospectus.
⁸	As an annualized percentage of the Income Base, as increased for subsequent Purchase Payments, automatic 15% enhancements, and resets and decreased for withdrawals. This charge is deducted from the Subaccounts on a quarterly basis. For riders purchased before January 20, 2009, the current annual charge rate will increase from 0.50% to 0.65% upon the next election to reset the Income Base. A discussion of the charges for this closed rider can be found in an Appendix to this prospectus.

TABLE B

Expenses for a Contract that has Elected i4LIFE^® Advantage

Annual Account Fee:¹	$35

i4LIFE^® Advantage without a Guaranteed Income Benefit rider²
Guaranteed Maximum and Current Product Charges:
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)	2.15%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit	2.00%
Account Value Death Benefit	1.95%

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders purchased on or after May 21, 2018 and i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit riders:³	Single Life	Joint Life
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	4.40%	4.60%
Current Charge	3.10%	3.30%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	4.25%	4.45%
Current Charge	2.95%	3.15%
Account Value Death Benefit
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	4.20%	4.40%
Current Charge	2.90%	3.10%

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders purchased prior to May 21, 2018 and i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) riders:³	Single Life	Joint Life
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	4.15%	4.15%
Current Charge	2.80%	3.00%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	4.00%	4.00%
Current Charge	2.65%	2.85%
Account Value Death Benefit
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	3.95%	3.95%
Current Charge	2.60%	2.80%

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (versions 1, 2 and 3):⁴	Single/Joint Life
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	3.65%
Current Charge	2.65%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit

Guaranteed Maximum Charge	3.50%
Current Charge	2.50%
Account Value Death Benefit
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	3.45%
Current Charge	2.45%

¹	During the Access Period, the account fee will be deducted from your Contract Value on each contract anniversary, or upon surrender of the contract. The account fee will be waived if your Contract Value is $100,000 or more on the contract anniversary (or date of surrender). This account fee may be less in some states and will be waived after the fifteenth Contract Year, regardless of your Contract Value.
²	As an annualized percentage of average Account Value, computed daily. This charge is assessed only on and after the effective date of i4LIFE^® Advantage. These charges continue during the Access Period. The i4LIFE^® Advantage charge rate is reduced to 1.65% during the Lifetime Income Period. See Charges and Other Deductions – i4LIFE^® Advantage Rider Charge for more information.
³	The current annual charge rate for all Select Guaranteed Income Benefit rider and for Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders elected on and after May 21, 2018, is 0.95% of Account Value for the single life option and 1.15% of Account Value for the joint life option with a guaranteed maximum charge rate of 2.25% (2.45% joint life option). The current annual charge rate for Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders elected prior to May 21, 2018 and Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) riders is 0.65% of Account Value for the single life option and 0.85% of Account Value for the joint life option with a guaranteed maximum charge rate of 2.00%. These charges are added to the i4LIFE^® Advantage charges to comprise the total charges reflected. During the Lifetime Income Period, the Guaranteed Income Benefit charge rate is added to the i4LIFE^® Advantage charge rate of 1.65%. See Charges and Other Deductions – i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge for more information.
⁴	The current annual charge for the Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 1, 2 and 3) is 0.50% of Account Value with a guaranteed maximum charge of 1.50%. This charge is added to the i4LIFE^® Advantage charges to comprise the total charges reflected. During the Lifetime Income Period, the Guaranteed Income Benefit charge is added to the i4LIFE^® Advantage charge of 1.65%. The percentage charge may change to the current charge in effect at the time you elect an additional step-up period, not to exceed the guaranteed maximum charge percentage. See Charges and Other Deductions – i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge for more information.

TABLE C

Expenses for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) for Contractowners who Transition from Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk)

Annual Account Fee:¹	$35

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) for Contractowners who transition from Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk)²	Single/Joint Life
Guaranteed Maximum and Current Product Charges:
Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of average daily net assets in the Subaccounts):
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)	1.70%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit	1.60%

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) for Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders purchased on or after May 21, 2018:³	Single Life	Joint Life
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.25%	2.45%
Current Initial Annual Charge	1.25%	1.50%
i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) for Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders purchased prior to May 21, 2018:^{2, 3}
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.00%	2.00%
Current Initial Annual Charge	1.05%	1.25%

¹	During the Access Period, the account fee will be deducted from your Contract Value on each contract anniversary, or upon surrender of the contract. The account fee will be waived if your Contract Value is $100,000 or more on the contract anniversary (or date of surrender). This account fee may be less in some states and will be waived after the fifteenth Contract Year, regardless of your Contract Value.
²	These charges also apply to Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 purchasers who elect i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4).
³	As an annualized percentage of the greater of the Income Base (associated with your Living Benefit Rider) or Account Value. This charge is deducted from Account Value on a quarterly basis and only on and after the effective date of i4LIFE^® Advantage. In the event of an automatic step-up in the Guaranteed Income Benefit, the dollar amount of the charge will increase by a two part formula: 1) the charge will increase by the same percentage that the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment increases and 2) the dollar amount of the charge will also increase by the percentage increase, if any, to the current charge rate of your Living Benefit Rider. (The charge for your Living Benefit Rider continues to be a factor in determining the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge.) See

	Charges and Other Deductions – i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge for Contractowners who transition from a Prior Rider for more information.

TABLE D

Expenses for i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit for Contractowners who Transition from Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage or 4LATER^® Select Advantage

Annual Account Fee:¹	$35

i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit for Contractowners who transition from Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage or 4LATER^® Select Advantage	Single/Joint Life
Guaranteed Maximum and Current Product Charges:
Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of average daily net assets in the Subaccounts):
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)	1.70%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit	1.60%

i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit for Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage or 4LATER^® Select Advantage riders:²	Single Life	Joint Life
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.25%	2.45%
Current Initial Annual Charge	1.25%	1.50%

¹	During the Access Period, the account fee will be deducted from your Contract Value on each contract anniversary, or upon surrender of the contract. The account fee will be waived if your Contract Value is $100,000 or more on the contract anniversary (or date of surrender). This account fee may be less in some states and will be waived after the fifteenth Contract Year, regardless of your Contract Value.
²	As an annualized percentage of the greater of the Income Base (associated with your Living Benefit Rider) or Account Value. This charge is deducted from Account Value on a quarterly basis and only on and after the effective date of i4LIFE^® Advantage. In the event of an automatic step-up in the Guaranteed Income Benefit, the dollar amount of the charge will increase by a two part formula: 1) the charge will increase by the same percentage that the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment increases and 2) the dollar amount of the charge will also increase by the percentage increase, if any, to the current charge rate of your Living Benefit Rider. (The charge for your Living Benefit Rider continues to be a factor in determining the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge.) See Charges and Other Deductions – i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit for Contractowners who transition from a Prior Rider for more information.

TABLE E

Expenses for i4LIFE^® Advantage for Contractowners who Transition from 4LATER^® Advantage

Annual Account Fee:¹	$35

i4LIFE^® Advantage with 4LATER^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit for Contractowners who transition from 4LATER^® Advantage:²
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	3.65%
Current Charge	2.80%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	3.50%
Current Charge	2.65%
Account Value Death Benefit
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	3.45%
Current Charge	2.60%

During the Access Period, the account fee will be deducted from your Contract Value on each contract anniversary, or upon surrender of the contract. The account fee will be waived if your Contract Value is $100,000 or more on the contract anniversary (or date of surrender). This account fee may be less in some states and will be waived after the fifteenth Contract Year, regardless of your Contract Value.

As an annualized percentage of average Account Value, computed daily. This charge is assessed only on and after the effective date of the Guaranteed Income Benefit. The current annual charge rate for the Guaranteed Income Benefit is 0.65% of the Account Value with a guaranteed maximum charge rate of 1.50%. This charge is added to the i4LIFE^® Advantage charges to comprise the total charges reflected. During the Lifetime Income Period, the Guaranteed Income Benefit

	charge rate is added to the i4LIFE^® Advantage charge rate of 1.65%. The charge rate will change to the current charge rate in effect upon election of a new step-up period, not to exceed the guaranteed maximum charge rate. See Charges and Other Deductions – 4LATER^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge for more information.

The next item shows the minimum and maximum total annual operating expenses charged by the funds that you may pay
periodically during the time that you own the contract. The expenses are for the year ended December 31, 2018, adjusted to reflect anticipated changes in fees and expenses, or, for new portfolios, are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. More detail concerning each fund's fees and expenses is contained in the prospectus for each fund.

	Minimum	Maximum
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that are deducted from fund assets, including management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees, and other expenses)	0.34%	2.17%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (after contractual waivers/reimbursements*)	0.28%	2.02%

*Some of the funds have entered into contractual waiver or reimbursement arrangements that may reduce fund management and other fees and/or expenses during the period of the arrangement. These arrangements vary in length, but no arrangement will terminate before April 30, 2020. There can be no assurance that fund expense waivers or reimbursements will be extended beyond their current terms as outlined in each fund prospectus, and they may not cover certain expenses such as extraordinary expenses. Certain of these arrangements may provide that amounts previously waived or reimbursed may be recovered in future years. See each fund prospectus for complete information regarding annual operating expenses and any waivers or reimbursements in effect for a particular fund.

Certain underlying funds have reserved the right to impose fees when fund shares are redeemed within a specified period of time of purchase (“redemption fees”). As of the date of this prospectus, none have done so. See The Contracts - Market Timing for a discussion of redemption fees.

For information concerning compensation paid for the sale of the contracts, see Distribution of the Contracts.

EXAMPLES

The following Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include Contractowner transaction expenses, contract fees, separate account annual expenses, and fund fees and expenses. The Examples have been calculated using the fees and expenses of the funds prior to the application of any contractual waivers and/or reimbursements.

The first Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds and that EGMDB with 5% Step-Up Death Benefit and Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) at the guaranteed maximum charge are in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

1) If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year		3 years		5 years		10 years
$1,233		$2,325		$3,248		$6,662

2) If you annuitize or do not surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year		3 years		5 years		10 years
$633		$1,925		$3,248		$6,662

The next Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds and that i4LIFE^® Advantage with the EGMDB Death Benefit and Select Guaranteed Income Benefit at the guaranteed maximum charge are in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

1) If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year		3 years		5 years		10 years
$1,273		$2,383		$3,246		$6,212

2) If you annuitize or do not surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

1 year		3 years		5 years		10 years
$673		$1,983		$3,246		$6,212

For more information, see Charges and Other Deductions in this prospectus, and the prospectuses for the funds. Premium taxes may also apply, although they do not appear in the examples. The Examples do not reflect any Persistency Credits. Different fees and expenses not reflected in the examples may be imposed during a period in which Annuity Payouts are made. See Annuity Payouts. These examples should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.

Summary of Common Questions

What kind of contract am I buying? This contract is an individual deferred flexible premium variable annuity contract between you and Lincoln Life. You may allocate your Purchase Payments to the VAA or to the fixed account. This prospectus primarily describes the variable side of the contract. This contract and certain riders, benefits, service features and enhancements may not be available in all states, and the charges may vary in certain states. All material state variations are discussed in this prospectus, however, non-material variations may not be discussed. You should refer to your contract regarding state-specific features. Please check with your registered representative regarding availability. This contract is no longer available for purchase.

What is an L-Share contract? The L-Share contract offers greater liquidity than other share class contracts, but has higher total separate account annual expenses. Quarterly Persistency Credits apply to the L-Share contracts after the seventh anniversary. See The Contracts for more information. The L-Share contract may be appropriate for someone who may want to withdraw Contract Value in excess of the free withdrawal amount four years after purchasing the contract and is willing to pay a higher mortality and expense risk charge.

Purchasing an optional Living Benefit Rider under an L-Share contract and paying a higher separate account charge, in order to have more liquidity earlier in the Contract, may not always be compatible. This is because you should typically own your contract over the long term in order to get the maximum benefit from these types of Living Benefit Riders. For example, the longer you wait to make a withdrawal, the greater your withdrawal percentage may be, or there may be a certain number of years before you can use the benefit.

You should determine the appropriate balance among (a) more liquidity earlier in the contract; (b) the impact of the separate account charge on your Contract Value; and (c) the period of time that you must own the contract to receive the desired benefit from any optional Living Benefit Rider you purchase.

What is the Variable Annuity Account (VAA)? It is a separate account we established under Indiana insurance law, and registered with the SEC as a unit investment trust. VAA assets are allocated to one or more Subaccounts, according to your investment choices. VAA assets are not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business which we may conduct. See Variable Annuity Account.

What are Asset Allocation Models? Asset allocation models are designed to assist you and your registered representative in deciding how to allocate your Purchase Payments among the various Subaccounts. Each model provides a diversified investment portfolio by combining different asset classes to help it reach its stated investment goal. See The Contracts – Asset Allocation Models.

What are Investment Requirements? If you elect a Living Benefit Rider (except i4LIFE^® Advantage without Guaranteed Income Benefit), you will be subject to certain requirements for your Subaccount investments, which means you may be limited in how much you can invest in certain Subaccounts. Different Investment Requirements apply to different riders. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements.

What are my investment choices? You may allocate your Purchase Payments to the VAA or to the fixed account, if available. Based upon your instruction for Purchase Payments, the VAA applies your Purchase Payments to one or more of the Subaccounts, which, in turn, invest in a corresponding underlying fund. Each fund holds a portfolio of securities consistent with its investment policy. See Investments of the Variable Annuity Account – Description of the Funds. Currently the fixed account is available for dollar cost averaging purposes only.

Who invests my money? Several different investment advisers manage the investment options. See Investments of the Variable Annuity Account – Description of the Funds.

How does the contract work? If we approve your application, we will send you a contract. When you make Purchase Payments during the accumulation phase, you buy Accumulation Units on the variable side of the contract and accumulate additional Contract Value through any investments in the fixed account, if available. If you decide to receive an Annuity Payout, your Accumulation Units are converted to Annuity Units. Your Annuity Payouts will be based on the number of Annuity Units you receive and the value of each Annuity Unit on payout days. See The Contracts.

risk charge. The charges for any riders applicable to your contract will also be deducted from your Contract Value or Account Value if i4LIFE^® Advantage is elected. See Charges and Other Deductions.

If you withdraw Purchase Payments, you pay a surrender charge from 0% to 6.00% of the surrendered or withdrawn Purchase Payment, depending upon how long those payments have been invested in the contract. We may waive surrender charges in certain situations. See Charges and Other Deductions – Surrender Charge.

We will deduct any applicable premium tax from Purchase Payments or Contract Value, unless the governmental entity dictates otherwise, at the time the tax is incurred or at another time we choose.

See Expense Tables and Charges and Other Deductions for information regarding additional fees and expenses that may be incurred.

The funds' investment management fees, expenses and expense limitations, if applicable, are more fully described in the prospectuses for the funds.

The surrender, withdrawal or transfer of value before the end of the applicable Guaranteed Period associated with any investments in the fixed account may be subject to the Interest Adjustment, if applicable. See Fixed Side of the Contract.

Charges may also be imposed during the regular income or Annuity Payout period, including i4LIFE^® Advantage, if elected. See The Contracts and Annuity Payouts.

For information about the compensation we pay for sales of contracts, see The Contracts – Distribution of the Contracts.

Am I limited in the amount of Purchase Payments I can make into the contract? You may make Purchase Payments to the contract any time, prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, subject to certain restrictions. For Purchase Payments totaling $2 million or more, your registered representative must submit a request to our Home Office for approval. This amount takes into consideration the total Purchase Payments for all variable annuity contracts issued by the Company (or its affiliates) (excluding Lincoln Investor Advantage^® and Lincoln Level Advantage^SM contracts) for the same Contractowner, joint owner, and/or Annuitant. Upon providing advance written notice, we reserve the right to further limit, restrict, or suspend Purchase Payments made to the contract.

If you elect a Living Benefit Rider (other than any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit), after the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year. State variations may apply. Please check with your registered representative. If you elect any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit, no additional Purchase Payments will be allowed at any time after the Periodic Income Commencement Date. If you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage without Guaranteed Income Benefit, no additional Purchase Payments will be allowed after the Periodic Income Commencement Date for nonqualified contracts. For more information about these restrictions and limitations, see The Contracts – Purchase Payments.

What is a Persistency Credit? A Persistency Credit of 0.075% of Contract Value less Purchase Payments that have been in the contract less than seven years will be credited on a quarterly basis after the seventh anniversary. See The Contracts – Persistency Credits.

How will my Annuity Payouts be calculated? If you decide to annuitize, you may select an annuity option and start receiving Annuity Payouts from your contract as a fixed option or variable option or a combination of both. See Annuity Payouts - Annuity Options. Remember that participants in the VAA benefit from any gain, and take a risk of any loss, in the value of the securities in the funds' portfolios, which would decrease the amount applied to any payout option and the related payments.

What happens if I die before I annuitize? The Death Benefit may be paid upon the death of either the Contractowner or the Annuitant. Upon the death of the Contractowner, your Beneficiary will receive Death Benefit proceeds based upon the Death Benefit you select. Your Beneficiary has options as to how the Death Benefit is paid. In the alternative, upon the death of the Annuitant the Contractowner may choose to receive a Death Benefit. See The Contracts – Death Benefit.

What happens if I die on or after the Annuity Commencement Date? Once you reach the Annuity Commencement Date, any applicable Death Benefit will terminate.

May I transfer Contract Value between variable options and between the variable and fixed sides of the contract? Yes, subject to certain restrictions. Generally, transfers made before the Annuity Commencement Date are restricted to no more than 12 per Contract Year. The minimum amount that can be transferred to the fixed account is $2,000 (unless the total amount in the Subaccounts is less than $2,000). If transferring funds from the fixed account to a Subaccount, you may only transfer up to 25% of the total value invested in the fixed account in any 12-month period. The minimum amount that may be transferred is $300. Transfers from the fixed account may be subject to an Interest Adjustment. If permitted by your contract, we may discontinue accepting transfers into the fixed side of the contract at any time. See The Contracts – Transfers On or Before the Annuity Commencement Date and Transfers After the Annuity Commencement Date. For further information, see also the Fixed Side of the Contract and Guaranteed Periods.

SmartSecurity^® Advantage) or a minimum Annuity Payout (4LATER^® Select Advantage, 4LATER^® Advantage and i4LIFE^® Advantage with or without the Guaranteed Income Benefit). If you select a Living Benefit Rider, you will be subject to Investment Requirements (unless you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage without Guaranteed Income Benefit). Excess Withdrawals (and all withdrawals under any version of the 4LATER^® Advantage rider) may have adverse effects on the benefit (especially during times of poor investment performance), as they may result in a reduction or premature termination of those benefits or of those riders. If you are not certain how an Excess Withdrawal will reduce your future guaranteed amounts, you should contact either your registered representative or us prior to requesting a withdrawal to find out what, if any, impact the Excess Withdrawal will have on any guarantees under the Living Benefit Rider. Any guarantees under the contract that exceed your Contract Value are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability.

Which Living Benefit Riders are currently available? In general, the following riders are available to all existing Contractowners: Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage, Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage, Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM, 4LATER^® Select Advantage, i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit, i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) and i4LIFE^® Advantage (without Guaranteed Income Benefit). See Living Benefit Riders later in this prospectus regarding limitations on the availability of these riders.

We reserve the right to discontinue offering any of the Living Benefit Riders to new purchasers or existing Contractowners at any time. This means that there is a chance that you may not be able to elect these Living Benefit Riders in the future (unless you are guaranteed the right to elect i4LIFE^® Advantage under the terms of your contract or i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit under the terms of another Living Benefit Rider). In addition, we may make different versions of the Living Benefit Riders available at any time.

Can I transition from my Living Benefit Rider to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit? Under the terms of certain Living Benefit Riders you are guaranteed the right to transition to the applicable version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. Please refer to the section of this prospectus that discusses your Living Benefit Rider for more information on whether you are eligible to transition. You should consider electing i4LIFE^® Advantage when you are ready to immediately start receiving i4LIFE^® Advantage payments, whereas with your current Living Benefit Rider, you may defer taking withdrawals until a later date. When deciding whether to make this transition, you should consider that, depending on your age (and the age of your spouse under the joint life option) and selected features of i4LIFE^® Advantage, i4LIFE^® Advantage may provide a higher payout than the payouts from your current Living Benefit Rider. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions for a discussion of this transition.

May I surrender the contract or make a withdrawal? Yes, subject to contract requirements and to the restrictions of any qualified retirement plan for which the contract was purchased. If you surrender the contract or make a withdrawal, certain charges may apply. A portion of surrender or withdrawal proceeds may be taxable. In addition, if you decide to take a distribution before age 59½, a 10% Internal Revenue Service (IRS) additional tax may apply. A surrender or a withdrawal also may be subject to 20% withholding. See The Contracts – Surrenders and Withdrawals, Charges and Other Deductions and Federal Tax Matters.

Can I cancel this contract? Yes. You can cancel the contract within ten days (in some states longer) of the date you first receive the contract. You need to return the contract, postage prepaid, to our Home Office. In most states you assume the risk of any market drop on Purchase Payments you allocate to the variable side of the contract. See Return Privilege.

Condensed Financial Information

Appendix A to this prospectus provides more information about Accumulation Unit values.

Investment Results

At times, the VAA may compare its investment results to various unmanaged indices or other variable annuities in reports to shareholders, sales literature and advertisements. The results will be calculated on a total return basis for various periods, with or without surrender charges. Results calculated without surrender charges will be higher. Total returns include the reinvestment of all distributions, which are reflected in changes in unit value. The money market Subaccount's yield is based upon investment performance over a 7-day period, which is then annualized.

There can be no assurance that a money market fund will be able to maintain a stable net asset value of $1.00 per share. During periods of low interest rates, the yield of a money market fund may become extremely low and possibly negative. In addition, if the yield of a Subaccount investing in a money market fund becomes negative, due in part to Contract fees and expenses, your Contract Value may decline. An investment in a money market fund is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The sponsor of a money market fund has no legal obligation to provide financial support to the fund, and you should not expect that the sponsor will provide financial support to the fund at any time. If, under SEC rules, a money market fund suspends payments of redemption proceeds, we will delay payment of any transfer, withdrawal, or benefit from a Subaccount

investing in the money market fund until the fund resumes payment. If, under SEC rules, a money market fund institutes a liquidity fee, we may assess the fee against your Contract Value if a payment is made to you from a Subaccount investing in the money market fund.

The money market yield figure and annual performance of the Subaccounts are based on past performance and do not indicate or represent future performance.

The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (Lincoln Life or Company), organized in 1905, is an Indiana-domiciled insurance company, engaged primarily in the direct issuance of life insurance contracts and annuities. Lincoln Life is wholly owned by Lincoln National Corporation (LNC), a publicly held insurance and financial services holding company incorporated in Indiana. Lincoln Life is obligated to pay all amounts promised to Contractowners under the contracts.

Depending on when you purchased your contract, you may be permitted to make allocations to the fixed account, which is part of our general account. See The Fixed Side of the Contract. In addition, any guarantees under the contract that exceed your Contract Value, such as those associated with Death Benefit options and Living Benefit Riders are paid from our general account (not the VAA). Therefore, any amounts that we may pay under the contract in excess of Contract Value are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability and our long-term ability to make such payments.

We issue other types of insurance policies and financial products as well. In addition to any amounts we are obligated to pay in excess of Contract Value under the contracts, we also pay our obligations under these products from our assets in the general account. Moreover, unlike assets held in the VAA, the assets of the general account are subject to the general liabilities of the Company and, therefore, to the Company’s general creditors. In the event of an insolvency or receivership, payments we make from our general account to satisfy claims under the contract would generally receive the same priority as our other Contractowner obligations.

The general account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of the insurance company’s creditors. Investors look to the financial strength of the insurance companies for these insurance guarantees. Therefore, guarantees provided by the insurance company as to benefits promised in the prospectus are subject to the claims paying ability of the insurance company and are subject to the risk that the insurance company may not be able to cover or may default on its obligations under those guarantees.

Our Financial Condition. Among the laws and regulations applicable to us as an insurance company are those which regulate the investments we can make with assets held in our general account. In general, those laws and regulations determine the amount and type of investments which we can make with general account assets.

In addition, state insurance regulations require that insurance companies calculate and establish on their financial statements, a specified amount of reserves in order to meet the contractual obligations to pay the claims of our Contractowners. In order to meet our claims-paying obligations, we regularly monitor our reserves to ensure we hold sufficient amounts to cover actual or expected contract and claims payments. However, it is important to note that there is no guarantee that we will always be able to meet our claims paying obligations, and that there are risks to purchasing any insurance product.

State insurance regulators also require insurance companies to maintain a minimum amount of capital in excess of liabilities, which acts as a cushion in the event that the insurer suffers a financial impairment, based on the inherent risks in the insurer’s operations. These risks include those associated with losses that we may incur as the result of defaults on the payment of interest or principal on assets held in our general account, which include bonds, mortgages, general real estate investments, and stocks, as well as the loss in value of these investments resulting from a loss in their market value.

How to Obtain More Information. We encourage both existing and prospective Contractowners to read and understand our financial statements. We prepare our financial statements on both a statutory basis and according to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). Our audited GAAP financial statements, as well as the financial statements of the VAA, are located in the SAI. If you would like a free copy of the SAI, please write to us at: PO Box 2348, Fort Wayne, IN 46801-2348, or call 1-888-868-2583. In addition, the SAI is available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may obtain our audited statutory financial statements and any unaudited statutory financial statements that may be available by visiting our website at www.LincolnFinancial.com.

You also will find on our website information on ratings assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations. These ratings are opinions of an operating insurance company’s financial capacity to meet the obligations of its insurance and annuity contracts based on its financial strength and/or claims-paying ability. Additional information about rating agencies is included in the SAI.

Lincoln Financial Group is the marketing name for Lincoln National Corporation (NYSE:LNC) and its affiliates. Through its affiliates, Lincoln Financial Group offers annuities, life, group life and disability insurance, 401(k) and 403(b) plans, and comprehensive financial planning and advisory services.

Variable Annuity Account (VAA)

On November 3, 1997, the VAA was established as an insurance company separate account under Indiana law. It is registered with the SEC as a unit investment trust under the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (1940 Act). The VAA is a segregated investment account, meaning that its assets may not be charged with liabilities resulting from any other business that we may conduct. Income, gains and losses, whether realized or not, from assets allocated to the VAA are, in accordance with the applicable annuity contracts, credited to or charged against the VAA. They are credited or charged without regard to any other income, gains or losses of Lincoln Life. We are the issuer of the contracts and the obligations set forth in the contract, other than those of the Contractowner, are ours. The VAA satisfies the definition of a separate account under the federal securities laws. We do not guarantee the investment performance of the VAA. Any investment gain or loss depends on the investment performance of the funds. You assume the full investment risk for all amounts allocated to the VAA.

The VAA is used to support other annuity contracts offered by us in addition to the contracts described in this prospectus. The other annuity contracts supported by the VAA generally invest in the same funds as the contracts described in this prospectus. These other annuity contracts may have different charges that could affect the performance of their Subaccounts, and they offer different benefits.

Financial Statements

The December 31, 2018 financial statements of the VAA and the December 31, 2018 consolidated financial statements of Lincoln Life are located in the SAI. If you would like a free copy of the SAI, complete and mail the request on the last page of this prospectus, or call 1-888-868-2583.

Investments of the Variable Annuity Account

You decide the Subaccount(s) to which you allocate Purchase Payments. There is a separate Subaccount which corresponds to each class of each fund. You may change your allocation without penalty or charges. Shares of the funds will be sold at net asset value with no initial sales charge to the VAA in order to fund the contracts. The funds are required to redeem fund shares at net asset value upon our request.

Investment Advisers

As compensation for its services to the funds, each investment adviser for each fund receives a fee from the funds which is accrued daily and paid monthly. This fee is based on the net assets of each fund, as defined in the prospectuses for the funds.

Certain Payments We Receive with Regard to the Funds

We (and/or our affiliates) incur expenses in promoting, marketing, and administering the contracts and the underlying funds. With respect to a fund, including affiliated funds, the adviser and/or distributor, or an affiliate thereof, may make payments to us (or an affiliate) for certain services we provide on behalf of the funds. Such services include, but are not limited to, recordkeeping; aggregating and processing purchase and redemption orders; providing Contractowners with statements showing their positions within the funds; processing dividend payments; providing subaccounting services for shares held by Contractowners; and forwarding shareholder communications, such as proxies, shareholder reports, dividend and tax notices, and printing and delivering prospectuses and updates to Contractowners. It is anticipated that such payments will be based on a percentage of assets of the particular fund attributable to the contracts along with certain other variable contracts issued or administered by us (or an affiliate). These percentages are negotiated and vary with each fund. Some advisers and/or distributors may pay us significantly more than other advisers and/or distributors and the amount we receive may be substantial. These percentages currently range up to 0.50%, and as of the date of this prospectus, we were receiving payments from most fund families. We (or our affiliates) may profit from these payments. These payments may be derived, in whole or in part, from the investment advisory fee deducted from fund assets. Contractowners, through their indirect investment in the funds, bear the costs of these investment advisory fees (see the funds' prospectuses for more information). Additionally, a fund's adviser and/or distributor or its affiliates may provide us with certain services that assist us in the distribution of the contracts and may pay us and/or certain affiliates amounts for marketing programs and sales support, as well as amounts to participate in training and sales meetings.

In addition to the payments described above, most of the funds offered as part of this contract make payments to us under their distribution plans (12b-1 plans) for the marketing and distribution of fund shares. The payment rates range up to 0.35% based on the amount of assets invested in those funds. Payments made out of the assets of the fund will reduce the amount of assets that otherwise would be available for investment, and will reduce the fund's investment return. The dollar amount of future asset-based fees is not predictable because these fees are a percentage of the fund's average net assets, which can fluctuate over time. If, however, the value of the fund goes up, then so would the payment to us (or our affiliates). Conversely, if the value of the funds goes down, payments to us or our affiliates would decrease.

Description of the Funds

Each of the Subaccounts of the VAA is invested solely in shares of one of the funds available under the contract. Each fund may be subject to certain investment policies and restrictions which may not be changed without a majority vote of shareholders of that fund.

We select the funds offered through the contract based on several factors, including, without limitation, asset class coverage, the strength of the manager's reputation and tenure, brand recognition, performance, the capability and qualification of each sponsoring investment firm, and whether the fund is affiliated with us. Another factor we consider during the initial selection process is whether the fund or an affiliate of the fund will make payments to us or our affiliates. We may also consider the ability of the fund to help manage volatility and our risks associated with the guarantees we provide under the contract and under optional riders, especially the Living Benefit Riders. We review each fund periodically after it is selected. We reserve the right to remove a fund or restrict allocation of additional Purchase Payments to a fund if we determine the fund no longer meets one or more of the factors and/or if the fund has not attracted significant Contractowner assets. Finally, when we develop a variable annuity product in cooperation with a fund family or distributor (e.g., a “private label” product), we generally will include funds based on recommendations made by the fund family or distributor, whose selection criteria may differ from our selection criteria.

Certain funds offered as part of this contract have similar investment objectives and policies to other portfolios managed by the adviser. The investment results of the funds, however, may be higher or lower than the other portfolios that are managed by the adviser or sub-adviser. There can be no assurance, and no representation is made, that the investment results of any of the funds will be comparable to the investment results of any other portfolio managed by the adviser or sub-adviser, if applicable.

Certain funds invest their assets in other funds. As a result, you will pay fees and expenses at both fund levels. This will reduce your investment return. These arrangements are referred to as funds of funds or master-feeder funds, which may have higher expenses than funds that invest directly in debt or equity securities. An advisor affiliated with us manages some of the available funds of funds. Our affiliates may promote the benefits of such funds to Contractowners and/or suggest that Contractowners consider whether allocating some or all of their Contract Value to such portfolios is consistent with their desired investment objectives. In doing so, we may be subject to conflicts of interest insofar as we may derive greater revenues from the affiliated fund of funds than certain other funds available to you under your contract.

Certain funds may employ risk management strategies to provide for downside protection during sharp downward movements in equity markets. These funds usually, but not always, have “Managed Risk” or “Managed Volatility” in the name of the fund. These strategies could limit the upside participation of the fund in rising equity markets relative to other funds. The Death Benefits and Living Benefit Riders offered under the contract also provide protection in the event of a market downturn. Likewise, there are additional costs associated with the Death Benefits and Living Benefit Riders, which can limit the contract’s upside participation in the markets. Many of these funds are included in the Investment Requirements associated with Living Benefit Riders. Risk management strategies, in periods of high market volatility, could limit your participation in market gains; this may conflict with your investment objectives by limiting your ability to maximize potential growth of your Contract Value and, in turn, the value of any guaranteed benefit that is tied to investment performance. For more information on these funds and their risk management strategies, please see the Investment Requirements section of this prospectus. You should consult with your registered representative to determine which combination of investment choices and Death Benefit and/or Living Benefit Rider purchases (if any) are appropriate for you.

Following are brief summaries of the fund descriptions. More detailed information may be obtained from the current prospectus for each fund. You should read each fund prospectus carefully before investing. Prospectuses for each fund are available by contacting us. In addition, if you receive a summary prospectus for a fund, you may obtain a full statutory prospectus by referring to the contact information for the fund company on the cover page of the summary prospectus. Please be advised that there is no assurance that any of the funds will achieve their stated objectives.

AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds), advised by Invesco Advisers, Inc.

•	Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund (Series II Shares): Capital growth. This fund is not offered in contracts issued on or after May 24, 2004.
•	Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund (Series II Shares): Long-term growth of capital. This fund is not offered in contracts issued on or after May 24, 2004.
•	Invesco V.I. Equally-Weighted S&P 500 Fund (Series II Shares)^†: To seek to achieve a high level of total return on its assets through a combination of capital appreciation and current income.
•	Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund (Series II Shares): Long-term growth of capital.

AllianceBernstein Variable Products Series Fund, advised by AllianceBernstein, L.P.

•	AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio (Class B): Long-term growth of capital.
•	AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class B): Long-term growth of capital. This fund is not offered in contracts issued on or after June 6, 2005.
•	AB VPS Small/Mid Cap Value Portfolio (Class B): Long-term growth of capital.

ALPS Variable Investment Trust, advised by ALPS Advisors, Inc.

•	ALPS/Stadion Core ETF Portfolio (Class III): Seeks a balance between current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital; a fund of funds.

American Century Variable Portfolios, Inc., advised by American Century Investment Management, Inc.

•	American Century VP Balanced Fund (Class II): Long-term capital growth and current income by investing approximately 60% of its assets in equity securities and the remainder in bonds and other fixed-income securities.
•	American Century VP Large Company Value Fund (Class II): Long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.

American Funds Insurance Series^®, advised by Capital Research and Management Company

•	American Funds Global Growth Fund (Class 2): Long-term growth of capital.
•	American Funds Global Small Capitalization Fund (Class 2): Long-term capital growth.
•	American Funds Growth Fund (Class 2): Growth of capital.
•	American Funds Growth-Income Fund (Class 2): Long-term growth of capital and income.
•	American Funds International Fund (Class 2): Long-term growth of capital.

BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc., advised by BlackRock Advisors, LLC

•	BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund (Class III): High total investment return.

Delaware VIP^® Trust, advised by Delaware Management Company⁽¹⁾

•	Delaware VIP^® Diversified Income Series (Service Class): Maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk.
•	Delaware VIP^® Emerging Markets Series (Service Class): Long-term capital appreciation.
•	Delaware VIP^® High Yield Series (Service Class): Total return and, as a secondary objective, high current income.
•	Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series (Service Class): Maximum total return, consistent with reasonable risk.
•	Delaware VIP^® REIT Series (Service Class): Maximum long-term total return, with capital appreciation as a secondary objective.
•	Delaware VIP^® Small Cap Value Series (Service Class): Capital appreciation.
•	Delaware VIP^® Smid Cap Core Series (Service Class): Long-term capital appreciation.
•	Delaware VIP^® U.S. Growth Series (Service Class): Long-term capital appreciation.
•	Delaware VIP^® Value Series (Service Class): Long-term capital appreciation.

Deutsche DWS Investments VIT Funds, advised by Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.

•	DWS Equity 500 Index VIP Portfolio (Class A): To replicate, as closely as possible, before the deduction of expenses, the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Price Index (the “S&P 500^® Index”), which emphasizes stocks of large US companies.
•	DWS Small Cap Index VIP Portfolio (Class A): To replicate, as closely as possible, before the deduction of expenses, the performance of the Russell 2000^® Index, which emphasizes stocks of small US companies.

Deutsche DWS Variable Series II, advised by Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.

•	DWS Alternative Asset Allocation VIP Portfolio (Class B): Capital appreciation; a fund of funds.

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products, advised by Fidelity Management and Research Company

•	Fidelity^® VIP Balanced Portfolio (Service Class 2): Income and capital growth consistent with reasonable risk; a fund of funds. This fund will be available on or about May 20, 2019. Consult your registered representative
•	Fidelity^® VIP Contrafund^® Portfolio (Service Class 2): Long-term capital appreciation.
•	Fidelity^® VIP FundsManager^® 50% Portfolio (Service Class 2)^†: High total return; a fund of funds.
•	Fidelity^® VIP Growth Portfolio (Service Class 2): To achieve capital appreciation.
•	Fidelity^® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio (Service Class 2): Long-term growth of capital.

First Trust Variable Insurance Trust, advised by First Trust Advisors, L.P.

•	First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio (Class I)^†: To provide total return by allocating among dividend-paying stocks and investment grade bonds.

Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, advised by Franklin Advisers, Inc. for the Franklin Income VIP Fund and the Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund, and by Templeton Global Advisors Limited for the Templeton Growth VIP Fund, and by Franklin Mutual Advisors, LLC for the Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund.

•	Franklin Income VIP Fund (Class 2): To maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation.
•	Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund (Class 2): Capital appreciation; income is a secondary consideration.
•	Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund (Class 2): High current income consistent with preservation of capital; capital appreciation is a secondary objective.
•	Templeton Growth VIP Fund (Class 2): Long-term capital growth.

Janus Aspen Series, advised by Janus Capital Management LLC

•	Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio (Service Shares): Long-term capital growth, consistent with preservation of capital and balanced by current income. This fund is not offered in contracts issued on or after June 6, 2005.
•	Janus Henderson Enterprise Portfolio (Service Shares): Long-term growth of capital. This fund is not offered in contracts issued on or after June 6, 2005.
•	Janus Henderson Global Research Portfolio (Service Shares): Long-term growth of capital. This fund is not offered in contracts issued on or after May 24, 2004.

JPMorgan Insurance Trust, advised by J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

•	JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio (Class 2)^†: To maximize total return by investing primarily in a diversified portfolio of intermediate- and long-term debt securities.
•	JPMorgan Insurance Trust Global Allocation Portfolio (Class 2): Maximize long-term total return.

Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust, advised by Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC.

•	ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Growth Portfolio (Class II): Long-term growth of capital.
•	ClearBridge Variable Mid Cap Portfolio (Class II): Long-term growth of capital.
•	QS Variable Conservative Growth (Class II): Balance of growth of capital and income.

Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust, advised by Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation.

•	LVIP American Century Select Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Capital appreciation.
•	LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund (Service Class): Capital appreciation.
•	LVIP BlackRock Advantage Allocation Fund (Service Class): Total return. (formerly LVIP BlackRock Scientific Allocation Fund)
•	LVIP BlackRock Dividend Value Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Reasonable income by investing primarily in income-producing equity securities.
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation Managed Risk Fund (Service Class): Capital appreciation; a fund of funds. (formerly LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Managed Risk Fund)
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund (Service Class): A balance between current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Real Estate Fund (Service Class): Total return through a combination of current income and long-term capital appreciation.
•	LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund (Service Class): To maximize real return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment management.
•	LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund (Service Class): A balance between current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP Blended Large Cap Growth Managed Volatility Fund (Standard Class): Long-term growth of capital in a manner consistent with the preservation of capital.
•	LVIP Blended Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Capital appreciation.

•	LVIP ClearBridge Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Long-term capital appreciation; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP ClearBridge QS Select Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Capital appreciation.
•	LVIP Delaware Bond Fund (Standard Class)⁽¹⁾: Maximum current income (yield) consistent with a prudent investment strategy.
•	LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund (Service Class)⁽¹⁾: Total return.
•	LVIP Delaware Social Awareness Fund (Standard Class)⁽¹⁾: To maximize long-term capital appreciation.
•	LVIP Delaware Special Opportunities Fund (Service Class)⁽¹⁾: To maximize long-term capital appreciation.
•	LVIP Delaware Wealth Builder Fund (Standard Class)⁽¹⁾: To provide a responsible level of income and the potential for capital appreciation.
•	LVIP Dimensional International Core Equity Fund (Service Class): Long-term capital appreciation.
•	LVIP Dimensional International Equity Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Long-term capital appreciation; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP Dimensional U.S. Core Equity 1 Fund (Service Class): Long-term capital appreciation.
•	LVIP Dimensional U.S. Core Equity 2 Fund (Service Class): Long-term capital appreciation.
•	LVIP Dimensional U.S. Equity Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Long-term capital appreciation; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund (Service Class): Total return consistent with the preservation of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP Fidelity Institutional AM^® Select Core Equity Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Capital appreciation; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP Franklin Templeton Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Long-term capital growth.
•	LVIP Franklin Templeton Multi-Asset Opportunities Fund (Service Class)^†: Long-term growth of capital.
•	LVIP Franklin Templeton Value Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Capital appreciation; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund (Service Class): A balance between current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund (Service Class): A high level of current income with some consideration given to growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund (Service Class): A balance between a high level of current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP Global Income Fund (Service Class): Current income consistent with preservation of capital.
•	LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund (Service Class): A balance between a high level of current income and growth of capital, with an emphasis on growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP Goldman Sachs Income Builder Fund (Service Class)^†: To seek a balance of current income and capital appreciation.
•	LVIP Government Money Market Fund (Standard Class): Current income while (i) maintaining a stable value of your shares (providing stability of net asset value) and (ii) preserving the value of your initial investment (preservation of capital).
•	LVIP Invesco Diversified Equity-Income Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Capital appreciation and current income; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP Invesco Select Equity Income Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Capital appreciation.
•	LVIP JPMorgan High Yield Fund (Service Class): A high level of current income; capital appreciation is the secondary objective.
•	LVIP JPMorgan Retirement Income Fund (Service Class): Current income and some capital appreciation.
•	LVIP JPMorgan Select Mid Cap Value Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Long-term capital appreciation.
•	LVIP MFS International Equity Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Capital appreciation; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP MFS International Growth Fund (Service Class): Long-term capital appreciation.
•	LVIP MFS Value Fund (Service Class): Capital appreciation.
•	LVIP Mondrian International Value Fund (Standard Class): Long-term capital appreciation as measured by the change in the value of fund shares over a period of three years or longer.
•	LVIP Multi-Manager Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Long-term growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund (Service Class): To seek a high level of current income consistent with preservation of capital.

•	LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund (Service Class): To match as closely as practicable, before fees and expenses, the performance of the Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Index.
•	LVIP SSGA Conservative Index Allocation Fund (Service Class): A high level of current income, with some consideration given to growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP SSGA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund (Service Class): A high level of current income, with some consideration given to growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP SSGA Developed International 150 Fund (Service Class): To maximize long-term capital appreciation.
•	LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets 100 Fund (Service Class): To maximize long-term capital appreciation.
•	LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund (Service Class): A balance between current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital.
•	LVIP SSGA Global Tactical Allocation Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Long-term growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP SSGA International Index Fund (Service Class): To approximate as closely as practicable, before fees and expenses, the performance of a broad market index of non-U.S. foreign securities.
•	LVIP SSGA International Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Capital appreciation; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP SSGA Large Cap 100 Fund (Service Class): To maximize long-term capital appreciation.
•	LVIP SSGA Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Capital appreciation; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP SSGA Mid-Cap Index Fund (Service Class)^†: To seek to approximate as closely as practicable, before fees and expenses, the performance of a broad market index that emphasizes stocks of mid-sized U.S. companies.
•	LVIP SSGA Moderate Index Allocation Fund (Service Class): A balance between a high level of current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP SSGA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund (Service Class): A balance between a high level of current income and growth of capital, with an emphasis on growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund (Service Class): A balance between high level of current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund (Service Class): A balance between high level of current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP SSGA S&P 500 Index Fund (Service Class): To approximate as closely as practicable, before fees and expenses, the total rate of return of common stocks publicly traded in the United States, as represented by the S&P 500 Index.⁽²⁾
•	LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund (Service Class): To provide investment results that, before fees and expenses, correspond generally to the price and yield performance of an index that tracks the short-term U.S. corporate bond market.
•	LVIP SSGA Small-Cap Index Fund (Service Class): To approximate as closely as practicable, before fees and expenses, the performance of the Russell 2000^® Index, which emphasizes stocks of small U.S. companies.
•	LVIP SSGA Small-Mid Cap 200 Fund (Service Class): To maximize long-term capital appreciation.
•	LVIP SSGA SMID Cap Managed Volatility Fund (Service Class): Capital appreciation; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price 2010 Fund (Service Class): The highest total return over time consistent with an emphasis on both capital growth and income; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price 2020 Fund (Service Class): The highest total return over time consistent with an emphasis on both capital growth and income; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price 2030 Fund (Service Class): The highest total return over time consistent with an emphasis on both capital growth and income; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price 2040 Fund (Service Class): The highest total return over time consistent with an emphasis on both capital growth and income; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund (Service Class): Long-term capital growth.
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price Structured Mid-Cap Growth Fund (Standard Class): To maximize capital appreciation.
•	LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund (Service Class): A balance between current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund (Service Class): High level of current income and growth of capital, with an emphasis on growth of capital; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP Vanguard Domestic Equity ETF Fund (Service Class): Long-term capital appreciation; a fund of funds.
•	LVIP Vanguard International Equity ETF Fund (Service Class): Long-term capital appreciation; a fund of funds.

•	LVIP Wellington Capital Growth Fund (Service Class): Capital growth.
•	LVIP Wellington Mid-Cap Value Fund (Service Class): Long-term capital appreciation.
•	LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund (Service Class): Maximize total return.

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust, advised by Massachusetts Financial Services Company

•	MFS^® VIT Growth Series (Service Class): Capital appreciation.
•	MFS^® VIT Total Return Series (Service Class): Total return.
•	MFS^® VIT Utilities Series (Service Class): Total return.

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust II, advised by Massachusetts Financial Services Company

•	MFS^® VIT II Core Equity Portfolio (Service Class): Capital appreciation. This fund is not offered in contracts issued on or after June 6, 2005.

Neuberger Berman Advisers Management Trust, advised by Neuberger Berman Management, Inc.

•	Neuberger Berman AMT Mid Cap Intrinsic Value Portfolio (I Class): Growth of capital.

PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, advised by PIMCO

•	PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn^® Strategy Portfolio (Advisor Class): Maximum real return, consistent with prudent investment management.

Putnam Variable Trust, advised by Putnam Investment Management, LLC

•	Putnam VT Equity Income Fund (Class IB): Capital growth and current income. This fund is only available for contracts issued prior to May 24, 2004.
•	Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund (Class IB)^†: Balanced investment composed of a well-diversified portfolio of stocks and bonds which produce both capital growth and current income.
•	Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund (Class IB): Capital appreciation. This fund is not offered in contracts issued on or after May 24, 2004

^†

This fund may not be available for some contracts. Consult your registered representative.

(1)

Investments in Delaware VIP Series, Delaware Funds, LVIP Delaware Funds or Lincoln Life accounts managed by Macquarie Investment Management Advisers, a series of Macquarie Investments Management Business Trust, are not and will not be deposits with or liabilities of Macquarie Bank Limited ABN 46008 583 542 and its holding companies, including their subsidiaries or related companies, and are subject to investment risk, including possible delays in prepayment and loss of income and capital invested. No Macquarie Group company guarantees or will guarantee the performance of the Series or Funds or accounts, the repayment of capital from the Series or Funds or account, or any particular rate of return.

Fund Shares

We will purchase shares of the funds at net asset value and direct them to the appropriate Subaccounts of the VAA. We will redeem sufficient shares of the appropriate funds to pay Annuity Payouts, Death Benefits, surrender/withdrawal proceeds or for other purposes described in the contract. If you want to transfer all or part of your investment from one Subaccount to another, we may redeem shares held in the first Subaccount and purchase shares of the other. Redeemed shares are retired, but they may be reissued later.

Shares of the funds are not sold directly to the general public. They are sold to us, and may be sold to other insurance companies, for investment of the assets of the Subaccounts established by those insurance companies to fund variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts.

When a fund sells any of its shares both to variable annuity and to variable life insurance separate accounts, it is said to engage in mixed funding. When a fund sells any of its shares to separate accounts of unaffiliated life insurance companies, it is said to engage in shared funding.

The funds currently engage in mixed and shared funding. Therefore, due to differences in redemption rates or tax treatment, or other considerations, the interest of various Contractowners participating in a fund could conflict. Each of the fund’s Board of Directors will monitor for the existence of any material conflicts, and determine what action, if any, should be taken. The funds do not foresee any disadvantage to Contractowners arising out of mixed or shared funding. If such a conflict were to occur, one of the separate accounts might withdraw its investment in a fund. This might force a fund to sell portfolio securities at disadvantageous prices. See the prospectuses for the funds.

Reinvestment of Dividends and Capital Gain Distributions

All dividends and capital gain distributions of the funds are automatically reinvested in shares of the distributing funds at their net asset value on the date of distribution. Dividends are not paid out to Contractowners as additional units, but are reflected as changes in unit values.

Addition, Deletion or Substitution of Investments

We reserve the right, within the law, to make certain changes to the structure and operation of the VAA at our discretion and without your consent. We may add, delete, or substitute funds for all Contractowners or only for certain classes of Contractowners. New or substitute funds may have different fees and expenses, and may only be offered to certain classes of Contractowners.

Substitutions may be made with respect to existing investments or the investment of future Purchase Payments, or both. In the event of a substitution, the Contract Value allocated to the existing fund will be allocated to the substitute fund. Any future allocations to the substitute fund will automatically be allocated according to the instructions we have on file for you unless otherwise instructed by you. If we don’t have instructions from you on file, your Purchase Payments will be allocated to the substitute fund.

We may close Subaccounts to allocations of Purchase Payments or Contract Value, or both, at any time in our sole discretion. The funds, which sell their shares to the Subaccounts pursuant to participation agreements, also may terminate these agreements and discontinue offering their shares to the Subaccounts. In the event of a fund closure, any Contract Value you have invested in the closed fund will remain in that fund until you transfer it elsewhere. Any future allocation to the closed fund will be allocated in accordance with the instructions we have on file for you unless you instruct us otherwise.

In addition, a Subaccount may become unavailable due to the liquidation of its underlying fund portfolio. To the extent permitted by applicable law, upon notice to you and unless you otherwise instruct us, we will re-allocate any Contract Value in the liquidated fund to the money market subaccount or a subaccount investing in another underlying fund portfolio designated by us. Any future allocations to the liquidated fund will automatically be allocated according to the instructions we have on file for you unless you instruct us otherwise.

From time to time, certain of the underlying funds may merge with other funds. If a merger of an underlying fund occurs, the Contract Value allocated to the existing fund will be merged into the surviving underlying fund. Any future allocations to the merged fund will automatically be allocated according to the instructions we have on file for you unless you instruct us otherwise. If we don’t have instructions from you on file, your Purchase Payment will be allocated to the surviving underlying fund.

We may also:

•	remove, combine, or add Subaccounts and make the new Subaccounts available to you at our discretion;
•	transfer assets supporting the contracts from one Subaccount to another or from the VAA to another separate account;
•	combine the VAA with other separate accounts and/or create new separate accounts;
•	deregister the VAA under the 1940 Act; and
•	operate the VAA as a management investment company under the 1940 Act or as any other form permitted by law.

We may modify the provisions of the contracts to reflect changes to the Subaccounts and the VAA and to comply with applicable law. We will not make any changes without any necessary approval by the SEC. We will also provide you written notice.

Charges and Other Deductions

We will deduct the charges described below to cover our costs and expenses, services provided and risks assumed under the contracts. We incur certain costs and expenses for the distribution and administration of the contracts and for providing the benefits payable thereunder.

Our administrative services include:

•	processing applications for and issuing the contracts;
•	processing purchases and redemptions of fund shares as required (including dollar cost averaging, cross-reinvestment, portfolio rebalancing, and automatic withdrawal services – See Additional Services and the SAI for more information on these programs);
•	maintaining records;
•	administering Annuity Payouts;
•	furnishing accounting and valuation services (including the calculation and monitoring of daily Subaccount values);
•	reconciling and depositing cash receipts;
•	providing contract confirmations;
•	providing toll-free inquiry services; and
•	furnishing telephone and other electronic surrenders, withdrawals and fund transfer services.

The risks we assume include:

•	the risk that lifetime payments from Living Benefit Riders will exceed the Contract Value;
•	the risk that Death Benefits paid will exceed the actual Contract Value;
•	the risk that, if a Guaranteed Income Benefit rider is in effect, the required Regular Income Payments will exceed the Account Value;
•	the risk that Annuitants upon which Annuity Payouts are based live longer than we assumed when we calculated our guaranteed rates (these rates are incorporated in the contract and cannot be changed);
•	the risk that more Contractowners than expected will qualify for waivers of the surrender charge; and
•	the risk that our costs in providing the services will exceed our revenues from contract charges (which we cannot change).

The amount of a charge may not necessarily correspond to the costs associated with providing the services or benefits indicated by the description of the charge. For example, the surrender charge collected may not fully cover all of the sales and distribution expenses actually incurred by us. Any remaining expenses will be paid from our general account which may consist, among other things, of proceeds derived from mortality and expense risk charges deducted from the account. We may profit from one or more of the fees and charges deducted under the contract. We may use these profits for any corporate purpose, including financing the distribution of the contracts.

Deductions from the VAA

For the base contract, we apply to the average daily net asset value of the Subaccounts a charge which is equal to an annual rate of:

	Estate Enhancement Benefit rider (EEB) in combination with 5% Step-up	Estate Enhancement Benefit rider (EEB) without 5% Step-up	5% Step-up Death Benefit	Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)	Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit (GOP)
Mortality and expense risk charge	1.80%	1.75%	1.70%	1.55%	1.45%
Administrative charge	0.15%	0.15%	0.15%	0.15%	0.15%
Total annual charge for each Subaccount	1.95%	1.90%	1.85%	1.70%	1.60%

Surrender Charge

A surrender charge applies (except as described below) to surrenders and withdrawals of Purchase Payments that have been invested for the periods indicated below. The surrender charge is calculated separately for each Purchase Payment. The contract anniversary is the annually occurring date beginning with the effective date of the contract. For example, if the effective date of your contract is January 1^st, your contract anniversary would be on January 1^stof each subsequent year.

	Number of contract anniversaries since Purchase Payment was invested
	0	1	2	3	4+
Surrender charge as a percentage of the surrendered or withdrawn Purchase Payments	6%	5%	4%	3%	0%

A surrender charge does not apply to:

•	A surrender or withdrawal of a Purchase Payment beyond the fourth anniversary since the Purchase Payment was invested;
•	Withdrawals of Contract Value during a Contract Year to the extent that the total Contract Value withdrawn during the current Contract Year does not exceed the free amount which is equal to the greater of 10% of the current Contract Value or 10% of the total Purchase Payments (this does not apply upon surrender of the contract);
•	A surviving spouse at the time he or she assumes ownership of the contract as a result of the death of the original owner (however, the surrender charge schedule of the original contract will continue to apply to the spouse's contract);
•	A surrender or withdrawal of any Purchase Payments as a result of admittance of the Contractowner into an accredited nursing home or equivalent health care facility, where the admittance into such facility occurs after the effective date of the contract and the Contractowner has been confined for at least 90 consecutive days;
•	A surrender of the contract as a result of the death of the Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant, provided the Annuitant has not been changed for any reason other than the death of a prior named Annuitant;
•	Purchase Payments when used in the calculation of the initial Regular Income Payment and the initial Account Value under the i4LIFE^® Advantage option or the Contract Value applied to calculate the benefit amount under any Annuity Payout option made available by us;
•	Regular Income Payments made under i4LIFE^® Advantage including any payments to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit or periodic payments made under any Annuity Payout option made available by us;
•	A surrender or withdrawal of any Purchase Payments after the onset of a permanent and total disability of the Contractowner as

	defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the tax code, if the disability occurred after the effective date of the contract and before the 65^th birthday of the Contractowner. For contracts issued in the state of New Jersey, a different definition of permanent and total disability applies;
•	A surrender or withdrawal of any Purchase Payments as a result of the diagnosis of a terminal illness that is after the effective date of the contract and results in a life expectancy of less than one year as determined by a qualified professional medical practitioner;
•	Withdrawals up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount or the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount under applicable Living Benefit Riders, subject to certain conditions.

For purposes of calculating the surrender charge on withdrawals, we assume that:

1.	The free amount will be withdrawn from Purchase Payments on a first in-first out (“FIFO”) basis.
2.	Prior to the fourth anniversary of the contract, any amount withdrawn above the free amount during a Contract Year will be withdrawn in the following order:

•	from Purchase Payments (on a FIFO basis) until exhausted; then
•	from earnings until exhausted.

3.	On or after the fourth anniversary of the contract, any amount withdrawn above the free amount during a Contract Year will be withdrawn in the following order:

•	from Purchase Payments (on a FIFO basis) to which a surrender charge no longer applies until exhausted; then
•	from earnings and Persistency Credits until exhausted; then
•	from Purchase Payments (on a FIFO basis) to which a surrender charge still applies until exhausted.

We apply the surrender charge as a percentage of Purchase Payments, which means that you would pay the same surrender charge at the time of surrender regardless of whether your Contract Value has increased or decreased. The surrender charge is calculated separately for each Purchase Payment. The surrender charges associated with surrender or withdrawal are paid to us to compensate us for the loss we experience on contract distribution costs when Contractowners surrender or withdraw before distribution costs have been recovered.

There are charges associated with surrender of a contract or withdrawal of Contract Value. You may specify whether these charges are deducted from the amount you request to be withdrawn or from the remaining Contract Value. If the charges are deducted from the remaining Contract Value, the amount of the total withdrawal will increase according to the impact of the applicable surrender charge percentage; consequently, the dollar amount of the surrender charge associated with the withdrawal will also increase. In other words, the dollar amount deducted to cover the surrender charge is also subject to a surrender charge.

If the Contractowner is a corporation or other non-individual (non-natural person), the Annuitant or joint Annuitant will be considered the Contractowner or joint owner for purposes of determining when a surrender charge does not apply.

Account Fee

During the accumulation period, we will deduct an account fee of $35 from the Contract Value on each contract anniversary to compensate us for the administrative services provided to you; this account fee will also be deducted from the Contract Value upon surrender. This fee may be lower in certain states, if required, and will be waived after the fifteenth Contract Year. The account fee will be waived for any contract with a Contract Value that is equal to or greater than $100,000 on the contract anniversary (or date of surrender).

Rider Charges

A fee or expense may also be deducted in connection with any benefits added to the contract by rider or endorsement. The deduction of a rider charge will be noted on your quarterly statement.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage, Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage, Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM, and 4LATER^® Select Advantage Charges. If you elect a Living Benefit Rider, there is a charge associated with that rider for as long as the rider is in effect.

The charge rates for the riders listed above are:

	Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge Rate		Current Initial Annual Charge Rate
	Single Life	Joint Life	Single Life	Joint Life
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders elected on or after May 21, 2018; or Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage; Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage; or 4LATER^® Select Advantage	2.25%	2.45%	1.25% (0.3125% quarterly)	1.50% (0.3750% quarterly)
Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM	2.25%	N/A	1.35% (0.3375% quarterly)	N/A
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders elected prior to May 21, 2018	2.00%	2.00%	1.05% (0.2625% quarterly)	1.25% (0.3125% quarterly)

A discussion of the charges for additional closed riders can be found in an Appendix to this prospectus.

The charge:

•	is based on the Income Base (initial Purchase Payment if purchased at contract issue, or Contract Value at the time of election) as increased for subsequent Purchase Payments, Automatic Annual Step-ups, Enhancements, and as decreased for Excess Withdrawals. (The Income Base is decreased by all withdrawals under 4LATER^® Select Advantage.); and
•	may increase every Benefit Year upon an Enhancement that occurs after the tenth Benefit Year anniversary, or upon an Automatic Annual Step-up. (You may opt out of this increase – see details below.)

The charge will be deducted from the Contract Value on a quarterly basis. The first deduction of the charge will occur on the Valuation Date on or next following the three-month anniversary of the rider’s effective date. This deduction will be made in proportion to the value in each Subaccount and fixed account, if any, of the contract on the Valuation Date the rider charge is assessed. The amount we deduct will increase or decrease as the Income Base increases or decreases, because the charge is based on the Income Base. Refer to Living Benefit Riders for a discussion and example of the impact of the changes to the Income Base.

The charge rate can change each time there is an Automatic Annual Step-up. Since the Automatic Annual Step-up could increase your Income Base every Benefit Year (if all conditions are met), the charge rate could also increase every Benefit Year, but the rate will never exceed the stated guaranteed maximum annual charge rate. If your charge rate is increased, you may opt out of the Automatic Annual Step-up by giving us notice within 30 days after the Benefit Year anniversary if you do not want your rate to change. If you opt out of the step-up, the charge rate and the Income Base and Enhancement Base, if applicable, will return to the value they were immediately prior to the step-up, adjusted for any additional Purchase Payments or Excess Withdrawals (or all withdrawals under 4LATER^® Select Advantage). This opt out will only apply for this particular Automatic Annual Step-up. You will need to notify us each time the charge rate increases if you want to opt out of subsequent Automatic Annual Step-ups. If you opt out of an Automatic Annual Step-up, you are still eligible for an Enhancement through the end of the Enhancement Period, including in the year you declined the Automatic Annual Step-up.

The annual rider charge rate will increase to the then current rider charge rate not to exceed the guaranteed maximum annual charge rate, if after the first Benefit Year anniversary cumulative Purchase Payments added to the contract equal or exceed $100,000. You may not opt out of this rider charge rate increase. See Living Benefit Riders.

•	Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage riders elected prior to April 2, 2018 (subject to state approval).

An Enhancement to the Income Base (less Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year) occurs if a 10-year Enhancement Period is in effect (as described further in the Living Benefit Rider section). During the first ten Benefit Years, an increase in the Income Base as a result of the Enhancement will not cause an increase in the annual rider charge rate but will increase the dollar amount of the charge. After the tenth Benefit Year anniversary, if the Enhancement Period has renewed, the annual rider charge rate may increase each time the Income Base increases as a result of the Enhancement. Since the Enhancement could increase your Income Base each Benefit Year, your charge rate could increase each Benefit Year, but the charge rate will never exceed the stated guaranteed maximum annual charge rate. If your charge rate is increased, you may opt out of the Enhancement by giving us notice within 30 days after the Benefit Year anniversary if you do not want your charge rate to change. If you opt out of the Enhancement, the charge rate and the Income Base will return to the value they were immediately prior to the Enhancement, adjusted for additional Purchase Payments or Excess Withdrawals (or all withdrawals under 4LATER^® Select Advantage), if any, and the Enhancement will not be applied. This opt out will only apply for this particular Enhancement. You will need to notify us each time thereafter (if an Enhancement would cause your charge rate to increase) if you do not want the Enhancement.

The charge will be discontinued upon termination of the rider. However, a portion of the rider charge, based on the number of days the rider was in effect that quarter, will be deducted upon termination of the rider (except for death), surrender of the contract, or the election of an Annuity Payout option, including i4LIFE^® Advantage. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero, no further charge will be deducted.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Charge. While this rider is in effect, there is a daily charge for i4LIFE^® Advantage that is based on your Account Value. The initial Account Value is your Contract Value on the Valuation Date i4LIFE^® Advantage becomes effective (or your initial Purchase Payment if i4LIFE^® Advantage is purchased at contract issue), less any applicable premium taxes. During the Access Period, your Account Value on a Valuation Date equals the total value of all of the Contractowner's Accumulation Units plus the Contractowner's value in the fixed account, and will be reduced by Regular Income Payments and Guaranteed Income Benefit payments made, as well as any withdrawals.

The annual i4LIFE^® Advantage charge rate during the Access Period is:

Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)	2.15%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit	2.00%
Account Value Death Benefit	1.95%

During the Lifetime Income Period, the rate for all Death Benefit options is 1.65%. This rate consists of a mortality and expense risk charge, and an administrative charge (charges for the Guaranteed Income Benefit are not included and are listed below). These charge rates replace the Separate Account Annual Expenses for the base contract. If i4LIFE^® Advantage is elected at the issue of the contract i4LIFE^® Advantage and the charge will begin on the contract's effective date. Otherwise, i4LIFE^® Advantage and the charge will begin on the Periodic Income Commencement Date which is the Valuation Date on which the Regular Income Payment is determined and the beginning of the Access Period. Refer to the i4LIFE^® Advantage section for explanations of the Account Value, the Access Period, the Lifetime Income Period, and the Periodic Income Commencement Date.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge. A current annual charge rate of 0.95% (1.15% for joint life option) of the Account Value applies to all Select Guaranteed Income Benefit riders and to Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders elected on or after May 21, 2018. This charge rate is added to the i4LIFE^® Advantage charge for a total current charge rate of the Account Value, computed daily as follows:

	Single Life	Joint Life
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)	3.10%	3.30%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit	2.95%	3.15%
Account Value Death Benefit	2.90%	3.10%

These charge rates replace the Separate Account Annual Expenses for the base contract.

Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders elected prior to May 21, 2018, and Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) riders are each subject to a current annual charge rate of 0.65% (0.85% for joint life option) of the Account Value (0.50% for versions 1, 2 and 3 single and joint life options), which is added to the i4LIFE^® Advantage charge rate for a total current charge rate of the Account Value, computed daily as follows:

	Single Life	Joint Life
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)	2.80%	3.00%
	(2.65% for version 1, 2 and 3)	(2.65% for version 1, 2 and 3)
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit	2.65%	2.85%
	(2.50% for version 1, 2 and 3)	(2.50% for version 1, 2 and 3)
Account Value Death Benefit	2.60%	2.80%
	(2.45% for version 1, 2 and 3)	(2.45% for version 1, 2 and 3)

These charge rates replace the Separate Account Annual Expenses for the base contract.

Purchasers of any version of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0, Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage may have different charges for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge for Contractowners who transition from a Prior Rider below.

The Guaranteed Income Benefit annual charge rate will not change unless there is an automatic step-up of the Guaranteed Income Benefit or you elect an additional step-up period (version 2 and version 3) during which the Guaranteed Income Benefit is stepped-up to 75% of the current Regular Income Payment (described later in the i4LIFE^® Advantage section of this prospectus). At the time of the step-up, the Guaranteed Income Benefit charge rate will change to the current charge rate in effect at that time (if the current charge rate has changed) up to the guaranteed maximum annual charge rate of:

	Single Life	Joint Life
Select Guaranteed Income Benefit; and Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders elected on or after May 21, 2018	2.25%	2.45%
Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders elected prior to May 21, 2018; and Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4)	2.00%	2.00%
Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 2 and 3)	1.50%	1.50%

If we automatically administer the step-up for Select Guaranteed Income Benefit, Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk and version 4) or step-up period election (versions 2 or 3) for you and your charge rate is increased, you may ask us to reverse the step-up or the step-up period election by giving us notice within 30 days after the date on which the step-up or the step-up period election occurred. If we receive notice of your request to reverse the step-up, on a going forward basis, we will decrease the charge rate to the charge rate in effect before the step-up or the step-up period election occurred. Any increased charges paid between the time of the step-up and the date we receive your notice to reverse the step-up will not be reimbursed. For version 2 and version 3, you will have no more step-ups unless you notify us that you wish to start a new step-up period (described in the i4LIFE^® Advantage section of this prospectus). For Select Guaranteed Income Benefit and Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk and version 4), future step-ups will continue even after you decline a current step-up. We will provide you with written notice when a step-up has resulted in an increase to the current charge rate so that you may give us timely notice if you wish to reverse a step-up. Version 1 does not step-up; therefore the charge does not change.

After the Periodic Income Commencement Date, if the Guaranteed Income Benefit is terminated, the Guaranteed Income Benefit annual charge will also terminate, but the i4LIFE^® Advantage charge will continue.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge for Contractowners who transition from a Prior Rider. If you have elected Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage or 4LATER^® Select Advantage (a “Prior Rider”), you may carry over certain features of that Prior Rider to transition to the applicable version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. If you make this transition, your current charge rate of the Prior Rider will be the initial charge rate for your i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit rider.

This section applies to all of the transitions listed in the following chart. The charges and calculations described earlier in the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge section will not apply. If you are transitioning to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit from a closed rider, see Appendix B for a discussion of the charges.

If your Prior Rider is...	you will transition to...	and the current initial charge rate for your Guaranteed Income Benefit rider is…
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders elected on or after May 21, 2018	i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk)	1.25% (0.3125% quarterly) single life option 1.50% (0.3750% quarterly) joint life option
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders elected prior to May 21, 2018	i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk)	1.05% (0.2625% quarterly) single life option 1.25% (0.3125% quarterly) joint life option
Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage; or 4LATER^® Select Advantage	i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit	1.25% (0.3125% quarterly) single life option 1.50% (0.3750% quarterly) joint life option

The initial charge is a percentage of the greater of the Income Base carried over from the Prior Rider or the Account Value. The charge for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is deducted quarterly, starting with the first three-month anniversary of the effective date of i4LIFE^® Advantage and every three months thereafter. The total Separate Account Annual Expense charge for the Death Benefit you have elected on your base contract also applies: 1.70% for the EGMDB, and 1.60% for the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit . Contractowners are guaranteed that in the future the guaranteed maximum charge rate for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will be the guaranteed maximum charge rate that was in effect at the time they purchased the Prior Rider.

The charge will not change unless there is an automatic step-up of the Guaranteed Income Benefit (described in the i4LIFE^® Advantage section of this prospectus). At such time, the dollar amount of the charge will increase by a two part formula: 1) the charge will increase by the same percentage that the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment increased and 2) the charge will also increase by the percentage of any increase to the Prior Rider current charge rate. (The Prior Rider charge rate continues to be used as a factor in determining the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge.) This means that the charge may change annually. The charge may also be reduced if a withdrawal above the Regular Income Payment is taken. The dollar amount of the rider charge will be reduced in the same proportion that the withdrawal reduced the Account Value. The annual dollar amount is divided by four (4) to determine the quarterly charge.

The following example is intended to show how the initial i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge for purchasers of a Prior Rider could be calculated for a representative male Contractowner, as well as the impact to the charge due to increases to the Guaranteed Income Benefit and the Prior Rider charge rate. For illustration purposes, we will assume that the example is a nonqualified contract and the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit is set at 4% of the Income Base based upon the Contractowner’s age (see Guaranteed Income Benefit for a more detailed description). The example also assumes that the current charge rate for the Prior Rider is 1.25% (single life option). The first example demonstrates how the initial charge may be determined for an existing contract with an Account Value and Income Base. This calculation method applies to the purchase of any Prior Rider, except the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit rates and charges may vary, as set forth in the Guaranteed Income Benefit description later in this prospectus. The charges and rates shown here may be different from those that apply to your contract. The calculation of the charge for your contract will be based on the specific factors applicable to your contract.

1/1/18 Initial i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value	$100,000
1/1/18 Income Base as of the last Valuation Date under the Prior Rider	$125,000
1/1/18 Initial Annual Charge for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit ($125,000 x 1.25%). The current charge for the Prior Rider is assessed against the Income Base since it is larger than the Account Value	$1,562.50
1/2/18 Amount of initial i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payment (an example of how the Regular Income Payment is calculated is shown in the SAI)	$5,173
1/2/18 Initial Guaranteed Income Benefit (4% x $125,000 Income Base)	$5,000

The next example shows how the charge will increase if the Guaranteed Income Benefit is stepped up to 75% of the Regular Income Payment.

1/2/19 Recalculated Regular Income Payment (due to market gain in Account Value)	$6,900
1/2/19 New Guaranteed Income Benefit (75% x $6,900 Regular Income Payment)	$5,175
1/2/19 Annual Charge for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit ($1,562.50 x ($5,175/$5,000)) Prior charge x [ratio of increased Guaranteed Income Benefit to prior Guaranteed Income Benefit]	$1,617.19

Continuing the above example:

1/2/19 Annual Charge for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit	$1,617.19
1/2/20 Recalculated Regular Income Payment (due to Account Value increase)	$7,400
1/2/20 New Guaranteed Income Benefit (75% x $7,400 Regular Income Payment)	$5,550
Assume the Prior Rider charge rate increases from 1.25% to 1.35%.
1/2/20 Annual Charge for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit ($1,617.19 x ($5,550/$5,175) x (1.35%/1.25%))	$1,873.13

The new annual charge for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is $1,873.13, which is equal to the current annual charge of $1,617.19 multiplied by the percentage increase of the Guaranteed Income Benefit ($5,550/$5,175) and then multiplied by the percentage increase to the Prior Rider current charge rate (1.35%/1.25%).

If the charge rate of your Prior Rider is increased, we will notify you in writing. You may contact us in writing or at the telephone number listed on the first page of this prospectus to reverse the step-up within 30 days after the date on which the step-up occurred. If we receive this notice, we will decrease the charge rate, on a going forward basis, to the charge rate in effect before the step-up occurred. Any increased charges paid between the time of the step-up and the date we receive your notice to reverse the step-up will not be reimbursed. If the Guaranteed Income Benefit increased due to the step-up we would decrease the Guaranteed Income Benefit to the Guaranteed Income Benefit in effect before the step-up occurred, reduced by any additional withdrawals. Future step-ups as described in the rider would continue.

After the Periodic Income Commencement Date, if the Guaranteed Income Benefit is terminated, i4LIFE^® Advantage will also be terminated and the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge will cease. A portion of the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge, based on the number of days the rider was in effect that quarter, will be deducted upon termination of the rider.

Deductions for Premium Taxes

Any premium tax or other tax levied by any governmental entity as a result of the existence of the contracts or the VAA will be deducted from the Contract Value, unless the governmental entity dictates otherwise, when incurred, or at another time of our choosing.

The applicable premium tax rates that states and other governmental entities impose on the purchase of an annuity are subject to change by legislation, by administrative interpretation or by judicial action. These premium tax rates generally depend upon the law of your state of residence. The tax rates range from zero to 5%.

Other Charges and Deductions

The surrender, withdrawal or transfer of value during a Guaranteed Period may be subject to the Interest Adjustment, if applicable. See Fixed Side of the Contract.

The mortality and expense risk and administrative charge of 1.40% of the value in the VAA will be assessed on all variable Annuity Payouts (except for i4LIFE^® Advantage, which has a different charge), including options that may be offered that do not have a life contingency and therefore no mortality risk. This charge covers the expense risk and administrative services listed previously in this prospectus. The expense risk is the risk that our costs in providing the services will exceed our revenues from contract charges.

There are additional deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the underlying funds that are more fully described in the prospectuses for the funds. Among these deductions and expenses are 12b-1 fees which reimburse us or an affiliate for certain expenses incurred in connection with certain administrative and distribution support services provided to the funds.

Additional Information

The charges described previously may be reduced or eliminated for any particular contract. However, these reductions may be available only to the extent that we anticipate lower distribution and/or administrative expenses, or that we perform fewer sales or administrative services than those originally contemplated in establishing the level of those charges, or when required by law. Lower distribution and administrative expenses may be the result of economies associated with:

•	the use of mass enrollment procedures,
•	the performance of administrative or sales functions by the employer,
•	the use by an employer of automated techniques in submitting deposits or information related to deposits on behalf of its employees, or
•	any other circumstances which reduce distribution or administrative expenses.

The exact amount of charges and fees applicable to a particular contract will be stated in that contract.

The Contracts

The L-Share contract offers greater liquidity than other share class contracts, but has higher total separate account annual expenses. Quarterly Persistency Credits apply to the L-Share contracts after the seventh anniversary. The L-Share contract may be appropriate for someone who may want to withdraw Contract Value in excess of the free withdrawal amount four years after purchasing the contract and is willing to pay a higher mortality and expense risk charge.

Purchase of Contracts

then sent to you either directly or through your registered representative. See Distribution of the Contracts. The purchase of multiple contracts with identical Contractowners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries will be allowed only upon Home Office approval.

When a completed application and all other information necessary for processing a purchase order is received in Good Order at our Home Office, an initial Purchase Payment will be priced no later than two business days after we receive the order. If you submit your application and/or initial Purchase Payment to your agent, we will not begin processing your purchase order until we receive the application and initial Purchase Payment from your agent’s broker-dealer. While attempting to finish an incomplete application, we may hold the initial Purchase Payment for no more than five business days unless we receive your consent to our retaining the payment until the application is completed. If the incomplete application cannot be completed within those five days and we have not received your consent, you will be informed of the reasons, and the Purchase Payment will be returned immediately. Once the application is complete, we will allocate your initial Purchase Payment within two business days.

Who Can Invest

To apply for a contract, you must be of legal age in a state where the contracts may be lawfully sold and also be eligible to participate in any of the qualified and nonqualified plans for which the contracts are designed. At the time of issue, the Contractowner, joint owner and Annuitant must be under age 86. Certain Death Benefit options may not be available at all ages. Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person who opens an account in an effort to help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities. When you open an account, we will ask for your name, address, date of birth, and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your driver's license, photo i.d. or other identifying documents.

In accordance with anti-money laundering laws and federal economic sanction policy, the Company may be required in a given instance to reject a Purchase Payment and/or freeze a Contractowner’s account. This means we could refuse to honor requests for transfers, withdrawals, surrenders or Death Benefits. Once frozen, monies would be moved from the VAA to an interest-bearing account maintained solely for the Contractowner, and held in that account until instructions are received from the appropriate regulator.

Do not purchase this contract if you plan to use it, or any of its riders, for speculation, arbitrage, viatical arrangement, or other similar investment scheme. The contract may not be resold, traded on any stock exchange, or sold on any secondary market.

If you are purchasing the contract through a tax-favored arrangement, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs, you should consider carefully the costs and benefits of the contract (including annuity income benefits) before purchasing the contract, since the tax-favored arrangement itself provides tax-deferred growth.

Replacement of Existing Insurance

Careful consideration should be given prior to surrendering or withdrawing money from an existing insurance contract to purchase a contract described in this prospectus. Surrender charges may be imposed on your existing contract and/or a new surrender charge period may be imposed with the purchase of, or transfer into, this contract. The benefits offered under this contract may be less favorable or more favorable than the benefits offered under your current contract. It also may have different charges. You should also consult with your registered representative and/or your tax advisor prior to making an exchange. Cash surrenders from an existing contract may be subject to tax and tax penalties.

Purchase Payments

You may make Purchase Payments to the contract at any time, prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, subject to certain conditions. You are not required to make any additional Purchase Payments after the initial Purchase Payment. The minimum initial Purchase Payment is $10,000. The minimum annual amount for additional Purchase Payments is $300. Please check with your registered representative about making additional Purchase Payments since the requirements of your state may vary. The minimum payment to the contract at any one time must be at least $100 ($25 if transmitted electronically). If a Purchase Payment is submitted that does not meet the minimum amount, we will contact you to ask whether additional money will be sent, or whether we should return the Purchase Payment to you.

Purchase Payments totaling $2 million or more are subject to Home Office approval. This amount takes into consideration the total Purchase Payments for all variable annuity contracts issued by the Company (or its affiliates) (excluding Lincoln Investor Advantage^® and Lincoln Level Advantage^SM contracts) for the same Contractowner, joint owner, and/or Annuitant. If you elect a Living Benefit Rider, you may be subject to further restrictions in terms of your ability to make additional Purchase Payments, as more fully described below. If you stop making Purchase Payments, the contract will remain in force, however, we may terminate the contract as allowed by your state's non-forfeiture law for individual deferred annuities. We will not surrender your contract if you are receiving guaranteed payments from us under one of the Living Benefit Riders. Purchase Payments may be made or, if stopped, resumed at any time until the Annuity Commencement Date, the surrender of the contract, or the death of the Contractowner, whichever comes first.

After the first anniversary of the rider effective date under any Living Benefit Rider (except as noted below), additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000. No additional Purchase Payments are allowed:

•	at any time after the Periodic Income Commencement Date if you elect any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit; or
•	at any time after the Periodic Income Commencement Date if you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage without Guaranteed Income Benefit on a nonqualified contract

For more information about these restrictions and limitations, see The Contracts – Purchase Payments. State variations may apply.

In addition to the specific Purchase Payment restrictions and limitations immediately above, upon advance written notice, we reserve the right to further limit, restrict, or suspend Purchase Payments made to the contract.

These restrictions and limitations will limit your ability to increase your Contract Value (or Account Value under i4LIFE^® Advantage with any version of Guaranteed Income Benefit) and/or increase the amount of any guaranteed benefit under a Living Benefit Rider by making additional Purchase Payments to the contract. You should carefully consider these limitations and restrictions, and any other limitations and restrictions of the contract, and how they may impact your long-term investment plans, especially if you intend to increase Contract Value (or Account Value under any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit) by making additional Purchase Payments over a long period of time. Please contact your registered representative and refer to the Living Benefit Riders section of this prospectus for additional information on any restrictions that may apply to your Living Benefit Rider. State variations may apply.

Persistency Credits

Contractowners will receive a Persistency Credit on a quarterly basis after the seventh contract anniversary. The amount of the Persistency Credit is calculated by multiplying the Contract Value, less any Purchase Payments that have not been invested in the contract for at least seven years, by 0.075%. This Persistency Credit will be allocated to the variable Subaccounts and the DCA fixed account in proportion to the Contract Value in each variable Subaccount and fixed Subaccount at the time the Persistency Credit is paid into the contract.

There is no additional charge to receive this Persistency Credit, and in no case will the Persistency Credit be less than zero. The amount of any Persistency Credit received will be noted on your quarterly statement.

Valuation Date

Accumulation and Annuity Units will be valued once daily at the close of trading (normally, 4:00 p.m., New York time) on each day the New York Stock Exchange is open (Valuation Date). On any date other than a Valuation Date, the Accumulation Unit value and the Annuity Unit value will not change.

Allocation of Purchase Payments

Purchase Payments allocated to the variable side of the contract are placed into the VAA’s Subaccounts, according to your instructions. You may also allocate Purchase Payments to the fixed account, if available.

The minimum amount of any Purchase Payment which can be put into any one Subaccount is $20. The minimum amount of any Purchase Payment which can be put into a Guaranteed Period of the fixed account is $2,000, subject to state approval.

Purchase Payments received from you or your broker-dealer in Good Order at our Home Office prior to the close of the New York Stock Exchange (normally 4:00 p.m., New York time), will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on that Valuation Date. Purchase Payments received in Good Order after market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date. Purchase Payments submitted to your registered representative will generally not be processed by us until they are received from your registered representative’s broker-dealer. If your broker-dealer submits your Purchase Payment to us through the Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation (DTCC) or, pursuant to terms agreeable to us, uses a proprietary order placement system to submit your Purchase Payment to us, and your Purchase Payment was placed with your broker-dealer prior to market close, then we will use the Accumulation Unit value computed on that Valuation Date when processing your Purchase Payment. Purchase Payments placed with your broker-dealer after market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date. There may be circumstances under which the New York Stock Exchange may close early (prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time). In such instances, Purchase Payments received after such early market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date.

The number of Accumulation Units determined in this way is not impacted by any subsequent change in the value of an Accumulation Unit. However, the dollar value of an Accumulation Unit will vary depending not only upon how well the underlying fund’s investments perform, but also upon the expenses of the VAA and the underlying funds.

If an underlying fund imposes restrictions with respect to the acceptance of Purchase Payments, allocations or transfers, we reserve the right to reject an allocation or transfer request at any time the underlying fund notifies us of such a restriction. We will notify you if your allocation request is or becomes subject to such restrictions.

Valuation of Accumulation Units

Purchase Payments allocated to the VAA are converted into Accumulation Units. This is done by dividing the amount allocated by the value of an Accumulation Unit for the Valuation Period during which the Purchase Payments are allocated to the VAA. The Accumulation Unit value for each Subaccount was or will be established at the inception of the Subaccount. It may increase or decrease from Valuation Period to Valuation Period. Accumulation Unit values are affected by investment performance of the funds, fund expenses, and the contract charges. The Accumulation Unit value for a Subaccount for a later Valuation Period is determined as follows:

1.	The total value of the fund shares held in the Subaccount is calculated by multiplying the number of fund shares owned by the Subaccount at the beginning of the Valuation Period by the net asset value per share of the fund at the end of the Valuation Period, and adding any dividend or other distribution of the fund if an ex-dividend date occurs during the Valuation Period; minus
2.	The liabilities of the Subaccount at the end of the Valuation Period; these liabilities include daily charges imposed on the Subaccount, and may include a charge or credit with respect to any taxes paid or reserved for by us that we determine result from the operations of the VAA; and
3.	The result is divided by the number of Subaccount units outstanding at the beginning of the Valuation Period.

The daily charges imposed on a Subaccount for any Valuation Period are equal to the daily mortality and expense risk charge and the daily administrative charge multiplied by the number of calendar days in the Valuation Period. Contracts with different features have different daily charges, and therefore, will have different corresponding Accumulation Unit values on any given day. In certain circumstances (for example, when separate account assets are less than $1,000), and when permitted by law, it may be prudent for us to use a different standard industry method for this calculation, called the Net Investment Factor method. We will achieve substantially the same result using either method.

Transfers On or Before the Annuity Commencement Date

After the first 30 days from the effective date of your contract, you may transfer all or a portion of your investment from one Subaccount to another. A transfer among Subaccounts involves the surrender of Accumulation Units in one Subaccount and the purchase of Accumulation Units in the other Subaccount. A transfer will be done using the respective Accumulation Unit values determined at the end of the Valuation Date on which the transfer request is received.

Transfers (among the variable Subaccounts and as permitted between the variable and fixed accounts) are limited to 12 per Contract Year unless otherwise authorized by us. This limit does not apply to transfers made under the automatic transfer programs of dollar cost averaging, cross-reinvestment or portfolio rebalancing elected on forms available from us. See Additional Services and the SAI for more information on these programs. These transfer rights and restrictions also apply during the i4LIFE^® Advantage Access Period (the time period during which you may make withdrawals from the i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value). See i4LIFE^® Advantage.

The minimum amount which may be transferred between Subaccounts is $300 (or the entire amount in the Subaccount, if less than $300). If the transfer from a Subaccount would leave you with less than $300 in the Subaccount, we may transfer the total balance of the Subaccount.

A transfer request may be made to our Home Office in writing or by fax. A transfer request may also be made by telephone or other electronic means, provided the appropriate authorization is on file with us. Our address, telephone number, and Internet address are on the first page of this prospectus. Requests for transfers will be processed on the Valuation Date that they are received when they are received in Good Order at our Home Office before the close of the New York Stock Exchange (normally 4:00 p.m., New York time). If we receive a transfer request in Good Order after market close, we will process the request using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date.

There may be circumstances under which the New York Stock Exchange may close early (prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time). In such instances transfers received after such early market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date.

We may defer or reject a transfer request that is subject to a restriction imposed by an underlying fund.

If your contract offers a fixed account, you may also transfer all or any part of the Contract Value from the Subaccount(s) to the fixed side of the contract, except during periods when (if permitted by your contract) we have discontinued accepting transfers into the fixed side of the contract. The minimum amount which can be transferred to a fixed account is $2,000 or the total amount in the Subaccount if less than $2,000. However, if a transfer from a Subaccount would leave you with less than $300 in the Subaccount, we may transfer the total amount to the fixed side of the contract.

You may also transfer part of the Contract Value from a fixed account to the Subaccount(s) subject to the following restrictions:

•	total fixed account transfers are limited to 25% of the value of that fixed account in any 12-month period; and

•	the minimum amount that can be transferred is $300 or, if less, the amount in the fixed account.

Because of these restrictions, it may take several years to transfer all of the Contract Value in the fixed accounts to the Subaccounts. You should carefully consider whether the fixed account meets your investment criteria. Transfers of all or a portion of a fixed account (other than automatic transfer programs and i4LIFE^® Advantage transfers) may be subject to Interest Adjustments, if applicable. For a description of the Interest Adjustment, see the Fixed Side of the Contract - Guaranteed Periods and Interest Adjustment.

Transfers may be delayed as permitted by the 1940 Act. See Delay of Payments.

Telephone and Electronic Transactions

A surrender, withdrawal, or transfer request may be made to our Home Office in writing or by fax. These transactions may also be made by telephone or other electronic means, provided the appropriate authorization is on file with us. In order to prevent unauthorized or fraudulent transfers, we may require certain identifying information before we will act upon instructions. We may also assign the Contractowner a Personal Identification Number (PIN) to serve as identification. We will not be liable for following instructions we reasonably believe are genuine. Telephone and other electronic requests will be recorded and written confirmation of all transactions will be mailed to the Contractowner on the next Valuation Date.

Please note that the telephone and/or electronic devices may not always be available. Any telephone, fax machine or other electronic device, whether it is yours, your service provider’s, or your agent’s, can experience outages or slowdowns for a variety of reasons. These outages or slowdowns may delay or prevent our processing of your request. Although we have taken precautions to limit these problems, we cannot promise complete reliability under all circumstances. If you are experiencing problems, you should make your request by writing to our Home Office.

Market Timing

Frequent, large, or short-term transfers among Subaccounts and the fixed account, such as those associated with “market timing” transactions, can affect the funds and their investment returns. Such transfers may dilute the value of the fund shares, interfere with the efficient management of the fund's portfolio, and increase brokerage and administrative costs of the funds. As an effort to protect our Contractowners and the funds from potentially harmful trading activity, we utilize certain market timing policies and procedures (the “Market Timing Procedures”). Our Market Timing Procedures are designed to detect and prevent such transfer activity among the Subaccounts and the fixed account that may affect other Contractowners or fund shareholders.

In addition, the funds may have adopted their own policies and procedures with respect to frequent purchases and redemptions of their respective shares. The prospectuses for the funds describe any such policies and procedures, which may be more or less restrictive than the frequent trading policies and procedures of other funds and the Market Timing Procedures we have adopted to discourage frequent transfers among Subaccounts. While we reserve the right to enforce these policies and procedures, Contractowners and other persons with interests under the contracts should be aware that we may not have the contractual authority or the operational capacity to apply the frequent trading policies and procedures of the funds. However, under SEC rules, we are required to: (1) enter into a written agreement with each fund or its principal underwriter that obligates us to provide to the fund promptly upon request certain information about the trading activity of individual Contractowners, and (2) execute instructions from the fund to restrict or prohibit further purchases or transfers by specific Contractowners who violate the excessive trading policies established by the fund.

You should be aware that the purchase and redemption orders received by the funds generally are “omnibus” orders from intermediaries such as retirement plans or separate accounts funding variable insurance contracts. The omnibus orders reflect the aggregation and netting of multiple orders from individual retirement plan participants and/or individual owners of variable insurance contracts. The omnibus nature of these orders may limit the funds’ ability to apply their respective disruptive trading policies and procedures. We cannot guarantee that the funds (and thus our Contractowners) will not be harmed by transfer activity relating to the retirement plans and/or other insurance companies that may invest in the funds. In addition, if a fund believes that an omnibus order we submit may reflect one or more transfer requests from Contractowners engaged in disruptive trading activity, the fund may reject the entire omnibus order.

Our Market Timing Procedures detect potential “market timers” by examining the number of transfers made by Contractowners within given periods of time. In addition, managers of the funds might contact us if they believe or suspect that there is market timing. If requested by a fund company, we may vary our Market Timing Procedures from Subaccount to Subaccount to comply with specific fund policies and procedures.

We may increase our monitoring of Contractowners who we have previously identified as market timers. When applying the parameters used to detect market timers, we will consider multiple contracts owned by the same Contractowner if that Contractowner has been identified as a market timer. For each Contractowner, we will investigate the transfer patterns that meet the parameters being used to detect potential market timers. We will also investigate any patterns of trading behavior identified by the funds that may not have been captured by our Market Timing Procedures.

Once a Contractowner has been identified as a market timer under our Market Timing Procedures, we will notify the Contractowner in writing that future transfers (among the Subaccounts and/or the fixed account) will be temporarily permitted to be made only by original signature sent to us by U.S. mail, first-class delivery for the remainder of the Contract Year (or calendar year if the contract is an individual contract that was sold in connection with an employer sponsored plan). Overnight delivery or electronic instructions (which may include telephone, facsimile, or Internet instructions) submitted during this period will not be accepted. If overnight delivery or electronic instructions are inadvertently accepted from a Contractowner that has been identified as a market timer, upon discovery, we will reverse the transaction within 1 or 2 business days. We will impose this “original signature” restriction on that Contractowner even if we cannot identify, in the particular circumstances, any harmful effect from that Contractowner's particular transfers.

Contractowners seeking to engage in frequent, large, or short-term transfer activity may deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection. Our ability to detect such transfer activity may be limited by operational systems and technological limitations. The identification of Contractowners determined to be engaged in such transfer activity that may adversely affect other Contractowners or fund shareholders involves judgments that are inherently subjective. We cannot guarantee that our Market Timing Procedures will detect every potential market timer. If we are unable to detect market timers, you may experience dilution in the value of your fund shares and increased brokerage and administrative costs in the funds. This may result in lower long-term returns for your investments.

Our Market Timing Procedures are applied consistently to all Contractowners. An exception for any Contractowner will be made only in the event we are required to do so by a court of law. In addition, certain funds available as investment options in your contract may also be available as investment options for owners of other, older life insurance policies issued by us. Some of these older life insurance policies do not provide a contractual basis for us to restrict or refuse transfers which are suspected to be market timing activity. In addition, because other insurance companies and/or retirement plans may invest in the funds, we cannot guarantee that the funds will not suffer harm from frequent, large, or short-term transfer activity among Subaccounts and the fixed accounts of variable contracts issued by other insurance companies or among investment options available to retirement plan participants.

In our sole discretion, we may revise our Market Timing Procedures at any time without prior notice as necessary to better detect and deter frequent, large, or short-term transfer activity to comply with state or federal regulatory requirements, and/or to impose additional or alternate restrictions on market timers (such as dollar or percentage limits on transfers). If we modify our Market Timing Procedures, they will be applied uniformly to all Contractowners or as applicable to all Contractowners investing in underlying funds.

Some of the funds have reserved the right to temporarily or permanently refuse payments or transfer requests from us if, in the judgment of the fund’s investment adviser, the fund would be unable to invest effectively in accordance with its investment objective or policies, or would otherwise potentially be adversely affected. To the extent permitted by applicable law, we reserve the right to defer or reject a transfer request at any time that we are unable to purchase or redeem shares of any of the funds available through the VAA, including any refusal or restriction on purchases or redemptions of the fund shares as a result of the funds' own policies and procedures on market timing activities. If a fund refuses to accept a transfer request we have already processed, we will reverse the transaction within 1 or 2 business days. We will notify you in writing if we have reversed, restricted or refused any of your transfer requests. Some funds also may impose redemption fees on short-term trading (i.e., redemptions of mutual fund shares within a certain number of business days after purchase). We reserve the right to administer and collect any such redemption fees on behalf of the funds. You should read the prospectuses of the funds for more details on their redemption fees and their ability to refuse or restrict purchases or redemptions of their shares.

Transfers After the Annuity Commencement Date

You may transfer all or a portion of your investment in one Subaccount to another Subaccount or to the fixed side of the contract, as permitted under your contract. Those transfers will be limited to three times per Contract Year. You may also transfer from a variable Annuity Payout to a fixed Annuity Payout. You may not transfer from a fixed Annuity Payout to a variable Annuity Payout. Once elected, the fixed Annuity Payout is irrevocable.

These provisions also apply during the i4LIFE^® Advantage Lifetime Income Period. See i4LIFE^® Advantage.

Ownership

The Contractowner on the date of issue will be the person or entity designated in the contract specifications. The Contractowner of a nonqualified contract may name a joint owner.

As Contractowner, you have all rights under the contract. According to Indiana law, the assets of the VAA are held for the exclusive benefit of all Contractowners and their designated Beneficiaries; and the assets of the VAA are not chargeable with liabilities arising from any other business that we may conduct. We reserve the right to approve all ownership and Annuitant changes. Nonqualified contracts may not be sold, discounted, or pledged as collateral for a loan or for any other purpose. Qualified contracts are not transferable unless allowed under applicable law. Nonqualified contracts may not be collaterally assigned. Assignments may have an adverse impact on any Death Benefits or benefits offered under Living Benefit Riders in this product and may be prohibited under the terms of a particular feature. We assume no responsibility for the validity or effect of any assignment. Consult your tax advisor about the tax consequences of an assignment.

Joint Ownership

If a contract has joint owners, the joint owners shall be treated as having equal undivided interests in the contract. Either owner, independently of the other, may exercise any ownership rights in this contract. Not more than two owners (an owner and joint owner) may be named and contingent owners are not permitted.

Annuitant

The following rules apply prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You may name only one Annuitant (unless you are a tax-exempt entity, then you can name two joint Annuitants). You (if the Contractowner is a natural person) have the right to change the Annuitant at any time by notifying us in writing of the change. However, we reserve the right to approve all Annuitant changes. This may not be allowed if certain riders are in effect. The new Annuitant must be under age 86 as of the effective date of the change. This change may cause a reduction in the Death Benefits or benefits offered under Living Benefit Riders. See The Contracts – Death Benefit and Living Benefit Riders. A contingent Annuitant may be named or changed by notifying us in writing. Contingent Annuitants are not allowed on contracts owned by non-natural owners. On or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the Annuitant or joint Annuitants may not be changed and contingent Annuitant designations are no longer applicable.

Surrenders and Withdrawals

Before the Annuity Commencement Date, we will allow the surrender of the contract or a withdrawal of the Contract Value upon your written request on an approved Lincoln distribution request form (available from the Home Office), fax, or other electronic means. Withdrawal requests may be made by telephone or our website, subject to certain restrictions. All surrenders and withdrawals may be made in accordance with the rules discussed below. Surrender or withdrawal rights after the Annuity Commencement Date depend on the Annuity Payout option selected.

The amount available upon surrender/withdrawal is the Contract Value less any applicable charges, fees, and taxes at the end of the Valuation Period during which the written request for surrender/withdrawal is received in Good Order at the Home Office. If we receive a surrender or withdrawal request in Good Order at our Home Office before the close of the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m., New York time), we will process the request using the Accumulation Unit value computed on that Valuation Date. If we receive a surrender or withdrawal request in Good Order at our Home Office after market close, we will process the request using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date. There may be circumstances under which the NYSE may close early (prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time). In such instances, surrender or withdrawal requests received after such early market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date. The minimum amount which can be withdrawn is $300. Unless a request for withdrawal specifies otherwise, withdrawals will be made from all Subaccounts within the VAA and from the fixed account in the same proportion that the amount of withdrawal bears to the total Contract Value. Surrenders and withdrawals from the fixed account may be subject to the Interest Adjustment. See Fixed Side of the Contract. Unless prohibited, surrender/withdrawal payments will be mailed within seven days after we receive a valid written request at the Home Office. The payment may be postponed as permitted by the 1940 Act.

Special restrictions on surrenders/withdrawals apply if your contract is purchased as part of a retirement plan of a public school system or 501(c)(3) organization under Section 403(b) of the tax code. Beginning January 1, 1989, in order for a contract to retain its tax-qualified status, Section 403(b) prohibits a withdrawal from a 403(b) contract of post 1988 contributions (and earnings on those contributions) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. However, this restriction does not apply if the Annuitant (a) attains age 59½, (b) separates from service, (c) dies, (d) becomes totally and permanently disabled and/or (e) experiences financial hardship (in which event the income attributable to those contributions may not be withdrawn).

Pre-1989 contributions and earnings through December 31, 1988, are not subject to the previously stated restriction. Funds transferred to the contract from a 403(b)(7) custodial account will also be subject to restrictions.

The tax consequences of a surrender/withdrawal are discussed later in this prospectus. See Federal Tax Matters – Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders.

Additional Services

These additional services are available to you under your contract: dollar-cost averaging (DCA), automatic withdrawal service (AWS), cross-reinvestment service and portfolio rebalancing. Currently, there is no charge for these services. However, we reserve the right to impose one after appropriate notice to Contractowners. In order to take advantage of one of these services, you will need to complete the appropriate election form that is available from our Home Office or call 1-888-868-2583. These services will stop once we are notified of a pending death claim. For further detailed information on these services, please see Additional Services in the SAI.

Dollar-Cost Averaging. Dollar-cost averaging allows you to transfer amounts from the DCA fixed account, if available, or certain Subaccounts into the Subaccounts on a monthly basis or in accordance with other terms we make available.

You may elect to participate in the DCA program at the time of application or at any time before the Annuity Commencement Date by completing our election form, by calling our Home Office, or by other electronic means. The minimum amount to be dollar cost averaged (DCA’d) is $1,500 over any time period between six and 60 months. We may offer different time periods for new Purchase Payments and for transfers of Contract Value. State variations may exist. Once elected, the program will remain in effect until the earlier of:

•	the Annuity Commencement Date;
•	the value of the amount being DCA’d is depleted; or
•	you cancel the program by written request or by telephone if we have your telephone authorization on file.

We reserve the right to restrict access to this program at any time.

A transfer made as part of this program is not considered a transfer for purposes of limiting the number of transfers that may be made, or assessing any charges or Interest Adjustment which may apply to transfers. Upon receipt of an additional Purchase Payment allocated to the DCA fixed account, the existing program duration will be extended to reflect the end date of the new DCA program. However, the existing interest crediting rate will not be extended. The existing interest crediting rate will expire at its originally scheduled expiration date and the value remaining in the DCA account from the original amount as well as any additional Purchase Payments will be credited with interest at the standard DCA rate at the time. If you cancel the DCA program, your remaining Contract Value in the DCA program will be allocated to the Subaccounts according to your allocation instructions. We reserve the right to discontinue or modify this program at any time. If you have chosen DCA from one of the Subaccounts, only the amount allocated to that DCA program will be transferred. Investment gain, if any, will remain in that Subaccount unless you reallocate it to one of the other Subaccounts. If you are enrolled in automatic rebalancing, this amount may be automatically rebalanced based on your allocation instructions in effect at the time of rebalancing. DCA does not assure a profit or protect against loss.

Automatic Withdrawal Service. The automatic withdrawal service (AWS) provides for an automatic periodic withdrawal of your Contract Value. Withdrawals under AWS are subject to applicable surrender charges and Interest Adjustments. See Charges and Other Deductions – Surrender Charge and Fixed Side of the Contract – Interest Adjustment. Withdrawals under AWS will be noted on your quarterly statement. AWS is also available for amounts allocated to the fixed account, if applicable.

Cross-Reinvestment Service. The cross-reinvestment service automatically transfers the Contract Value in a designated Subaccount that exceeds a baseline amount to another specific Subaccount at specific intervals. You specify the applicable Subaccounts, the baseline amount and the interval period. As of May 1, 2010, this service is no longer available to new participants. Any Contractowner who had enrolled in this service prior to this date may continue to participate.

Portfolio Rebalancing. Portfolio rebalancing is an option that restores to a pre-determined level the percentage of Contract Value allocated to each Subaccount. The rebalancing may take place monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. Rebalancing events will be noted on your quarterly statement. The fixed account is not available for portfolio rebalancing.

Only one of the three additional services (DCA, cross-reinvestment and portfolio rebalancing) may be used at one time. For example, you cannot have DCA and cross-reinvestment running simultaneously. We reserve the right to discontinue any or all of these administrative services at any time.

Asset Allocation Models

You may allocate your Purchase Payment among a group of Subaccounts within an asset allocation model. Each model invests different percentages of the Contract Value in some or all of the Subaccounts currently available within your annuity contract. If you select an asset allocation model, 100% of your Contract Value (and any additional Purchase Payments you make) will be allocated among certain Subaccounts in accordance with the model’s asset allocation strategy. You may not make transfers among the Subaccounts. We will proportionately deduct any withdrawals you make from the Subaccounts in the asset allocation model. You may only choose one asset allocation model at a time, though you may change to a different asset allocation model available in the contract at any time.

Your registered representative may discuss asset allocation models with you to assist in deciding to allocate your Purchase Payments among the various Subaccounts and/or the fixed account. You should consult with your registered representative as to whether a model is appropriate for you.

Each of the asset allocation models seeks to meet its investment objective while avoiding excessive risk. The models also strive to achieve diversification among asset classes in order to help provide returns commensurate with a given level of risk over the long-term. There can be no assurance, however, that any of the asset allocation models will achieve its investment objective. If you are seeking a more aggressive strategy, these models may not be appropriate for you.

The asset allocation models are intended to provide a diversified investment portfolio by combining different asset classes to help it reach its stated investment goal. While diversification may help reduce overall risk, it does not eliminate the risk of losses and it does not protect against losses in a declining market.

In order to maintain the model’s specified Subaccount allocation percentages, you agree to be automatically enrolled in the portfolio rebalancing option and you thereby authorize us to automatically rebalance your Contract Value on a quarterly basis based upon your allocation instructions in effect at the time of the rebalancing. Confirmation of the rebalancing will appear on your quarterly statement. We reserve the right to change the rebalancing frequency at any time, in our sole discretion, but will not make changes more than once per calendar year. You will be notified at least 30 days prior to the date of any change in frequency.

The models are static asset allocation models. This means that they have fixed allocations made up of underlying funds that are offered within your contract and the percentage allocations will not change over time. Once you have selected an asset allocation model, we will not make any changes to the fund allocations within the model except for the rebalancing described above. If you wish to change your fund allocations either to new funds or to a different model, you must submit new allocation instructions to us. You may terminate a model at any time. There is no additional charge from Lincoln for participating in a model.

The election of certain Living Benefit Riders may require that you allocate Purchase Payments in accordance with Investment Requirements that may be satisfied by choosing an asset allocation model. Different requirements and/or restrictions may apply under the individual rider. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements. To the extent you are using a model to satisfy your Investment Requirements, the model is intended, in part, to reduce the risk of investment losses that may require us to use our own assets to make guaranteed payments under the Living Benefit Riders.

The models were designed and prepared by Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIAC), which is an affiliate of ours, for use by Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. (LFD), the principal underwriter of the contracts. LFD provides models to broker-dealers who may offer the models to their own clients. In making these models and Subaccounts available as investment options under your contract, LIAC, LFD and the Company are not providing you with investment advice, nor are they recommending to you any particular model or Subaccount. You should consult with your registered representative to determine whether you should utilize or invest in any model or Subaccount, or whether it is suitable for you based upon your goals, risk tolerance and time horizon.

If a fund within a model closes to new investors, investors that have been invested before the fund closed may remain in the model. However the model would no longer be offered to new investors. If a fund within a model liquidates, we may transfer assets from that Subaccount to another Subaccount after providing notice to you. If this transfer occurs, and you own a Living Benefit Rider and are subject to Investment Requirements, you may no longer comply with the Investment Requirements. See the Investment Requirements section of this prospectus for more information. If a fund within a model merges with another fund, we will add the surviving fund to the model.

Death Benefit

The chart below provides a brief overview of how the Death Benefit proceeds will be distributed if death occurs prior to i4LIFE^® Advantage elections or prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Refer to your contract for the specific provisions applicable upon death.

upon death of:	and...	and...	Death Benefit proceeds pass to:
Contractowner	There is a surviving joint owner	The Annuitant is living or deceased	Joint owner
Contractowner	There is no surviving joint owner	The Annuitant is living or deceased	Designated Beneficiary
Contractowner	There is no surviving joint owner and the Beneficiary predeceases the Contractowner	The Annuitant is living or deceased	Contractowner's estate
Annuitant	The Contractowner is living	There is no contingent Annuitant	The youngest Contractowner becomes the contingent Annuitant and the contract continues. The Contractowner may waive* this continuation and receive the Death Benefit proceeds.
Annuitant	The Contractowner is living	The contingent Annuitant is living	Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant and the contract continues
Annuitant**	The Contractowner is a trust or other non-natural person	No contingent Annuitant allowed with non-natural Contractowner	Designated Beneficiary

*	Notification from the Contractowner to receive the Death Benefit proceeds must be received within 75 days of the death of the Annuitant.

**	Death of Annuitant is treated like death of the Contractowner.

elect i4LIFE^® Advantage and have the EEB Death Benefit or 5% Step-up or elect any other annuitization option. Generally, the more expensive the Death Benefit is, the greater the protection.

You should consider the following provisions carefully when designating the Beneficiary, Annuitant, any contingent Annuitant and any joint owner, as well as before changing any of these parties. The identity of these parties under the contract may significantly affect the amount and timing of the Death Benefit or other amount paid upon a Contractowner's or Annuitant's death.

You may designate a Beneficiary during your lifetime and change the Beneficiary by filing a written request with our Home Office. Each change of Beneficiary revokes any previous designation. We reserve the right to request that you send us the contract for endorsement of a change of Beneficiary.

Upon the death of the Contractowner, a Death Benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary. Upon the death of a joint owner, the Death Benefit will be paid to the surviving joint owner. If the Contractowner is a corporation or other non-individual (non-natural person), the death of the Annuitant will be treated as death of the Contractowner.

If an Annuitant who is not the Contractowner or joint owner dies, then the contingent Annuitant, if named, becomes the Annuitant and no Death Benefit is payable on the death of the Annuitant. If no contingent Annuitant is named, the Contractowner (or younger of joint owners) becomes the Annuitant. Alternatively, a Death Benefit may be paid to the Contractowner (and joint owner, if applicable, in equal shares). Notification of the election of this Death Benefit must be received by us within 75 days of the death of the Annuitant. The contract terminates when any Death Benefit is paid due to the death of the Annuitant.

If a Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant was added or changed subsequent to the effective date of the contract (unless the change occurred because of the death of a prior Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant), upon death, we will only pay the Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the death claim.

If your Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit will be paid.

Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit. Check with your registered representative regarding state availability. The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit is the default Death Benefit under this contract; this means that if you do not select a Death Benefit, the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit will be automatically selected for you at contract issue. The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit provides a Death Benefit equal to the greater of:

•

the current Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim; or

•

the sum of all Purchase Payments decreased by withdrawals in the same proportion that withdrawals reduced the Contract Value. Withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount or the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount under applicable Living Benefit Riders (except Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage) may reduce the sum of all Purchase Payment amounts on a dollar for dollar basis. See Living Benefit Riders – Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage, Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage, Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM or Appendix B – Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage.

In a declining market, withdrawals deducted in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Contract Value may have a magnified effect on the reduction of the Death Benefit payable. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. All references to withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with those withdrawals (surrender charges for example) and premium taxes, if any. For contracts purchased prior to the time a state approved the above Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit calculation, the sum of all Purchase Payments is reduced by the sum of all withdrawals.

Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB). The EGMDB provides a Death Benefit equal to the greatest of:

•	the current Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim; or
•	the sum of all Purchase Payments decreased by withdrawals in the same proportion that withdrawals reduced the Contract Value. Withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount or the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount under applicable Living Benefit Riders (except Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage) may reduce the sum of all Purchase Payment amounts on a dollar for dollar basis. See Living Benefit Riders – Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage, Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage, Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM or Appendix B – Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage; or
•	the highest Contract Value on any contract anniversary (including the inception date) (determined before the allocation of any Purchase Payments on that contract anniversary) prior to the 81^st birthday of the deceased Contractowner, joint owner (if applicable), or Annuitant and prior to the death of the Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant for whom a death claim is approved for payment. The highest Contract Value is increased by Purchase Payments and is decreased by withdrawals subsequent to that anniversary date in the same proportion that withdrawals reduced the Contract Value.

withdrawals (surrender charges for example) and premium taxes, if any. For contracts purchased prior to June 2, 2003 (or later, depending on your state) withdrawals will be deducted on a dollar for dollar basis.

For contracts purchased after June 2, 2003 (or later in some states), the Contractowner may discontinue the EGMDB at any time by completing the Change of Death Benefit form and sending it to our Home Office. The benefit will be discontinued as of the Valuation Date we receive the request, and the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit will apply. We will begin deducting the charge for the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit as of that date. See Charges and Other Deductions.

The EGMDB is not available under contracts issued to a Contractowner, or joint owner or Annuitant, who is age 80 or older at the time of issuance.

Death Benefits which are no longer available for election include: 5% Step-up Death Benefit and Estate Enhancement Benefit Rider (EEB Rider). An Appendix to this prospectus provides a detailed description of this Death Benefit.

All references to withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with those withdrawals (surrender charges for example) and premium taxes, if any.

General Death Benefit Information

Only one of these Death Benefit elections may be in effect at any one time (in addition to ABE^SM). Your Death Benefit terminates on and after the Annuity Commencement Date. i4LIFE^® Advantage only provides Death Benefit options during the Access Period. There are no Death Benefits during the Lifetime Income Period. Please see the i4LIFE^® Advantage – i4LIFE^® Advantage Death Benefit section of this prospectus for more information.

If there are joint owners, upon the death of the first Contractowner, we will pay a Death Benefit to the surviving joint owner. The surviving joint owner will be treated as the primary, designated Beneficiary. Any other Beneficiary designation on record at the time of death will be treated as a contingent Beneficiary. If the surviving joint owner is the spouse of the deceased joint owner, he/she may continue the contract as sole Contractowner. Upon the death of the spouse who continues the contract, we will pay a Death Benefit to the designated Beneficiary(s).

If the Beneficiary is the spouse of the Contractowner, then the spouse may elect to continue the contract as the new Contractowner. Same-sex spouses should carefully consider whether to purchase annuity products that provide benefits based upon status as a spouse, and whether to exercise any spousal rights under the contract. You are strongly encouraged to consult a tax advisor before electing spousal rights under the contract.

Should the surviving spouse elect to continue the contract, a portion of the Death Benefit may be credited to the contract. Any portion of the Death Benefit that would have been payable (if the contract had not been continued) that exceeds the current Contract Value on the Valuation Date we approve the claim will be added to the Contract Value. A portion of the Death Benefit credited to the contract will be allocated to the variable Subaccounts in proportion to the Contract Value in each variable Subaccount. If the contract is continued in this way the Death Benefit in effect at the time the Beneficiary elected to continue the contract will remain as the Death Benefit.

The value of the Death Benefit will be determined as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim. Approval of payment will occur upon our receipt of a claim submitted in good order. To be in Good Order, we require all the following:

1. proof (e.g. an original certified death certificate), or any other proof of death satisfactory to us, of the death; and

2. written authorization for payment; and

3. all required claim forms, fully completed (including selection of a settlement option).

Notwithstanding any provision of this contract to the contrary, the payment of Death Benefits provided under this contract must be made in compliance with Code Section 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable, as amended from time to time. Death Benefits may be taxable. See Federal Tax Matters.

Unless otherwise provided in the Beneficiary designation, one of the following procedures will take place on the death of a Beneficiary:

•	if any Beneficiary dies before the Contractowner, that Beneficiary’s interest will go to any other Beneficiaries named, according to their respective interests; and/or
•	if no Beneficiary survives the Contractowner, the proceeds will be paid to the Contractowner’s estate.

If the Beneficiary is a minor, court documents appointing the guardian/custodian may be required.

The Beneficiary may choose the method of payment of the Death Benefit unless the Contractowner has already selected a settlement option. The Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary or joint owner must be distributed within five years of the Contractowner’s date of death unless the Beneficiary begins receiving, within one year of the Contractowner’s death, the distribution in the form of a life annuity or an annuity for a designated period not extending beyond the Beneficiary’s life expectancy.

Upon the death of the Annuitant, Federal tax law requires that an annuity election be made no later than 60 days after we have approved the death claim for payment.

The recipient of a Death Benefit may elect to receive payment either in the form of a lump sum settlement or an Annuity Payout. If a lump sum settlement is elected, the proceeds will be mailed within seven days of approval by us of the claim subject to the laws, regulations and tax code governing payment of Death Benefits. This payment may be postponed as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Abandoned Property. Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of three to five years from the date a benefit is due and payable. For example, if the payment of a Death Benefit has been triggered, but, if after a thorough search, we are still unable to locate the Beneficiary of the Death Benefit, or the Beneficiary does not come forward to claim the Death Benefit in a timely manner, the Death Benefit will be “escheated”. This means that the Death Benefit will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the Beneficiary or the Contractowner last resided, as shown on our books and records, or to our state of domicile. This escheatment is revocable and the state is obligated to pay the Death Benefit (without interest) if your Beneficiary steps forward to claim it with the proper documentation.

To prevent such escheatment, it is important that you update your Beneficiary designations, including addresses, if and as they change. You may update your Beneficiary designations by submitting a Beneficiary change form to our Home Office.

Investment Requirements

If you purchase a Living Benefit Rider (except i4LIFE^® Advantage without Guaranteed Income Benefit), you will be subject to Investment Requirements. This requirement means you will be limited in your choice of Subaccount investments and in how much you can invest in certain Subaccounts. This also means you will not be able to allocate Contract Value to all of the Subaccounts that are available to Contractowners who have not elected a Living Benefit Rider. We impose Investment Requirements to reduce the risk of investment losses that may require us to use our own assets to make guaranteed payments under a Living Benefit Rider.

If you elect a Living Benefit Rider, Investment Requirements apply whether you purchase the rider at contract issue or add it to an existing contract. The Living Benefit Rider you purchase and the date of purchase will determine which Investment Requirements Option will apply to your contract. See Option 1, Option 2, and Option 3 below. Currently, if you purchase i4LIFE^® without Guaranteed Income Benefit, you will not be subject to any Investment Requirements, although we reserve the right to impose Investment Requirements for this rider in the future. If we do exercise our right to do so, you will have to reallocate your Account Value subject to such requirements.

Certain of the underlying funds that are included in the Investment Requirements, including funds managed by an adviser affiliated with us, employ risk management strategies that are intended to control the funds’ overall volatility, and for some funds, to also reduce the downside exposure of the funds during significant market downturns.

These funds are included under Investment Requirements (particularly in the Investment Requirements for the Managed Risk riders) in part because the reduction in volatility helps us to reduce the risk of investment losses that may require us to use our own assets to make guaranteed payments under a Living Benefit Rider. At the same time, risk management strategies in periods of high market volatility or other market conditions, could limit your participation in market gains. This may conflict with your investment objectives by limiting your ability to maximize potential growth of your Contract Value and, in turn, the value of any guaranteed benefit that is tied to investment performance. You should consult your registered representative to determine whether these funds align with your investment objectives. For more information about the funds and the investment strategies they employ, please refer to the funds’ current prospectuses. Fund prospectuses are available by contacting us.

Under each option, we have divided the Subaccounts of your contract into groups and have specified the minimum or maximum percentages of Contract Value that must be in each group at the time you purchase the rider (or when the rider Investment Requirements are enforced, if later). In addition, depending on when you purchased your contract, you may allocate your Contract Value and Purchase Payments in accordance with certain asset allocation models, as noted below. If you terminate an asset allocation model, you must follow the Investment Requirements applicable to your rider. Some investment options are not available to you if you purchase certain riders. The Investment Requirements may not be consistent with an aggressive investment strategy. You should consult with your registered representative to determine if the Investment Requirements are consistent with your investment objectives.

The chart below is provided to help you determine which option of Investment Requirements, if any, applies to the Living Benefit Rider you purchase. If you do not elect a Living Benefit Rider, the Investment Requirements will not apply to your contract. Different Investment Requirements may apply if you terminate one rider and elect another rider.

If you elect...	and the date of election is...	you will be subject to Investment Requirements
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk)	On or after April 2, 2012	Option 3 for Managed Risk riders
i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk)	On or after May 21, 2012	Option 3 for Managed Risk riders

If you elect...	and the date of election is...	you will be subject to Investment Requirements
Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage	On or after May 20, 2019	Option 3
Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM	On or after May 20, 2019	Option 3
4LATER^® Select Advantage	On or after May 20, 2019	Option 3
i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit	On or after October 3, 2016	Option 3
Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage	On or after October 3, 2016	Option 3
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0	On or after November 15, 2010	Option 3
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SMAdvantage	February 19, 2008 through January 19, 2009 On or after January 20, 2009	Option 2 Option 3
Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage	Prior to April 10, 2006 April 10, 2006 through January 19, 2009 On or after January 20, 2009	N/A Option 1 Option 3
4LATER^® Advantage	April 10, 2006 through January 19, 2009 On or after January 20, 2009	Option 1 Option 3
i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (v.1)	Prior to April 10, 2006 On or after April 10, 2006	N/A Option 1
i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (v.2)	April 10, 2006 through January 19, 2009 On or after January 20, 2009	Option 1 Option 3
i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (v.3)	October 6, 2008 through January 19, 2009 On or after January 20, 2009	Option 2 Option 3
i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (v.4)	On or after November 15, 2010	Option 3

Investment Requirements – Option 1

No more than 35% of your Contract Value (includes Account Value if i4LIFE^® Advantage is in effect) can be invested in the following Subaccounts (“Limited Subaccounts”) (Note: not all Subaccounts are available with all contracts):

•	AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio
•	AB VPS Small/Mid Cap Value Portfolio
•	American Funds Global Growth Fund
•	American Funds Global Small Capitalization Fund
•	American Funds International Fund
•	Delaware VIP^® Emerging Markets Series
•	Delaware VIP^® High Yield Series
•	Delaware VIP^® International Value Equity Series
•	Delaware VIP^® REIT Series
•	Delaware VIP^® Small Cap Value Series
•	Delaware VIP^® Smid Cap Core Series
•	Fidelity^® VIP Mid-Cap Portfolio
•	Franklin Income VIP Fund
•	Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund
•	Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund
•	Janus Henderson Enterprise Portfolio
•	Janus Henderson Global Research Portfolio
•	JPMorgan Insurance Trust Global Allocation Portfolio
•	LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Real Estate Fund
•	LVIP Blended Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Special Opportunities Fund

•	LVIP Dimensional International Equity Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP Franklin Templeton Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP JPMorgan High Yield Fund
•	LVIP JPMorgan Select Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP MFS International Growth Fund
•	LVIP Mondrian International Value Fund
•	LVIP Multi-Manager Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Developed International 150 Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets 100 Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund
•	LVIP SSGA International Index Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Small-Cap Index Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Small-Mid Cap 200 Fund
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price 2040 Fund
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price Structured Mid-Cap Growth Fund
•	LVIP Vanguard International Equity ETF Fund
•	LVIP Wellington Mid-Cap Value Fund
•	MFS^® VIT Growth Series
•	MFS^® VIT Utilities Series
•	Neuberger Berman AMT Mid Cap Intrinsic Value Portfolio

•	Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund

•	Templeton Growth VIP Fund

All other Subaccounts will be referred to as “Non-Limited Subaccounts” except ClearBridge Variable Mid Cap Portfolio, Deutsche Alternative Asset Allocation VIP Portfolio, LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund, LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund, and PIMCO VIT Commodity Real Return^® Strategy Portfolio which are not available. The Lincoln SSGA Aggressive Index Model, the Lincoln SSGA Structured Aggressive Model and the Franklin Templeton Founding Investment Strategy are also unavailable for investment.

You can select the percentages of Contract Value, if any, allocated to the Limited Subaccounts, but the cumulative total investment in all the Limited Subaccounts cannot exceed 35% of the total Contract Value. On each quarterly anniversary of the effective date of the rider, if the Contract Value in the Limited Subaccounts exceeds 35%, Lincoln will rebalance your Contract Value so that the Contract Value in the Limited Subaccounts is 30%. If you are enrolled in portfolio rebalancing, the cumulative total investment in all the Limited Subaccounts cannot exceed 35% of total Contract Value. If your current portfolio rebalancing does not adhere to this requirement, your portfolio rebalancing program will be terminated.

If rebalancing is required, the Contract Value in excess of 30% will be removed from the Limited Subaccounts on a pro rata basis and invested in the remaining Non-Limited Subaccounts on a pro rata basis according to the Contract Value percentages in the Non-Limited Subaccounts at the time of the reallocation. If there is no Contract Value in the Non-Limited Subaccounts at that time, all Contract Value removed from the Limited Subaccounts will be placed in the Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series Subaccount. We reserve the right to designate a different investment option other than the Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series as the default investment option should there be no Contract Value in the Non-Limited Subaccounts. We will provide you with notice of such change. Confirmation of the rebalancing will appear on your quarterly statement.

We may move Subaccounts on or off the Limited or Non-Limited Subaccount list, exclude Subaccounts and asset allocation models from being available for investment, change the number of Limited Subaccount groups, change the percentages of Contract Value allowed in the Limited or Non-Limited Subaccounts or change the frequency of the Contract Value rebalancing, at any time, in our sole discretion. We will not make changes more than once per calendar year. You will be notified at least 30 days prior to the date of any change. We may make such modifications at any time when we believe the modifications are necessary to protect our ability to provide the guarantees under these riders. Our decision to make modifications will be based on several factors including the general market conditions and the style and investment objectives of the Subaccount investments.

At the time you receive notice of a change or when you are notified that we will begin enforcing the Investment Requirements, you may:

1.	submit your own reallocation instructions for the Contract Value in excess of 35% in the Limited Subaccounts; or
2.	take no action and be subject to the quarterly rebalancing as described above; or
3.	terminate the applicable rider immediately, without waiting for a termination event if you do not wish to be subject to these Investment Requirements.

Investment Requirements – Option 2

You can select the percentages of Contract Value (includes Account Value if i4LIFE^® Advantage is in effect) to allocate to individual Subaccounts within each group, but the total investment for all Subaccounts in a group must comply with the specified minimum or maximum percentages for that group.

In accordance with these Investment Requirements, you agree to be automatically enrolled in the portfolio rebalancing option under your contract and thereby authorize us to automatically rebalance your Contract Value on a periodic basis. On each quarterly anniversary of the effective date of the rider, we will rebalance your Contract Value, proportionately, based on your allocation instructions in effect at the time of the rebalancing. Any reallocation of Contract Value among the Subaccounts made by you prior to a rebalancing date will become your allocation instructions for rebalancing purposes. Confirmation of the rebalancing will appear on your quarterly statement. We reserve the right to change the rebalancing frequency, at any time, in our sole discretion. We will not make changes more than once per calendar year. You will be notified at least 30 days prior to the date of any change in frequency. If we rebalance Contract Value from the Subaccounts and your allocation instructions do not comply with the Investment Requirements, then the portion of the rebalanced Contract Value that does not meet the Investment Requirements will be allocated to the Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series as the default investment option (or any other Subaccount that we may designate for that purpose). These investments will become your allocation instructions until you tell us otherwise.

We may change the list of Subaccounts in a group, change the number of groups, change the minimum or maximum percentages of Contract Value allowed in a group or change the investment options that are or are not available to you, at any time, in our sole discretion. We will not make changes more than once per calendar year. You will be notified at least 30 days prior to the date of any change. We may make such modifications at any time when we believe the modifications are necessary to protect our ability to provide the guarantees under these riders. Our decision to make modifications will be based on several factors including the general market conditions and the style and investment objectives of the Subaccount investments.

At the time you receive notice of a change to the Investment Requirements, you may:

1.	submit your own reallocation instructions for the Contract Value, before the effective date specified in the notice, so that the Investment Requirements are satisfied;
2.	if you take no action, such changes will apply only to additional Purchase Payments or to future transfers of contract value. You will not be required to change allocations to existing Subaccounts, but you will not be allowed to add money, by either an additional Purchase Payment or a contract transfer, in excess of the new percentage applicable to a Subaccount or Subaccount group. This does not apply to Subaccounts added to Investment Requirements on or after June 30, 2009. For Subaccounts added to Investment Requirements on or after June 30, 2009, you may be subject to rebalancing as described above. If this results in a change to your allocation instructions, then these will be your new allocation instructions until you tell us otherwise; or
3.	terminate the applicable rider immediately, without waiting for a termination event if you do not wish to be subject to the new terms of the Investment Requirements.

At this time, the Subaccount groups are as follows:

Group 1 Investments must be at least 25% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 2 Investments cannot exceed 75% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 3 Investments cannot exceed 10% of Contract Value or Account Value
Delaware VIP^® Diversified Income Series Delaware VIP^® High Yield Series Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund LVIP Delaware Bond Fund LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund LVIP Global Income Fund LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund		All other Subaccounts except those in Group 3 and as discussed below.		Delaware VIP^® REIT Series DWS Alternative Asset Allocation VIP Portfolio LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets 100 Fund

The ClearBridge Variable Mid Cap Portfolio, LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund, LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund, and PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn^® Strategy Portfolio are not available. The fixed account is only available for dollar cost averaging.

To satisfy these Investment Requirements, you may allocate 100% of your Contract Value or i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value among the Subaccounts on the following list, as applicable to your contract. If you allocate less than 100% of Contract Value or i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value to or among these Subaccounts, then these Subaccounts will be considered as part of Group 1 or 2 above, as applicable, and you will be subject to the Group 1 or 2 restrictions. In addition, you can allocate 100% of your Contract Value to the Franklin Templeton Founding Investment Strategy (Franklin Income VIP Fund 34%, LVIP Franklin Templeton Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund 33% and Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund 33%).

•	ALPS/Stadion Core ETF Portfolio
•	American Century VP Balanced Fund
•	BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund
•	Delaware VIP^® Diversified Income Series
•	Delaware VIP^® High Yield Series
•	Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series
•	Fidelity^® VIP Balanced Portfolio
•	Fidelity^® VIP FundsManager^® 50% Portfolio
•	First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio
•	Franklin Income VIP Fund
•	JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio
•	LVIP BlackRock Advantage Allocation Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Bond Fund

•	LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Wealth Builder Fund
•	LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund
•	LVIP Franklin Templeton Multi-Asset Opportunities Fund
•	LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Income Fund
•	LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Goldman Sachs Income Builder Fund
•	LVIP JPMorgan Retirement Income Fund
•	LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Conservative Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund

•	LVIP SSGA Global Tactical Allocation Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderate Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price 2010 Fund
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price 2020 Fund

•	LVIP T. Rowe Price 2030 Fund
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price 2040 Fund
•	LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund
•	MFS^® VIT Total Return Series
•	Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund
•	QS Variable Conservative Growth
•	Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund

To satisfy these Investment Requirements, Contract Value can be allocated in accordance with certain asset allocation models, made available to you by your broker dealer. 100% of the Contract Value can be allocated to one of the following models: Lincoln SSGA Structured Conservative Model, Lincoln SSGA Structured Moderate Model, Lincoln SSGA Structured Moderately Aggressive Model, Lincoln SSGA Structured Moderately Aggressive Equity Model, Lincoln SSGA Conservative Index Model, Lincoln SSGA Moderate Index Model, Lincoln SSGA Moderately Aggressive Index Model and Lincoln SSGA Moderately Aggressive Equity Index Model. You may only choose one asset allocation model at a time, though you may change to a different asset allocation model available in your contract that meets the Investment Requirements or reallocate Contract Value among Group 1, Group 2 or Group 3 Subaccounts as described above. If you terminate an asset allocation model, you must follow the Investment Requirements applicable to your rider.

If you purchased the Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage Plus rider, your only investment options until the seventh Benefit Year anniversary are to allocate 100% of your Contract Value to: the LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund, the LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund, the LVIP SSGA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund, the LVIP SSGA Conservative Index Allocation Fund (each a fund of funds) or the Franklin Income VIP Fund or to one of the following models: Lincoln SSGA Conservative Index Model, Lincoln SSGA Moderate Index Model, Lincoln SSGA Structured Conservative Model, and Lincoln SSGA Structured Moderate Model. After the seventh Benefit Year anniversary, if your rider continues, you may invest in other Subaccounts in your contract, subject to Investment Requirements applicable to your purchase date of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage.

Investment Requirements – Option 3

If you elect Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) or i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) you must allocate your Contract Value in accordance with the Investment Requirements for Managed Risk Riders section below.

If you elect any other Living Benefit Rider, you must allocate your Contract Value in accordance with the Investment Requirements for i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit or other Living Benefit Riders sections below, according to which rider you purchased and the date of purchase. For all Living Benefit Riders, you can select the percentages of Contract Value (or Account Value if i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is in effect) to allocate to individual Subaccounts within each group, but the total investment for all Subaccounts within the group must comply with the specified minimum or maximum percentages for that group.

You must hold the rider for a minimum period of time after election (the minimum time is specified under the Termination section of each rider). During this time, you will be required to adhere to the Investment Requirements. After this time, failure to adhere to the Investment Requirements will result in termination of the rider.

Certain Living Benefit Riders guarantee you the right to transition to a version of the i4LIFE^® Guaranteed Income Benefit even if that version is no longer available for purchase. If you transition to i4LIFE^® Guaranteed Income Benefit, the Investment Requirements under your Prior Living Benefit Rider continue to apply. See i4LIFE^® Advantage – i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions for a discussion of this transition.

If you purchase a Living Benefit Rider (except i4LIFE^® Advantage without Guaranteed Income Benefit), you agree to be automatically enrolled in the portfolio rebalancing option under your contract and thereby authorize us to automatically rebalance your Contract Value on a periodic basis. On each quarterly anniversary of the effective date of the rider, we will rebalance your Contract Value, proportionately, based on your allocation instructions in effect at the time of the rebalancing. Any reallocation of Contract Value among the Subaccounts made by you prior to a rebalancing date will become your allocation instructions for rebalancing purposes. Confirmation of the rebalancing will appear on your quarterly statement. If we rebalance Contract Value from the Subaccounts and your allocation instructions do not comply with the Investment Requirements, then the portion of the rebalanced Contract Value that does not meet the Investment Requirements will be allocated to the Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series as the default investment option or any other Subaccount that we may designate for that purpose. These investments will become your allocation instructions until you tell us otherwise.

the specified minimum or maximum percentages for that group. We may change the list of Subaccounts in a group, change the number of groups, change the minimum or maximum percentages of Contract Value allowed in a group, change the investment options that are or are not available to you, or change the rebalancing frequency at any time in our sole discretion. For other Living Benefit Riders, we may only make certain Subaccounts available to you, which are listed below.

For all Living Benefit Riders, we may add or remove Subaccounts at any time in our sole discretion. You will be notified at least 30 days prior to the date of any change. We may make such modifications at any time when we believe the modifications are necessary to protect our ability to provide the guarantees under these riders. Our decision to make modifications will be based on several factors including the general market conditions and the style and investment objectives of the subaccount investments.

At the time you receive notice of a change to the Investment Requirements, you may:

1.	submit your own reallocation instructions for the Contract Value, before the effective date specified in the notice, so that the Investment Requirements are satisfied; or
2.	take no action and be subject to the quarterly rebalancing as described above. If this results in a change to your allocation instructions, then these will be your new allocation instructions until you tell us otherwise; or
3.	terminate the applicable rider immediately, without waiting for a termination event, if you do not wish to be subject to these Investment Requirements.

Option 3 – Investment Requirements for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) purchased on or after May 21, 2018. If you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) on or after May 21, 2018, you must allocate 100% of your Account Value among one or more of the following Subaccounts only. Not all funds may be available, refer to the “Description of the Funds” section of this prospectus for more information.

•	Delaware VIP^® Diversified Income Series
•	Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series
•	JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio
•	LVIP American Century Select Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Dividend Value Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Blended Large Cap Growth Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP Blended Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP ClearBridge Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP ClearBridge QS Select Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Bond Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund
•	LVIP Dimensional International Equity Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP Dimensional U.S. Equity Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund
•	LVIP Fidelity Institutional AM^® Select Core Equity Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP Franklin Templeton Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund

•	LVIP Franklin Templeton Value Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Invesco Diversified Equity-Income Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP Invesco Select Equity Income Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP JPMorgan Select Mid Cap Value Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP MFS International Equity Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP Multi-Manager Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Global Tactical Allocation Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP SSGA International Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund
•	LVIP SSGA SMID Cap Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund

The fixed account, if available, is only available for dollar cost averaging

asset allocation model available in your contract. If you terminate an asset allocation model, you must follow the Investment Requirements. We may exclude an asset allocation model from being available for investment at any time, in our sole discretion. You will be notified prior to the date of such a change.

Option 3 – Investment Requirements for other Managed Risk Riders. If you elect Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), are transitioning from this rider to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk), or elect i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) prior to May 21, 2018, you must currently allocate your Contract Value among one or more of the following Subaccounts only. Not all funds may be available in your contract; refer to the “Description of the Funds” section of this prospectus for more information.

Group 1 Investments must be at least 20% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 2 Investments cannot exceed 80% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 3 Investments cannot exceed 10% of Contract Value or Account Value
Delaware VIP^® Diversified Income Series Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series JPMorgan Insurance trust Core Bond Portfolio LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund LVIP Delaware Bond Fund LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund LVIP Global Income Fund (not available for riders purchased on or after May 21, 2018) LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund		LVIP American Century Select Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund LVIP BlackRock Dividend Value Managed Volatility Fund LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Blended Large Cap Growth Managed Volatility Fund LVIP Blended Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund LVIP ClearBridge Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund LVIP ClearBridge QS Select Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund LVIP Dimensional International Equity Managed Volatility Fund LVIP Dimensional U.S. Equity Managed Volatility Fund LVIP Fidelity Institutional AM^® Select Core Equity Managed Volatility Fund LVIP Franklin Templeton Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund LVIP Franklin Templeton Value Managed Volatility Fund LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Invesco Diversified Equity-Income Managed Volatility Fund LVIP Invesco Select Equity Income Managed Volatility Fund LVIP JPMorgan Select Mid Cap Value Managed Volatility Fund LVIP MFS International Equity Managed Volatility Fund LVIP Multi-Manager Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund LVIP SSGA Global Tactical Allocation Managed Volatility Fund LVIP SSGA International Managed Volatility Fund LVIP SSGA Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund LVIP SSGA SMID Cap Managed Volatility Fund LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund		No subaccounts at this time.

The fixed account is only available for dollar cost averaging.

As an alternative, to satisfy these Investment Requirements, you may allocate 100% of your Contract Value or i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value among the Subaccounts listed below. If you allocate less than 100% of Contract Value or i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value among these Subaccounts, then the Subaccounts listed below that are also listed in Group 1 will be subject to the Group 1 restrictions. Any remaining Subaccounts listed below that are not listed in Group 1 will fall into Group 2 and be subject to Group 2 restrictions.

•	Delaware VIP^® Diversified Income Series
•	Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series
•	JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Bond Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund
•	LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund
•	LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund

•	LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Income Fund (not available for riders purchased on or after May 21, 2018)
•	LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Global Tactical Allocation Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund
•	LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund

Additionally, Contract Value may be allocated in accordance with certain asset allocation models made available to you by your broker-dealer. If so, currently 100% of the Contract Value can be allocated to one of the following models: 80/20 Global Allocation Managed Volatility Model, 80/20 U.S. Allocation Managed Volatility Model or 70/30 Global Allocation Managed Volatility Model. You may only choose one asset allocation model at a time, though you may change to a different asset allocation model available in your contract. If you terminate an asset allocation model, you must follow the Investment Requirements applicable to your rider. We may exclude an asset allocation model from being available for investment at any time, in our sole discretion. You will be notified prior to the date of such a change.

Investment Requirements for Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM. If you elect Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM, you must allocate 100% of your Contract Value among the following Subaccounts:

•	LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund

Option 3 – Investment Requirements for i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit purchased on or after May 21, 2018. If you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit on or after May 21, 2018, you may allocate 100% of your Account Value among all Subaccounts except those listed below.

•	AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio
•	AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio
•	American Funds Global Growth Fund
•	American Funds Global Small Capitalization Fund
•	American Funds Growth Fund
•	American Funds Growth-Income Fund
•	American Funds International Fund
•	ClearBridge Variable Mid cap Portfolio
•	Delaware VIP^® Emerging Markets Series
•	Delaware VIP^® High Yield Series
•	Delaware VIP^® REIT Series
•	Delaware VIP^® Smid Cap Core Series
•	DWS Alternative Asset Allocation VIP Portfolio
•	DWS Equity 500 Index VIP Portfolio
•	Fidelity^® VIP Growth Portfolio

•	Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund
•	Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund
•	Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio
•	Janus Henderson Enterprise Portfolio
•	Janus Henderson Global Research Portfolio
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Real Estate Fund
•	LVIP Global Income Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets 100 Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price 2010 Fund
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price 2020 Fund
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price 2030 Fund
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price 2040 Fund
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund
•	LVIP Wellington Capital Growth Fund

•	MFS^®VIT Utilities Series
•	MFS^® VIT II Core Equity Portfolio
•	PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn^® Strategy Portfolio
•	Putnam VT Equity Income Fund

•	Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund
•	Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund
•	Templeton Growth VIP Fund

The fixed account, if available, is only available for dollar cost averaging.

As an alternative, to satisfy these Investment Requirements, Account Value may be allocated in accordance with certain asset allocation models made available to you by your broker-dealer. If so, currently 100% of the Account Value can be allocated to one of the following models, if available: Dimensional/Vanguard Moderate Allocation Model, Dimensional/Vanguard Global Growth Allocation Model, or Multi-Manager Moderate Allocation Model. You may only choose one asset allocation model at a time, though you may change to a different asset allocation model available in your contract that meets the Investment Requirements or reallocate Account Value according to the Investment Requirements listed above. If you terminate an asset allocation model, you must follow the Investment Requirements applicable to your rider. We may exclude an asset allocation model from being available for investment at any time, in our sole discretion. You will be notified prior to the date of such a change.

Option 3 – Investment Requirements for other Living Benefit Riders purchased on or after October 3, 2016. If you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit prior to May 21, 2018, Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage, Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage, 4LATER^® Select Advantage, or you are transitioning from Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage to i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit, you must currently allocate your Contract Value or i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value among one or more of the following Subaccounts.

Group 1 Investments must be at least 20% of Contract Value or Account Value.		Group 2 Investments cannot exceed 80% of Contract Value or Account Value.
Delaware VIP^® Diversified Income Series Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund LVIP Delaware Bond Fund LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund		AB VPS Small/Mid Cap Value Portfolio ALPS/Stadion Core ETF Portfolio American Century VP Balanced Fund American Century VP Large Company Value Fund American Funds Global Growth Fund American Funds Growth Fund American Funds Growth-Income Fund American Funds International Fund BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Growth Portfolio Delaware VIP^® Small Cap Value Series Delaware VIP^® U.S. Growth Series Delaware VIP^® Value Series Fidelity^® VIP BalancedPortfolio Fidelity^® VIP Contrafund^® Portfolio Fidelity^® VIP FundsManager^® 50% Portfolio Fidelity^® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio Franklin Income VIP Fund Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund Invesco V.I. Equally-Weighted S&P 500 Fund Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund JPMorgan Insurance Trust Global Allocation Portfolio LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund LVIP BlackRock Advantage Allocation Fund LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Delaware Social Awareness Fund LVIP Delaware Special Opportunities Fund LVIP Delaware Wealth Builder Fund LVIP Dimensional International Core Equity Fund LVIP Dimensional U.S. Core Equity 1 Fund LVIP Dimensional U.S. Core Equity 2 Fund LVIP Franklin Templeton Multi-Asset Opportunities Fund LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Goldman Sachs Income Building Fund LVIP Government Money Market Fund LVIP JPMorgan High Yield Fund LVIP JPMorgan Retirement Income Fund

Group 1 Investments must be at least 20% of Contract Value or Account Value.		Group 2 Investments cannot exceed 80% of Contract Value or Account Value.
		LVIP MFS International Growth Fund LVIP MFS Value Fund LVIP Mondrian International Value Fund LVIP SSGA Conservative Index Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA Developed International 150 Fund LVIP SSGA Global Tactical Allocation Managed Volatility Fund LVIP SSGA International Index Fund LVIP SSGA Large Cap 100 Fund LVIP SSGA Mid-Cap Index Fund LVIP SSGA Moderate Index Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA S&P 500 Index Fund LVIP SSGA Small-Cap Index Fund LVIP SSGA Small-Mid Cap 200 Fund LVIP T. Rowe Price Structured Mid-Cap Growth Fund LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Vanguard Domestic Equity ETF Fund LVIP Vanguard International Equity ETF Fund LVIP Wellington Mid-Cap Value Fund MFS^® VIT Growth Series MFS^® VIT Total Return Series Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund QS Variable Conservative Growth

•	ALPS/Stadion Core ETF Portfolio
•	American Century VP Balanced Fund
•	BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund
•	Delaware VIP^® Diversified Income Series
•	Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series
•	Fidelity^® VIP Balanced Portfolio
•	Fidelity^® VIP FundsManager^® 50% Portfolio
•	First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio
•	JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio
•	LVIP BlackRock Advantage Allocation Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Bond Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Wealth Builder Fund
•	LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund
•	LVIP Franklin Templeton Multi-Asset Opportunities Fund
•	LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund

•	LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Goldman Sachs Income Builder Fund
•	LVIP JPMorgan Retirement Income Fund
•	LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Conservative Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Global Tactical Allocation Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderate Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund
•	LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund
•	MFS^® VIT Total Return Series
•	Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund
•	QS Variable Conservative Growth

The fixed account is only available for dollar cost averaging.

Additionally, Contract Value may be allocated in accordance with certain asset allocation models made available to you by your broker-dealer. If so, currently 100% of the Contract Value can be allocated to one of the following models, if available: Dimensional/Vanguard Moderate Allocation Model, Dimensional/Vanguard Global Growth Allocation Model, or Multi-Manager Moderate Allocation Model. You may only choose one asset allocation model at a time, though you may change to a different asset allocation model available in your contract that meets the Investment Requirements or reallocate Contract Value according to the Investment Requirements listed above. If you terminate an asset allocation model, you must follow the Investment Requirements applicable to your rider. We may exclude an asset allocation model from being available for investment at any time, in our sole discretion. You will be notified prior to the date of such a change.

Option 3 – Investment Requirements for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) riders purchased on or after October 5, 2015 and prior to October 3, 2016. For i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) riders purchased on or after October 5, 2015 and prior to October 3, 2016, you must currently allocate your Contract Value or Account Value among one or more of the following Subaccounts only:

Group 1 Investments must be at least 30% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 2 Investments cannot exceed 70% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 3 Investments cannot exceed 10% of Contract Value or Account Value
Delaware VIP^® Diversified Income Series Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund LVIP Delaware Bond Fund LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund LVIP Global Income Fund LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund		AB VPS Small/Mid Cap Value Portfolio ALPS/Stadion Core ETF Portfolio American Century VP Balanced Fund American Century VP Large Company Value Fund American Funds Global Growth Fund American Funds Growth Fund American Funds Growth-Income Fund American Funds International Fund BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Growth Portfolio Delaware VIP^® Small Cap Value Series Delaware VIP^® U.S. Growth Series Delaware VIP^® Value Series Fidelity^® VIP Contrafund^® Portfolio Fidelity^® VIP FundsManager^® 50% Portfolio Fidelity^® VIP Balanced Portfolio Fidelity^® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio Franklin Income VIP Fund Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund Invesco V.I. Equally-Weighted S&P 500 Fund Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund JP Morgan Insurance Trust Global Allocation Portfolio LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund LVIP BlackRock Advantage Allocation Fund LVIP Delaware Social Awareness Fund LVIP Delaware Special Opportunities Fund LVIP Delaware Wealth Builder Fund LVIP Dimensional International Core Equity Fund LVIP Dimensional U.S. Core Equity 1 Fund LVIP Dimensional U.S. Core Equity 2 Fund LVIP Franklin Templeton Multi-Asset Opportunities Fund LVIP Goldman Sachs Income Builder Fund LVIP Government Money Market Fund LVIP JPMorgan High Yield Fund LVIP JPMorgan Retirement Income Fund LVIP MFS International Growth Fund LVIP MFS Value Fund LVIP Mondrian International Value Fund LVIP SSGA Conservative Index Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA Developed International 150 Fund LVIP SSGA International Index Fund LVIP SSGA Large Cap 100 Fund LVIP SSGA Mid-Cap Index Fund LVIP SSGA Moderate Index Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund		AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio American Funds Global Small Capitalization Fund Delaware VIP^® Emerging Markets Series Delaware VIP^® REIT Series Delaware VIP^® Smid Cap Core Series DWS Alternative Asset Allocation VIP Portfolio LVIP BlackRock Global Real Estate Fund LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets 100 Fund LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund MFS^® VIT Utilities Series

Group 1 Investments must be at least 30% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 2 Investments cannot exceed 70% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 3 Investments cannot exceed 10% of Contract Value or Account Value
		LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA S&P 500 Index Fund LVIP SSGA Small-Cap Index Fund LVIP SSGA Small-Mid Cap 200 Fund LVIP T. Rowe Price Structured Mid-Cap Growth Fund LVIP Vanguard Domestic Equity ETF Fund LVIP Vanguard International Equity ETF Fund LVIP Wellington Mid-Cap Value Fund MFS^® VIT Growth Series MFS^® VIT Total Return Series Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund QS Variable Conservative Growth

The fixed account is only available for dollar cost averaging.

•	ALPS/Stadion Core ETF Portfolio
•	American Century VP Balanced Fund
•	BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund
•	Delaware VIP^® Diversified Income Series
•	Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series
•	Fidelity^® VIP Balanced Portfolio
•	Fidelity^® VIP FundsManager^® 50% Portfolio
•	First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio
•	JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio
•	LVIP BlackRock Advantage Allocation Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Bond Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Wealth Builder Fund
•	LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund
•	LVIP Franklin Templeton Multi-Asset Opportunities Fund

•	LVIP Global Income Fund
•	LVIP Goldman Sachs Income Builder Fund
•	LVIP JPMorgan Retirement Income Fund
•	LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Conservative Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderate Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund
•	LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund
•	MFS^® VIT Total Return Series
•	Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund
•	QS Variable Conservative Growth

Option 3 – Investment Requirements for other Living Benefit Riders purchased prior to October 5, 2015. If you elected a Living Benefit Rider other than Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) or i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk), prior to October 5, 2015, you must currently allocate your Contract Value among one or more of the following Subaccounts only:

Group 1 Investments must be at least 30% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 2 Investments cannot exceed 70% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 3 Investments cannot exceed 10% of Contract Value or Account Value
Delaware VIP^® Diversified Income Series Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund LVIP Delaware Bond Fund LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund		All other Subaccounts except those in Group 3 and as described below.		AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio Delaware VIP^® Emerging Markets Series Delaware VIP^® REIT Series DWS Alternative Asset Allocation VIP Portfolio LVIP BlackRock Global Real Estate Fund LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets 100 Fund LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund

Group 1 Investments must be at least 30% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 2 Investments cannot exceed 70% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 3 Investments cannot exceed 10% of Contract Value or Account Value
LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund LVIP Global Income Fund LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund				MFS^® VIT Utilities Series

The ClearBridge Variable Mid Cap Portfolio, LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund, LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund, PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn^® Strategy Portfolio, and Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund are not available. The fixed account is only available for dollar cost averaging.

•	ALPS/Stadion Core ETF Portfolio
•	American Century VP Balanced Fund
•	BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund
•	Delaware VIP^® Diversified Income Series
•	Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series
•	Fidelity^® VIP Balanced Portfolio
•	Fidelity^® VIP FundsManager^® 50% Portfolio
•	First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio
•	Franklin Income VIP Fund
•	JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio
•	LVIP BlackRock Advantage Allocation Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Bond Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Wealth Builder Fund
•	LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund
•	LVIP Franklin Templeton Multi-Asset Opportunities Fund
•	LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Income Fund

•	LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Goldman Sachs Income Builder Fund
•	LVIP JPMorgan Retirement Income Fund
•	LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Conservative Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Global Tactical Allocation Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderate Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price 2010 Fund
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price 2020 Fund
•	LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund
•	MFS^® VIT Total Return Series
•	Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund
•	QS Variable Conservative Growth

To satisfy these Investment Requirements, Contract Value may be allocated in accordance with certain asset allocation models (depending on when you purchased your contract) made available to you by your broker-dealer. If so, currently 100% of the Contract Value can be allocated to one of the following models: Lincoln SSGA Structured Conservative Model, Lincoln SSGA Structured Moderate Model, Lincoln SSGA Structured Moderately Aggressive Model, Lincoln SSGA Conservative Index Model, Lincoln SSGA Moderate Index Model and Lincoln SSGA Moderately Aggressive Index Model. You may only choose one asset allocation model at a time, though you may change to a different asset allocation model available in your contract that meets the Investment Requirements or reallocate Contract Value among Group 1, Group 2 or Group 3 Subaccounts as described above. If you terminate an asset allocation model, you must follow the Investment Requirements applicable to your rider.

If you purchased the Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage Plus rider on or after January 20, 2009, your only investment options until the seventh Benefit Year anniversary are to allocate 100% of your Contract Value to: the LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund, the LVIP SSGA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund or the LVIP SSGA Conservative Index Allocation Fund (each a fund of funds), or, if your contract was purchased prior to November 15, 2010, to one of the following models: Lincoln SSGA Conservative Index Model and the Lincoln SSGA Structured Conservative Model. After the seventh Benefit Year anniversary, if your rider continues,

you may invest in other Subaccounts in your contract, subject to Investment Requirements applicable to your purchase date of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage.

Living Benefit Riders

This section describes the optional Living Benefit Riders currently offered under this variable annuity contract. Each rider offers one of the following:

•	a minimum withdrawal benefit:

•	Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk),
•	Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage;
•	Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage, or
•	Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM;

•	a minimum Annuity Payout:

•	4LATER^® Select Advantage,
•	i4LIFE^® Advantage with or without the Guaranteed Income Benefit.

The following Living Benefit Riders are no longer available for purchase:

•	Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0,
•	Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage,
•	Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage, and
•	4LATER^® Advantage.

Certain versions of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit are also unavailable unless guaranteed under the terms of another rider. Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 is described in the Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) section. All other unavailable Living Benefit Riders are described in an Appendix to this prospectus.

These Living Benefit Riders provide different methods to take income from your Contract Value or receive lifetime payments and provide certain guarantees, regardless of the investment performance of the contract. These guarantees are subject to certain conditions, as set forth below. There are differences between the riders in the features provided, income rates, investment options, charge rates, and charge structure. Additionally, the age at which you may begin receiving a benefit from your rider may vary between riders. In addition, the purchase of one rider may impact the availability of another rider. Not all riders will be available at all times. Before you elect a rider, or terminate your existing rider to elect a new rider, you should carefully review the terms and conditions of each rider. Riders elected at contract issue will be effective on the contract’s effective date. Riders elected after the contract is issued will be effective on the next Valuation Date following approval by us. Your registered representative will help you determine which Living Benefit Rider best suits your financial goals.

The benefits and features of the optional Living Benefit Riders are separate and distinct from the downside protection strategies that may be employed by the funds offered under the contract. The riders do not guarantee the investment results of the funds.

There is no guarantee that any Living Benefit Rider (except i4LIFE^® Advantage) will be available in the future, as we reserve the right to discontinue them at any time. In addition, we may make different versions of a rider available to new purchasers. You cannot elect more than one Living Benefit Rider or payout option offered in your contract at any one time. Certain broker-dealers may require Contractowners to make post-contract issue rider requests through their registered representative. If your registered representative of record is affiliated with such a broker-dealer we will not process your request until you consult with your registered representative.

Excess Withdrawals under certain Living Benefit Riders may result in a reduction or premature termination of those benefits or of those riders. If you are not certain how an Excess Withdrawal will reduce your future guaranteed amounts, you should contact either your registered representative or us prior to requesting a withdrawal to find out what impact, if any, the Excess Withdrawal will have on any guarantees under the Living Benefit Rider.

If you purchase a Living Benefit Rider (except i4LIFE^® Advantage without the Guaranteed Income Benefit), you will be required to adhere to Investment Requirements, which will limit your ability to invest in certain Subaccounts offered in your contract. In addition, the fixed account is not available except for use with dollar cost averaging. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements for more information.

From time to time, we relax our rules that apply to dropping certain riders and subsequently adding certain new ones. For example, we may waive the waiting period and instead permit you to add a new rider immediately after dropping your old one. We may also let you drop a rider before it has been in effect for the required holding period. When you drop your old rider, your old rider and charge will be terminated.

If you drop a rider for a new one during a period of time when we do not have an offer in place or have a different offer, you will not be eligible for any future offers related to the rider you previously dropped, even if such future offer would have included a greater or different benefit.

Rate Sheets

The current Guaranteed Annual Income rates and Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages available under certain Living Benefit Riders are declared in a prospectus supplement, called a Rate Sheet. The Rate Sheet indicates the current rates and/or current percentages, their effective period, and the date by which your rider election form must be signed and dated for a rider to be issued with those rates and/or percentages. The rates and/or percentages may change periodically and may be higher or lower than the rates and/or percentages on the previous Rate Sheet. We must receive your rider election form in Good Order within 10 days from the date you sign your rider election form.

At least 10 days before the end of the indicated effective period the rates and/or percentages for the next effective period will be disclosed in a new Rate Sheet. In order to get the rate and/or percentage indicated in a Rate Sheet, your rider election form must be signed and dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted in that Rate Sheet. Current Rate Sheets will be included with the prospectus. You can also obtain the most current Rate Sheet by contacting your registered representative, online at www.LincolnFinancial.com or by calling us at 1-888-868-2583. The rates and/or percentages from previous effective periods are included in Appendix C and D to this prospectus.

If the Guaranteed Annual Income rates and Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages that we are currently offering on the day of the contract and/or rider is issued are higher than the rates we were offering on the date you signed your rider election form, you will receive the higher set of rates. If any rates have decreased when we compare the Guaranteed Annual Income rates and Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages that we are offering on the day you signed your rider election form to the set of rates that we are offering on the day your contract and/or rider is issued, your contract/rider will be issued with the set of rates that were in effect on the day you signed your rider election form.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk)

All terms that apply to Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) apply to Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 except as noted. Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 is no longer available for purchase.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) is a Living Benefit Rider available for purchase that provides:

•	Guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals for you (and your spouse if the joint life option is selected) up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount which is based upon a guaranteed Income Base;
•	An Enhancement amount added to the Income Base if certain criteria are met, as set forth below;
•	Automatic Annual Step-ups of the Income Base to the Contract Value if the Contract Value is equal to or greater than the Income Base after the Enhancement; and
•	Age-based increases to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount (after reaching a higher age-band and after an Automatic Annual Step-up).

Guaranteed Annual Income payments are available after the younger of you or your spouse (joint life option) reach age 55 and are based upon specified percentages of the Income Base which are age-based and may increase over time. You may receive Guaranteed Annual Income payments for your lifetime or for the lifetimes of you and your spouse if the joint life option is chosen. You may consider purchasing Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) if you want a guaranteed lifetime income payment that may grow as you get older and may increase through the Automatic Annual Step-up and Enhancement.

Please note any withdrawals made prior to age 55 or that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount(s) are considered Excess Withdrawals. In most states, amounts that are payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account are also considered Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Income Base and Enhancement Base as well as your Guaranteed Annual Income amount by an amount greater than the dollar amount of the Excess Withdrawal, and will terminate the rider if the Income Base is reduced to zero. Withdrawals will also negatively impact the availability of an Enhancement.

The Contractowner, Annuitant or Secondary Life may not be changed while this rider is in effect (except if the Secondary Life assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the Contractowner), including any sale or assignment of the contract as collateral.

Availability. The Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) rider may be elected on all existing contracts beginning May 20, 2019. If elected, the rider will be effective on the next Valuation Date following approval by us. We reserve the right to discontinue offering post-issue elections of this rider at any time upon advanced written notice to you. This means that there is a chance that you may not be able to elect it in the future. The Contract Value at the time of election must be at least $25,000. If your Contract Value totals $2 million or more, rider elections are subject to Home Office approval.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) is available for purchase with nonqualified and qualified (IRAs and Roth IRAs) annuity contracts. The Contractowner/Annuitant must be age 85 or younger (younger of you or your spouse) at the time this rider is elected. This rider is not available to non-spouse beneficiaries of IRAs or nonqualified contracts.

If you own a Living Benefit Rider (other than Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0) and you wish to elect Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), you must first terminate your existing rider. You must wait at least 12 months after terminating your rider, and you must comply with the other termination rules that apply to your rider before you will be able to elect Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk). For more information on termination rules, see the “Termination” section associated with your rider. Anytime you terminate a rider, your benefits such as your Income Base and Enhancement Base will terminate without value. In other words, you cannot transfer any benefits accrued under an existing rider to a new rider.

Benefit Year. The Benefit Year is the 12-month period starting with the effective date of the rider and starting with each anniversary of the rider effective date after that. If your Benefit Year anniversary falls on a day that the New York Stock Exchange is closed, any benefit calculations scheduled to occur on that anniversary will occur on the next Valuation Date.

Income Base and Enhancement Base. The Income Base is a value used to calculate your Guaranteed Annual Income amount. The initial Income Base will equal the Contract Value on the effective date of the rider. The Income Base is increased by subsequent Purchase Payments, Enhancements, and Automatic Annual Step-ups, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The maximum Income Base is $10 million. This maximum takes into consideration the total guaranteed amounts under the Living Benefit Riders of all Lincoln Life contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) in which you (and/or spouse if joint life option) are the covered lives.

For rider elections on and after April 2, 2018, and subject to state availability, the Enhancement Base is the value used to calculate the amount that may be added to the Income Base upon an Enhancement. The Enhancement Base is equal to the Income Base on the effective date of the rider, increased by subsequent Purchase Payments and Automatic Annual Step-ups, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The Enhancement Base is not increased by an Enhancement. Rider elections prior to April 2, 2018, do not have an Enhancement Base.

Neither the Income Base nor the Enhancement Base is available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or as a Death Benefit.

Additional Purchase Payments received after the rider effective date automatically increase the Income Base (not to exceed the maximum Income Base) and Enhancement Base by the amount of the Purchase Payment. For example, a $10,000 additional Purchase Payment will increase the Income Base and Enhancement Base by $10,000. Any Purchase Payment will be added immediately to the Income Base and Enhancement Base and will result in an increased Guaranteed Annual Income amount but must be invested in the contract at least one Benefit Year before it will be used in calculating an Enhancement. Any Purchase Payments made within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider will be included in the Income Base or Enhancement Base for purposes of calculating the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary.

After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Home Office approval. No additional Purchase Payments are allowed if the Contract Value decreases to zero for any reason including market loss. No additional Purchase Payments are allowed after the Nursing Home Enhancement is requested and approved by us (as described later in this prospectus).

Excess Withdrawals reduce the Income Base and Enhancement Base as discussed below. The reduction to the Income Base and the Enhancement Base could be more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal. Withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will not reduce the Income Base or Enhancement Base.

Enhancement. You are eligible for an Enhancement for at least 10 years from the effective date of the rider. On each Benefit Year anniversary, the Income Base will be increased by an Enhancement if:

a. the Contractowner/Annuitant (as well as the spouse if the joint life option is in effect) is under age 86;

b. there were no withdrawals in the preceding Benefit Year;

c. the rider is within the Enhancement Period (described below);

d. the Income Base after the Enhancement amount is added would be greater than the Income Base after the Automatic Annual Step-up; and

e. the Enhancement Base is greater than zero.

For rider elections on and after April 2, 2018, and subject to state availability, the Enhancement equals the Enhancement Base, minus Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year, multiplied by 6%. For rider elections prior to April 2, 2018, the Enhancement equals the Income Base, minus Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year, multiplied by 5%. The Income Base and Enhancement Base are not reduced by Purchase Payments received in the first 90 days after the rider effective date.

If you decline an Enhancement, you will continue to be eligible for an Enhancement starting on the next Benefit Year anniversary as long as you meet the conditions listed above.

Note: The Enhancement is not available on any Benefit Year anniversary if an Automatic Annual Step-up to the Income Base occurs, or where there has been a withdrawal of Contract Value (including a Guaranteed Annual Income payment) in the preceding Benefit Year. If you are eligible (as defined above) for the Enhancement in the next Benefit Year, the Enhancement will not occur until the Benefit Year anniversary of that year.

The following is an example of the impact of the 6% Enhancement on the Income Base and assumes that no withdrawals have been made:

Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000; Income Base = $100,000; Enhancement Base = $100,000
Additional Purchase Payment on day 30 = $15,000; Income Base = $115,000; Enhancement Base = $115,000

On the first Benefit Year anniversary, because the additional Purchase Payment is within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider, the Income Base will not be less than $121,900 (= $100,000 x 1.06 + $15,000 x 1.06).

Consider a further additional Purchase Payment on day 95 of $10,000; Income Base = $125,000; Enhancement Base = $125,000

This additional Purchase Payment is not eligible for the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary because it was received after the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider. It will not be eligible for the 6% Enhancement until the second Benefit Year anniversary. Therefore, on the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Income Base will not be less than $131,900 (= $100,000 x 1.06 + $15,000 x 1.06 + $10,000).

As explained below, an Enhancement and Automatic Annual Step-up will not occur in the same year. If the Automatic Annual Step-up provides an increase equal to or greater than what the Enhancement provides, you will not receive the Enhancement. It is possible that this could happen each Benefit Year (because the Automatic Annual Step-up provided a larger increase each year), and therefore the Enhancement would not apply. The Enhancement or the Automatic Annual Step-up cannot increase the Income Base above the maximum Income Base of $10 million.

An example of the impact of a withdrawal on the Enhancement is included in the Withdrawal Amount section below.

Enhancement Period. The original Enhancement Period is a 10-year period that begins on the effective date of the rider. A new Enhancement Period begins immediately following an Automatic Annual Step-up. If during any Enhancement Period there are no Automatic Annual Step-ups, the Enhancements will stop at the end of the Enhancement Period and will not restart until the next Benefit Year anniversary following the Benefit Year anniversary upon which an Automatic Annual Step-up occurs.

Automatic Annual Step-ups. The Income Base and Enhancement Base will automatically step-up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a.	the Contractowner/Annuitant (single life option), or the Contractowner/Annuitant and spouse (joint life option) are under age 86; and
b.	the Contract Value on that Benefit Year anniversary, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including surrender charges, the rider charge and account fee), plus any Purchase Payments made on that date is equal to or greater than the Income Base after an Enhancement (if any).

Each time the Automatic Annual Step-up occurs a new Enhancement Period starts. The Automatic Annual Step-up is available even in years when a withdrawal has occurred.

If you decline an Automatic Annual Step-up, you will continue to be eligible for an Enhancement through the end of the Enhancement Period, including in the year you declined the Automatic Annual Step-up, as long as you meet the conditions listed above.

Following is an example of how the Automatic Annual Step-up and the 6% Enhancement impact the Income Base (assuming no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments):

	Contract Value	Income Base	Enhancement Base	Enhancement amount added to Income Base
At issue	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	-
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$104,000	$106,000	$100,000	$6,000
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$115,000	$115,000	$115,000	N/A

On the first Benefit Year anniversary the Contract Value is higher than the previous Income Base of $100,000, but since the 6% Enhancement (6% of the Enhancement Base) would increase the Income Base to a higher amount, the Income Base is increased by the $6,000 Enhancement amount to $106,000 and the Enhancement Base remains at $100,000.

On the second Benefit Year anniversary the Contract Value of $115,000 is higher than the previous Income Base of $106,000 plus the 6% Enhancement ($112,000 = $106,000 + 6% of $100,000), so the Income Base and Enhancement Base are increased to equal the Contract Value of $115,000.

Following is an example of how the Automatic Annual Step-up and the 5% Enhancement impact the Income Base (assuming no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments):

	Contract Value	Income Base
At issue	$50,000	$50,000
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$54,000	$54,000
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$53,900	$56,700

On the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Automatic Annual Step-up increased the Income Base to the Contract Value of $54,000 since the increase in the Contract Value is greater than the 5% Enhancement amount of $2,500 (5% of $50,000). On the second Benefit Year anniversary, the 5% Enhancement provided a larger increase (5% of $54,000 = $2,700). An Automatic Annual Step-up cannot increase the Income Base beyond the maximum Income Base of $10 million.

Withdrawal Amount. Guaranteed Annual Income withdrawals are available when you (single life option) or the younger of you and your spouse (joint life option) are age 55 or older. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount may be withdrawn from the contract each Benefit Year. As long as the Guaranteed Annual Income amount is not reduced to zero, these withdrawals may be taken for your lifetime (single life option) or the lifetimes of you and your spouse (joint life option).

The initial Guaranteed Annual Income amount is calculated when you purchase the rider. If you (or younger of you and your spouse if the joint life option is elected) are under age 55 at the time the rider is elected the initial Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be zero. If you (or the younger of you and your spouse if the joint life option is elected) are age 55 or older at the time the rider is elected the initial Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be equal to a specified percentage of the Income Base. Upon your first withdrawal the Guaranteed Annual Income rate is based on your age (single life option) or the younger of you and your spouse’s age (joint life option) at the time of the withdrawal.

The Guaranteed Annual Income rates applicable to new rider elections are determined in our sole discretion based on current economic factors including interest rates and equity market volatility. Generally, the rates may increase or decrease based on changes in equity market volatility, prevailing interest rates, or as a result of other economic conditions. The rate structure is intended to help us provide the guarantees under the rider. The Guaranteed Annual Income rates for new rider elections may be higher or lower than prior rates, but for existing Contractowners that have elected the rider, your Guaranteed Annual Income rates will not change as a result.

The Guaranteed Annual Income rates applicable to new rider elections are set forth in a supplement to this prospectus, called a Rate Sheet. The Rate Sheet indicates the Guaranteed Annual Income rates, the effective period, and the date by which your rider election form must be signed and dated for a rider to be issued with those rates. The rates may change periodically and may be higher or lower than the rates on the previous Rate Sheet.

At least 10 days before the end of the indicated effective period, the Guaranteed Annual Income rates for the next effective period will be disclosed in a new Rate Sheet. In order to get the rates indicated in a Rate Sheet, your rider election form must be signed and dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted in that Rate Sheet. Current Rate Sheets will be included with the prospectus. You can also obtain the most current Rate Sheet by contacting your registered representative, online at www.LincolnFinancial.com or by calling us at 1-888-868-2583. Guaranteed Annual Income rates for previous effective periods are included in an Appendix to this prospectus.

After your first withdrawal the Guaranteed Annual Income rate will only increase on a Benefit Year anniversary on or after you have reached an applicable higher age band and after there has also been an Automatic Annual Step-up. If you have reached an applicable age band and there has not also been a subsequent Automatic Annual Step-up, then the Guaranteed Annual Income rate will not increase until the next Automatic Annual Step-up occurs. If you do not withdraw the entire Guaranteed Annual Income amount during a Benefit Year, there is no carryover of the remaining amount into the next Benefit Year.

If your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason other than for an Excess Withdrawal, the remaining Guaranteed Annual Income amount for that Benefit Year will be paid in a lump sum. On the next rider anniversary, the scheduled amount will automatically resume and continue for your life (and your spouse’s life if the joint life option is chosen) under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option. You may not withdraw the remaining Income Base or Enhancement Base in a lump sum. You will not be entitled to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount if the Income Base is reduced to zero as a result of an Excess Withdrawal. If either the Contract Value or the Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal the rider will terminate.

Withdrawals equal to or less than the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will not reduce the Income Base or Enhancement Base. All withdrawals will decrease the Contract Value. Surrender charges are waived on cumulative withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount.

The following example shows the calculation of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount and how withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount affect the Income Base, the Enhancement Base, and the Contract Value. The example assumes a 6% Enhancement, a 4.50% Guaranteed Annual Income rate, and a Contract Value of $200,000:

Contract Value on the rider's effective date	$200,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base on the rider's effective date	$200,000
Initial Guaranteed Annual Income amount on the rider's effective date ($200,000 x 4.50%)	$9,000
Contract Value six months after rider's effective date	$210,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base six months after rider's effective date	$200,000
Withdrawal six months after rider's effective date	$9,000
Contract Value after withdrawal ($210,000 - $9,000)	$201,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base after withdrawal ($200,000 - $0)	$200,000
Contract Value on first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base on first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Guaranteed Annual Income amount on first Benefit Year anniversary ($205,000 x 4.50%)	$9,225

Since there was a withdrawal during the first year, an Enhancement is not available, but the Automatic Annual Step-up was available and increased the Income Base and Enhancement Base to the Contract Value of $205,000. On the first anniversary of the rider’s effective date, the Guaranteed Annual Income amount is $9,225 (4.50% x $205,000).

Purchase Payments added to the contract subsequent to the initial Purchase Payment will increase the Guaranteed Annual Income amount by an amount equal to the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate multiplied by the amount of the subsequent Purchase Payment. For example, assuming a Contractowner has a Guaranteed Annual Income amount of $9,000 (4.50% of $200,000 Income Base), an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 increases the Guaranteed Annual Income amount that Benefit Year to $9,450 ($9,000 + 4.50% of $10,000). The Guaranteed Annual Income payment amount will be recalculated immediately after a Purchase Payment is added to the contract. Persistency Credits added to the contract do not immediately increase the Guaranteed Annual Income amount but are added to the Contract Value and may increase the Income Base upon an Automatic Annual Step-up which in return may increase the Guaranteed Annual Income amount.

Enhancements and Automatic Annual Step-ups will increase the Income Base and thus the Guaranteed Annual Income amount. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount after the Income Base is adjusted either by an Enhancement or an Automatic Annual Step-up will be equal to the adjusted Income Base multiplied by the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate.

Nursing Home Enhancement. (The Nursing Home Enhancement is not available in certain states. Please check with your registered representative.) The Guaranteed Annual Income rate will be increased to 10%, called the Nursing Home Enhancement, during a Benefit Year when the Contractowner/Annuitant is age 70 or older, or the younger of the Contractowner and spouse is age 70 or older (joint life option), and one is admitted into an accredited nursing home or equivalent health care facility. For election of any version of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 prior to May 20, 2013, the Nursing Home Enhancement is available when the Contractowner/Annuitant is age 65 or older, or the younger of the Contractowner and spouse is age 65 or older (joint life option), and one is admitted into an accredited nursing home or equivalent health care facility. (The Nursing Home Enhancement is not available until the next Benefit Year anniversary after age 70 (or 65 for rider elections prior to May 20, 2013) if a withdrawal has been taken since the rider effective date.) The Nursing Home Enhancement applies if the admittance into such facility occurs 60 months or more after the effective date of the rider, the individual was not in the nursing home in the year prior to the effective date of the rider, and upon entering the nursing home, the person has then been confined for at least 90 consecutive days. For the joint life option if both spouses qualify, the Nursing Home Enhancement is available for either spouse, but not both spouses. You should carefully consider the fact that the enhanced Guaranteed Annual Income rate is only available for one measuring life before an election is made. For Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) elections on and after January 20, 2015, the Nursing Home Enhancement will not be available if your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason, including withdrawals, market performance, or rider charges.

You may request the Nursing Home Enhancement by filling out a request form provided by us. Proof of nursing home confinement will be required each year. If you leave the nursing home, or for Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) elections on and after January 20, 2015, if your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason, your Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be reduced to the amount you would otherwise be eligible to receive. Any withdrawals made prior to the entrance into a nursing home and during the Benefit Year that the Nursing Home Enhancement commences, will reduce the amount available that year for the Nursing Home Enhancement. Purchase Payments may not be made into the contract after a request for the Nursing Home Enhancement is approved by us and any Purchase Payments made either in the 12 months prior to entering the nursing home or while you are residing in a nursing home will not be included in the calculation of the Nursing Home Enhancement.

include an assisted living or similar facility. The admittance to a nursing home must be pursuant to a plan of care provided by a licensed health care practitioner, and the nursing home must be located in the United States. The remaining references to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount also include the Nursing Home Enhancement amount.

Owners of contracts issued in South Dakota who elect any version of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 on or after January 1, 2013, have the option to increase the Guaranteed Annual Income rate upon the diagnosis of a terminal illness, subject to certain conditions. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be increased to 10% during a Benefit Year when the Contractowner/Annuitant is age 70 or older or the younger of the Contractowner and spouse is age 70 or older (joint life option), and one is diagnosed by a licensed physician that his or her life expectancy is twelve months or less. For election of any version of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 from January 1, 2013 to May 20, 2013, the terminal illness provision is available when the Contractowner/Annuitant is age 65 or older, or the younger of the Contractowner and spouse is age 65 or older (joint life option), and one is diagnosed by a licensed physician that his or her life expectancy is twelve months or less. (The terminal illness provision is not available until the next Benefit Year anniversary after age 70 (or 65 for rider elections prior to May 20, 2013) if a withdrawal has been taken since the rider effective date.) This provision applies if the diagnosis of terminal illness occurs 60 months or more after the effective date of the rider and the diagnosis was not made in the year prior to the effective date of the rider. For the joint life option if both spouses qualify, this provision for terminal illness is available for either spouse, but not both spouses. You should carefully consider the fact that the enhanced Guaranteed Annual Income rate is only available for one measuring life before an election is made. For Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) elections on and after January 20, 2015, the terminal illness provision will not be available if your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason, including withdrawals, market performance, or rider charges.

Once either the Nursing Home Enhancement or the terminal illness enhancement is elected for one spouse, neither enhancement will be available for the other spouse. You may request the terminal illness enhancement by filling out a request form provided by us. For Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) elections on and after January 20, 2015, if your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason, your Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be reduced to the amount you would otherwise be eligible to receive. Any withdrawals made prior to the diagnosis of a terminal illness and during the Benefit Year that the terminal illness enhancement commences will reduce the amount available that year for the terminal illness enhancement. Purchase Payments may not be made into the contract after a request for the terminal illness enhancement is approved by us and any Purchase Payments made either in the 12 months prior to the terminal illness diagnosis or during the duration of the terminal illness will not be included in the calculation of the terminal illness enhancement. Any requirements to qualify for the terminal illness enhancement are set forth in the Terminal Illness Claim Form. The remaining references to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount also include the terminal illness enhancement amount for owners of contracts issued in South Dakota only.

Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals are:

1.	the cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount at the time of the withdrawal;
2.	withdrawals made prior to age 55 (younger of you or your spouse for joint life); or
3.	withdrawals that are payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account.

When an Excess Withdrawal occurs:

1.	The Income Base and Enhancement Base are reduced by the same proportion that the Excess Withdrawal reduces the Contract Value. This means that the reduction in the Income Base and Enhancement Base could be more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal; and
2.	The Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be recalculated to equal the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate multiplied by the new (reduced) Income Base (after the proportionate reduction for the Excess Withdrawal).

Your quarterly statements will include the Guaranteed Annual Income amount (as adjusted for Guaranteed Annual Income amount payments in a Benefit Year, Excess Withdrawals and additional Purchase Payments) available to you for the Benefit Year, if applicable, in order for you to determine whether a withdrawal may be an Excess Withdrawal. We encourage you to either consult with your registered representative or call us at the number provided in this prospectus if you have questions about Excess Withdrawals.

The following example demonstrates the impact of an Excess Withdrawal on the Income Base and Enhancement Base, the Guaranteed Annual Income amount and the Contract Value. The example assumes that the Contractowner makes a $12,000 withdrawal, which causes a $12,370 reduction in the Income Base and Enhancement Base.

Prior to Excess Withdrawal:
Contract Value = $60,000
Income Base = $85,000
Enhancement Base = $85,000
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $3,825 (4.50% of the Income Base of $85,000)

After a $12,000 Withdrawal ($3,825 is within the Guaranteed Annual Income amount, $8,175 is the Excess Withdrawal):
The Contract Value is reduced by the amount of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount of $3,825 and the Income Base and Enhancement Base are not reduced:

Contract Value = $56,175 ($60,000 - $3,825)
Income Base = $85,000
Enhancement Base = $85,000

The Contract Value is also reduced by the $8,175 Excess Withdrawal and the Income Base and Enhancement Base are reduced by 14.553%, the same proportion by which the Excess Withdrawal reduced the $56,175 Contract Value ($8,175 ÷ $56,175)

Contract Value = $48,000 ($56,175 - $8,175)
Income Base = $72,630 ($85,000 x 14.553% = $12,370; $85,000 - $12,370 = $72,630)
Enhancement Base = $72,630 ($85,000 x 14.553% = $12,370; $85,000 - $12,370 = $72,630)
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $3,268 (4.50% of $72,630 Income Base)

On the following Benefit Year anniversary, the Contract Value has been reduced due to a declining market, but the Income Base and Enhancement Base are unchanged:

Contract Value = $43,000
Income Base = $72,630
Enhancement Base = $72,630
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $3,268 (4.50% x $72,630)

In a declining market, Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Income Base, Enhancement Base, and Guaranteed Annual Income amount. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. If either the Contract Value or the Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal the rider will terminate.

Surrender charges are waived on cumulative withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount. Excess Withdrawals will be subject to surrender charges unless one of the waivers of surrender charge provisions set forth in this prospectus is applicable. Continuing with the prior example of the $12,000 withdrawal: the $3,825 Guaranteed Annual Income amount is not subject to surrender charges; the $8,175 Excess Withdrawal may be subject to surrender charges according to the surrender charge schedule in this prospectus. See Charges and Other Deductions – Surrender Charge.

Withdrawals from IRA contracts will not be considered Excess Withdrawals (even if they exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount) only if the withdrawals are taken as systematic installments of the amount needed to satisfy the required minimum distribution (RMD) rules under Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(9). In addition, in order for this exception for RMDs to apply, the following must occur:

1.	Lincoln’s automatic withdrawal service is used to calculate and pay the RMD;
2.	The RMD calculation must be based only on the value in this contract;
3.	No withdrawals other than RMDs are made within the Benefit Year (except as described in the next paragraph);

4. This contract is not a beneficiary IRA; and

5. The younger of you or your spouse (joint life option) are age 55 or over.

If your RMD withdrawals during a Benefit Year are less than the Guaranteed Annual Income amount, an additional amount up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount may be withdrawn and will not be subject to surrender charges. If a withdrawal, other than an RMD is made during the Benefit Year, then all amounts withdrawn in excess of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount, including amounts attributable to RMDs, will be treated as Excess Withdrawals.

Distributions from qualified contracts are generally taxed as ordinary income. Distributions from nonqualified contracts that are includable in gross income are also generally taxed as ordinary income. See Federal Tax Matters for information on determining what amounts are includable in gross income.

Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option. The Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option (“GAIAAPO”) is an Annuity Payout option under which the Contractowner (and joint life if applicable) will receive annuity payments equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount for life. This option is different from other Annuity Payout options, including i4LIFE^® Advantage, which are based on your Contract Value. If you are required to take annuity payments because you have reached the Annuity Commencement Date, you have the option of electing the GAIAAPO. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero and you have a remaining Income Base, you will receive the GAIAAPO.

Contractowners may decide to choose the GAIAAPO over i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit if they feel this may provide a higher final payment over time and they may place more importance on this payment over access to the Account Value. Payment frequencies other than annual may be available. You will have no other contract features other than the right to receive annuity payments equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount for your life or the lives of you and your spouse for the joint life option.

If you are receiving the GAIAAPO, the Beneficiary may be eligible to receive final payment upon death of the single life or surviving joint life. The final payment is a one-time lump-sum payment. If the effective date of the rider is the same as the effective date of the contract, the final payment will be equal to the sum of all Purchase Payments, decreased by withdrawals. If the effective date of the rider is after the effective date of the contract, the final payment will be equal to the Contract Value on the effective date of the rider, increased for Purchase Payments received after the rider effective date and decreased by withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals reduce the final payment in the same proportion as the withdrawals reduce the Contract Value; withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount and payments under the GAIAAPO will reduce the final payment dollar for dollar.

Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) has no provision for a payout of the Income Base or Enhancement Base upon death of the Contractowners or Annuitant and provides no increase in the Death Benefit value over and above what the Death Benefit provides in the base contract. At the time of death, if the Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit options (as described earlier in this prospectus) will be in effect. Election of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) does not impact the Death Benefit options available for purchase with your annuity contract. All Death Benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable as amended from time to time. See The Contracts - Death Benefit.

Upon the death of the single life, this rider will end and no further Guaranteed Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was an Income Base in effect at the time of the death).

Upon the first death under the joint life option, withdrawals up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount continue to be available for the life of the surviving spouse. The Enhancement and Automatic Annual Step-up will continue if applicable as discussed above. Upon the death of the surviving spouse, Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) will end and no further Guaranteed Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was an Income Base in effect at the time of the death).

As an alternative, after the first death, the surviving spouse, if under age 86, may choose to terminate the joint life option and purchase a new single life option under the terms and charge in effect at the time for a new purchase. In deciding whether to make this change, the surviving spouse should consider whether the change will cause the Income Base and the Guaranteed Annual Income amount to decrease.

Termination. After the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the rider, the Contractowner may terminate the rider by notifying us in writing of the request to terminate or by failing to adhere to Investment Requirements. Owners of contracts issued in Florida who elect their rider on or after January 20, 2015 and prior to April 2, 2018, may terminate the rider after the first anniversary of the effective date of the rider. Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) will automatically terminate:

•	on the Annuity Commencement Date (except payments under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option will continue if applicable);
•	if the Contractowner or Annuitant is changed (except if the Secondary Life assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the Contractowner) including any sale or assignment of the contract or any pledge of the contract as collateral;
•	upon the death under the single life option or the death of the surviving Secondary Life under the joint life option;
•	when the Guaranteed Annual Income amount or Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal;
•	on the date the Contractowner is changed due to an enforceable divorce agreement or decree; or
•	upon surrender or termination of the underlying annuity contract.

The termination will not result in any increase in Contract Value equal to the Income Base or Enhancement Base. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefits and charges within this rider will terminate. If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can elect any Living Benefit Rider available for purchase at that time.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit option. Contractowners who elect either version of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 may decide to later transition to the applicable version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. This transition must be made prior to the maximum age limit and prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You cannot have both i4LIFE^® Advantage and another Living Benefit Rider in effect on your contract at the same time. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions for a discussion of this transition.

You should consider that not all i4LIFE^® Advantage Death Benefit options will be available to you. Refer to the Expense Table: i4LIFE^® Advantage with Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) for Contractowners who previously purchased Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) for available Death Benefit options.

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage is a Living Benefit Rider available for purchase that provides:

•	Guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals for you (and your spouse if the joint life option is selected) up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount which is based upon a guaranteed Income Base;
•	An Enhancement amount added to the Income Base if certain criteria are met, as set forth below;
•	Automatic Annual Step-ups of the Income Base to the Contract Value if the Contract Value is equal to or greater than the Income Base after the Enhancement; and
•	Age-based increases to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount (after reaching a higher age-band and after an Automatic Annual Step-up).

Guaranteed Annual Income payments are available after the younger of you or your spouse (joint life option) reach age 55 and are based upon specified percentages of the Income Base which are age-based and may increase over time. You may receive Guaranteed Annual Income payments for your lifetime or for the lifetimes of you and your spouse, if the joint life option is chosen. You may consider purchasing Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage if you want a guaranteed lifetime income payment that may grow as you get older and may increase through the Automatic Annual Step-up and Enhancement.

Please note any withdrawals made prior to age 55 or that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount are considered Excess Withdrawals. In most states, amounts that are payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account are also considered Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Income Base and Enhancement Base as well as your Guaranteed Annual Income amount by an amount greater than the dollar amount of the Excess Withdrawal, and will terminate the rider if the Income Base if reduced to zero. Withdrawals will also negatively impact the availability of an Enhancement.

Availability. The Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage rider may be elected on all existing contracts beginning May 20, 2019. If elected, the rider will be effective on the next Valuation Date following approval by us. We reserve the right to discontinue offering post-issue elections of this rider at any time upon advanced written notice to you. This means that there is a chance that you may not be able to elect it in the future. The Contract Value at the time of election must be at least $25,000. If your Contract Value totals $2 million or more, rider elections are subject to Home Office approval.

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage is available for purchase with nonqualified and qualified (IRAs and Roth IRAs) annuity contracts. The Contractowner/Annuitant must be age 85 or younger (younger of you or your spouse) at the time this rider is elected. This rider is not available to non-spouse beneficiaries of IRAs or nonqualified contracts.

If you own a Living Benefit Rider and you wish to elect Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage, you must first terminate your existing rider. You must wait at least 12 months after terminating your rider, and you must comply with the other termination rules that apply to your rider before you elect Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage. For more information on termination rules, see the “Termination” section associated with your Living Benefit Rider. Anytime you terminate a rider, your benefits such as your Income Base and Enhancement Base will terminate without value. In other words, you cannot transfer any benefits accrued under an existing rider to a new rider.

Neither the Income Base nor the Enhancement Base is available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or as a Death Benefit.

Additional Purchase Payments received after the rider effective date automatically increase the Income Base (not to exceed the maximum Income Base) and Enhancement Base by the amount of the Purchase Payment. For example, a $10,000 additional Purchase Payment will increase the Income Base and Enhancement Base by $10,000. Any Purchase Payment will be added immediately to the Income Base and will result in an increased Guaranteed Annual Income amount but must be invested in the contract at least one Benefit Year before it will be used in calculating an Enhancement. Any Purchase Payments made within the first 90 days after the effective

date of the rider will be included in the Income Base or Enhancement Base for purposes of calculating the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary.

After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Home Office approval. Additional Purchase Payments will not be allowed if the Contract Value decreases to zero for any reason, including market loss.

Enhancement. You are eligible for an Enhancement for at least 10 years from the effective date of the rider. On each Benefit Year anniversary, the Income Base will be increased by an Enhancement if:

a. the Contractowner/Annuitant (as well as the spouse if the joint life option is in effect) is under age 86;

b. there were no withdrawals in the preceding Benefit Year;

c. the rider is within the Enhancement Period (described below);

d. the Income Base after the Enhancement amount is added would be greater than the Income Base after the Automatic Annual Step-up; and

e. the Enhancement Base is greater than zero.

If you decline an Enhancement, you will continue to be eligible for an Enhancement starting on the next Benefit Year anniversary as long as you meet the conditions listed above.

The following is an example of the impact of the 6% Enhancement on the Income Base and assumes that no withdrawals have been made:

Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000; Income Base = $100,000; Enhancement Base = $100,000
Additional Purchase Payment on day 30 = $15,000; Income Base = $115,000; Enhancement Base = $115,000

Consider a further additional Purchase Payment on day 95 of $10,000; Income Base = $125,000; Enhancement Base = $125,000

An example of the impact of a withdrawal on the Enhancement is included in the Withdrawal Amount section below.

Enhancement Period. The original Enhancement Period is a 10-year period that begins on the effective date of the rider. For riders purchased on and after April 2, 2018, and subject to state availability, a new Enhancement Period begins immediately following an Automatic Annual Step-up. If during any Enhancement Period there are no Automatic Annual Step-ups, the Enhancements will stop at the end of the Enhancement Period and will not restart until the next Benefit Year anniversary following the Benefit Year anniversary upon which an Automatic Annual Step-up occurs. Rider elections prior to April 2, 2018, and subject to state availability, only have one 10-year Enhancement Period.

Automatic Annual Step-ups. The Income Base and Enhancement Base will automatically step up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a.	the Contractowner/Annuitant (single life option), or the Contractowner/Annuitant and spouse (joint life option) are under age 86; and
b.	the Contract Value on that Benefit Year anniversary, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including surrender charges, the rider charge and account fee), plus any Purchase Payments made on that date and Persistency Credits, if any, added on that date, is equal to or greater than the Income Base after an Enhancement (if any).

For riders elected on or after February 20, 2018 (April 2, 2018 if elected after the contract effective date), and subject to state availability, each time the Automatic Annual Step-up occurs, a new Enhancement Period begins. The Automatic Annual Step-up is available even in those years when a withdrawal has occurred.

Following is an example of how the Automatic Annual Step-up and the 6% Enhancement impact the Income Base (assuming no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments):

	Contract Value	Income Base	Enhancement Base	Enhancement amount added to Income Base
At issue	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	-
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$104,000	$106,000	$100,000	$6,000
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$115,000	$115,000	$115,000	N/A

On the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Contract Value is higher than the previous Income Base of $100,000, but since the 6% Enhancement (6% of the Enhancement Base) would increase the Income Base to a higher amount, the Income Base is increased by the $6,000 Enhancement amount to $106,000 and the Enhancement Base remains at $100,000.

On the second Benefit Year anniversary, the Contract Value of $115,000 is higher than the previous Income Base of $106,000 plus the 6% Enhancement ($112,000 = $106,000 + 6% of $100,000), so the Income Base and Enhancement Base are increased to equal the Contract Value of $115,000.

Following is an example of how the Automatic Annual Step-up and the 5% Enhancements impact the Income Base (assuming no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments):

	Contract Value	Income Base
At issue	$50,000	$50,000
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$54,000	$54,000
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$53,900	$56,700

On the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Automatic Annual Step-up increased the Income Base to the Contract Value of $54,000 since the increase in the Contract Value is greater than the 5% Enhancement amount of $2,500 (5% of $50,000). On the second Benefit Year anniversary, the 5% Enhancement provided a larger increase (5% of $54,000 = $2,700). The 5% Enhancement or an Automatic Annual Step-up cannot increase the Income Base beyond the maximum Income Base of $10 million.

The Guaranteed Annual Income amount is determined by multiplying the Income Base by the applicable rate, based on your age and whether the single or joint life option has been elected. Under the joint life option, the age of the younger of you or your spouse will be used. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount will change upon an Automatic Annual Step-up, an Enhancement, additional Purchase Payments, and Excess Withdrawals, as described below.

form must be signed and dated for a rider to be issued with those rates. The rates may change periodically and may be higher or lower than the rates on the previous Rate Sheet.

After your first Guaranteed Annual Income withdrawal, the Guaranteed Annual Income rate will only increase on a Benefit Year anniversary on or after you have reached an applicable higher age band and after there has also been an Automatic Annual Step-up. If you have reached an applicable higher age band and there has not also been a subsequent Automatic Annual Step-up, then the Guaranteed Annual Income rate will not increase until the next Automatic Annual Step-up occurs. If you do not withdraw the entire Guaranteed Annual Income amount during a Benefit Year, there is no carryover of the remaining amount into the next Benefit Year.

If your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason other than for an Excess Withdrawal, the remaining Guaranteed Annual Income amounts for that Benefit Year will be paid in a lump sum. On the next rider anniversary, the scheduled amount will automatically resume and continue for your life (and your spouse’s life if the joint life option is chosen) under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option. You may not withdraw the remaining Income Base or Enhancement Base in a lump sum. You will not be entitled to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount if the Income Base is reduced to zero as a result of an Excess Withdrawal. If either the Contract Value or the Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider will terminate.

The following example shows the calculation of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount and how withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount impact the Income Base, the Enhancement Base and the Contract Value. The example assumes a 6% Enhancement, a 4% Guaranteed Annual Income rate, and a Contract Value of $200,000:

Contract Value on the rider’s effective date	$200,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base on the rider’s effective date	$200,000
Initial Guaranteed Annual Income amount on the rider’s effective date ($200,000 x 4%)	$8,000
Contract Value six months after rider’s effective date	$210,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base six months after rider’s effective date	$200,000
Withdrawal six months after the rider’s effective date	$8,000
Contract Value after withdrawal ($210,000 - $8,000)	$202,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base after withdrawal ($200,000 - $0)	$200,000
Contract Value on the first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base on the first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Guaranteed Annual Income amount on the first Benefit Year anniversary ($205,000 x 4%)	$8,200

Since there was a withdrawal during the first year, an Enhancement is not available, but the Automatic Annual Step-up was available and increased the Income Base and the Enhancement Base to the Contract Value of $205,000. On the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Guaranteed Annual Income amount is $8,200 (4% x $205,000).

Purchase Payments added to the contract subsequent to the initial Purchase Payment will increase the Guaranteed Annual Income amount by an amount equal to the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate multiplied by the amount of the subsequent Purchase Payment. For example, assuming a Contractowner has a Guaranteed Annual Income amount of $10,000 (5% of $200,000 Income Base), an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 increases the Guaranteed Annual Income amount that Benefit Year to $10,500 ($10,000 + 5% of $10,000). The Guaranteed Annual Income payment amount will be recalculated immediately after a Purchase Payment is added to the contract.

Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals are:

1.	the cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount at the time of the withdrawal;
2.	withdrawals made prior to age 55 (younger of you or your spouse for joint life); or
3.	withdrawals that are payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account.

When an Excess Withdrawal occurs:

1.	the Income Base and Enhancement Base are reduced by the same proportion that the Excess Withdrawal reduces the Contract Value. This means that the reduction in the Income Base and Enhancement Base could be more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal; and
2.	the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be recalculated to equal the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate multiplied by the new (reduced) Income Base (after the proportionate reduction for the Excess Withdrawal).

The following example demonstrates the impact of an Excess Withdrawal on the Income Base, the Enhancement Base, the Guaranteed Annual Income amount, and the Contract Value. The example assumes that the Contractowner makes a $12,000 withdrawal, which causes an $11,816 reduction in the Income Base and Enhancement Base.

Prior to Excess Withdrawal:
Contract Value = $60,000
Income Base = $85,000
Enhancement Base = $85,000
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $4,250 (5% of the Income Base of $85,000)

After a $12,000 withdrawal ($4,250 is within the Guaranteed Annual Income amount, $7,750 is the Excess Withdrawal):
The Contract Value is reduced by the amount of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount of $4,250 and the Income Base and Enhancement Base are not reduced:
Contract Value = $55,750 ($60,000 - $4,250)
Income Base = $85,000
Enhancement Base = $85,000

The Contract Value is also reduced by the $7,750 Excess Withdrawal and the Income Base and Enhancement Base are reduced by 13.90135%, the same proportion by which the Excess Withdrawal reduced the $55,750 Contract Value ($7,750 / $55,750).

Contract Value = $48,000 ($55,750 - $7,750)
Income Base = $73,184 ($85,000 x 13.90135% = $11,816; $85,000 - $11,816 = $73,184)
Enhancement Base = $73,184 ($85,000 x 13.90135% = $11,816; $85,000 - $11,816 = $73,184)
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $3,659 (5% of $73,184 Income Base)

On the following Benefit Year anniversary:

Contract Value = $43,000
Income Base = $73,184
Enhancement Base = $73,184
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $3,659 (5% x $73,184)

In a declining market, Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Income Base, Enhancement Base, and Guaranteed Annual Income amount. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. If the Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider will terminate. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider and contract will terminate.

Surrender charges are waived on cumulative withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount. Excess Withdrawals will be subject to surrender charges unless one of the waivers of surrender charge provisions set forth in this prospectus is applicable. Continuing with the prior example of the $12,000 withdrawal: the $4,250 Guaranteed Annual Income amount is not subject to surrender charges: the $7,750 Excess Withdrawal may be subject to surrender charges according to the surrender charge schedule in this prospectus. See Charges and Other Deductions – Surrender Charge.

1.	Lincoln’s automatic withdrawal service is used to calculate and pay the RMD;
2.	The RMD calculation must be based only on the value in this contract;
3.	No withdrawals other than RMD’s are made within the Benefit Year (except as described in the next paragraph);
4.	This contract is not a beneficiary IRA; and
5.	The younger of you or your spouse (joint life option) are age 55 or over.

Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option. The Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option (“GAIAAPO”) is an Annuity Payout option under which the Contractowner (and joint life if applicable) will receive annuity payments equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount for life. This option is different from other Annuity Payout options, including i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit, which are based on your Contract Value. If you are required to take annuity payments because you have reached the Annuity Commencement Date, you have the option of electing the GAIAAPO. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero and you have a remaining Income Base, you will receive the GAIAAPO.

Contractowners may decide to choose the GAIAAPO over i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit if they feel this may provide a higher final payment over time and they may place more importance on this payment over access to the Account Value. Payment frequencies other than annual may be available. You will have no other contract features other than the right to receive annuity payments equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount for your life or the life of you and your spouse for the joint life option.

Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage has no provision for a payout of the Income Base or Enhancement Base upon death of the Contractowner or Annuitant and provides no increase in the Death Benefit value over and above what the Death Benefit provides in the base contract. At the time of death, if the Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit options (as described earlier in this prospectus) will be in effect. Election of Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage does not impact the Death Benefit options available for purchase with your annuity contract. All Death Benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable as amended from time to time. See The Contracts – Death Benefit.

Upon the death of the single life, this rider will end and no further Guaranteed Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was an Income Base in effect at the time of the death). Upon the first death under the joint life option, withdrawals up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount continue to be available for the life of the surviving spouse. The Enhancement and Automatic Annual Step-up will continue, if applicable, as discussed above. Upon the death of the surviving spouse, Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage will end and no further Guaranteed Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was an Income Base in effect at the time of the death).

Termination. After the fifth Benefit Year anniversary, the Contractowner may terminate the rider by notifying us in writing of the request to terminate or by failing to adhere to Investment Requirements. Owners of contracts issued in Florida who elected their rider prior to April 2, 2018, may terminate their rider at any time after the first Benefit Year anniversary. Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage will automatically terminate:

•	on the Annuity Commencement Date (except payments under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option will continue if applicable);
•	upon death under the single life option or the death of the Secondary Life under the joint life option;
•	when the Guaranteed Annual Income amount or Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal;
•	if the Contractowner or Annuitant is changed (except if the surviving Secondary Life assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the Contractowner) including any sale or assignment of the contract or any pledge of the contract as collateral;
•	on the date the Contractowner is changed pursuant to an enforceable divorce agreement or decree; or
•	upon surrender or termination of the underlying annuity contract.

The termination will not result in any increase in Contract Value equal to the Income Base or Enhancement Base. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefit and charges within this rider will terminate. If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can elect any Living Benefit Rider available for purchase at that time.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit option. Contractowners who elect Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage may decide to later transition to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. This transition must be made prior to the maximum age limit and prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You cannot have both i4LIFE^® Advantage and another Living Benefit Rider in effect on your contract at the same time. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions for a discussion of this transition.

Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage

Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage is a Living Benefit Rider available for purchase beginning May 20, 2019, that provides:

•	Guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals for you (and your spouse if the joint life option is selected) up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount which is based upon a guaranteed Income Base;
•	An Enhancement amount added to the Income Base if certain criteria are met, as set forth below;
•	Automatic Annual Step-ups of the Income Base to the Contract Value if the Contract Value is equal to or greater than the Income Base after an Enhancement;
•	Age-based increases to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount (after reaching a higher age-band and after an Automatic Annual Step-up).

Guaranteed Annual Income payments are available after the younger of you or your spouse (joint life option) reach age 55 and are based upon specified percentages of the Income Base, which are age-based and may increase over time. Your Guaranteed Annual Income payments will be reduced if your Contract Value is reduced to zero. You may receive Guaranteed Annual Income payments for your lifetime or for the lifetimes of you and your spouse, if the joint life option is chosen.

Please note any withdrawals made prior to age 55 or that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount are considered Excess Withdrawals. In most states, amounts that are payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account are also considered Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Income Base and Enhancement Base as well as your Guaranteed Annual Income amount by an amount greater than the dollar amount of the Excess Withdrawal, and will terminate the rider if the Income Base is reduced to zero. If the Enhancement Base is reduced to zero, you will not be eligible for further Enhancements. Withdrawals will also negatively impact the availability of an Enhancement.

You may consider purchasing Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage if you want a guaranteed lifetime income payment that may grow as you get older and may increase through the Automatic Annual Step-up and Enhancements to the Income Base. However, these guaranteed payments will be reduced if your Contract Value is reduced to zero. Additionally, if you decide to elect i4LIFE^® Advantage in the future, your Income Base under Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage will not carry over to i4LIFE^® Advantage.

Availability. The Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage rider may be elected on all existing contracts beginning May 20, 2019. If elected, the rider will be effective on the next Valuation Date following approval by us. We reserve the right to discontinue offering post-issue elections of this rider at any time upon advanced written notice to you. This means that there is a chance that you may not be able to elect it in the future. The Contract Value at the time of election must be at least $25,000. If your Contract Value totals $2 million or more, rider elections are subject to Home Office approval.

Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage is available for purchase with nonqualified and qualified (IRAs and Roth IRAs) annuity contracts. The Contractowner/Annuitant as well as the spouse under the joint life option must be age 85 or younger at the time this rider is elected. This rider is not available to non-spouse beneficiaries of IRAs or nonqualified contracts.

If you own a Living Benefit Rider and you wish to elect Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage, you must first terminate your existing rider. You must wait at least 12 months after terminating your rider, and you must comply with the other termination rules that apply to your rider before you will be able to elect Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage. For more information on termination rules, see the “Termination” section associated with your rider. Anytime you terminate a rider, your benefits such as your Income Base and Enhancement Base will terminate without value. In other words, you cannot transfer any benefits accrued under an existing rider to a new rider.

amounts under the Living Benefit Riders of all Lincoln Life contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) in which you (and/or spouse if joint life option) are the covered lives.

The Enhancement Base is the value used to calculate the amount that may be added to the Income Base upon an Enhancement. The Enhancement Base is equal to the Income Base on the effective date of the rider, increased by subsequent Purchase Payments and Automatic Annual Step-ups, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The Enhancement Base is not increased by a 6% Enhancement.

Neither the Income Base nor the Enhancement Base is available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or as a Death Benefit.

Additional Purchase Payments received after the rider effective date automatically increase the Income Base and the Enhancement Base by the amount of the Purchase Payment (not to exceed the maximum Income Base); for example, a $10,000 additional Purchase Payment will increase the Income Base and Enhancement Base by $10,000. Any Purchase Payment will be added immediately to the Income Base and Enhancement Base and will result in an increased Guaranteed Annual Income amount but must be invested in the contract at least one Benefit Year before it will be used in calculating an Enhancement. Any Purchase Payments made within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider will be included in the Enhancement Base for purposes of calculating the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary.

After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Home Office approval. Additional Purchase Payments will not be allowed if the Contract Value decreases to zero for any reason, including market loss.

Enhancement. You are eligible for an Enhancement for at least 10 years from the effective date of the rider. On each Benefit Year anniversary, the Income Base will be increased by an Enhancement, if:

a. the Contractowner/Annuitant (as well as the spouse if the joint life option is in effect) is under age 86;

b. there are no withdrawals in the preceding Benefit Year;

c. the rider is within the Enhancement Period (described below);

d. the Income Base after the Enhancement amount is added would be greater than the Income Base after the Automatic Annual Step-up; and

e. the Enhancement Base is greater than zero.

The Enhancement equals the Enhancement Base, minus Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year, multiplied by 6%. The Enhancement Base is not reduced by Purchase Payments received in the first 90 days after the rider effective date.

If you decline an Enhancement, you will continue to be eligible for an Enhancement starting on the next Benefit Year anniversary as long as you meet the conditions listed above.

The following is an example of the impact of the 6% Enhancement on the Income Base and assumes that no withdrawals have been made.

Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000; Income Base = $100,000; Enhancement Base = $100,000
Additional Purchase Payment on day 30 = $15,000; Income Base = $115,000; Enhancement Base = $115,000
On the first Benefit Year anniversary, because the additional Purchase Payment is within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider, the Income Base will not be less than $121,900 (= $100,000 x 1.06 + $15,000 x 1.06).

Consider a further additional Purchase Payment on day 95 of $10,000; Income Base = $125,000; Enhancement Base = $125,000

This additional Purchase Payment is not eligible for the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary because it was received after the first 90 days after the effective date for the rider. It will not be eligible for the 6% Enhancement until the second Benefit Year anniversary. Therefore, on the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Income Base will not be less than $131,900 (= $100,000 x 1.06 + $15,000 x 1.06 + $10,000).

Enhancement would not apply. The Enhancement or the Automatic Annual Step-up cannot increase the Income Base above the maximum Income Base of $10 million.

An example of the impact of a withdrawal on the 6% Enhancement is included in the Withdrawal Amount section below.

Automatic Annual Step-ups. The Income Base and Enhancement Base will automatically step up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a.	the Contractowner/Annuitant (single life option), or the Contractowner/Annuitant and spouse (joint life option) are under age 86; and
b.	the Contract Value on that Benefit Year anniversary, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including surrender charges, the rider charge and account fee), plus any Purchase Payments made on that date is equal to or greater than the Income Base after an Enhancement (if any).

Each time the Automatic Annual Step-up occurs a new Enhancement Period starts. The Automatic Annual Step-up is available even in those years when a withdrawal has occurred.

If you decline an Automatic Annual Step-up, you will continue to be eligible for the 6% Enhancement through the end of the Enhancement Period as long as you meet the conditions listed above.

Following is an example of how the Automatic Annual Step-up and the 6% Enhancement impact the Income Base (assuming no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments):

	Contract Value	Income Base	Enhancement Base	Enhancement amount added to Income Base
At issue	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	-
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$104,000	$106,000	$100,000	$6,000
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$115,000	$115,000	$115,000	N/A

On the second Benefit Year anniversary, the Contract Value of $115,000 is higher than the previous Income Base of $106,000 plus the 6% Enhancement ($112,000 = $106,000 + 6% of $100,000), so the Income Base and the Enhancement Base are increased to equal the Contract Value of $115,000.

Withdrawal Amount. Guaranteed Annual Income withdrawals are available when you (single life option) or the younger of you and your spouse (joint life option) are age 55 or older. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount may be withdrawn from the contract each Benefit Year. As long as the Guaranteed Annual Income amount is not reduced to zero because of an Excess Withdrawal, these withdrawals may be taken for your lifetime (single life option) or the lifetimes of you and your spouse (joint life option) but will be reduced if your Contract Value is reduced to zero.

The Guaranteed Annual Income amount is determined by multiplying the Income Base by the applicable rate, based on your age and whether the single or joint life option has been elected and whether or not your Contract Value has been reduced to zero. Under the joint life option, the age of the younger of you or your spouse will be used. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount will change upon an Automatic Annual Step-up, an Enhancement (if applicable), additional Purchase Payments, and Excess Withdrawals, as described below.

The Guaranteed Annual Income rates applicable to new rider elections are determined in our sole discretion based on current economic factors including interest rates and equity market volatility. Generally, the rates may increase or decrease based on changes in equity market volatility, prevailing interest rates, or as a result of other economic conditions. This rate structure is intended to help us provide the guarantees under the rider. The Guaranteed Annual Income rates for new rider elections may be higher or lower than prior rates, but for existing Contractowners that have elected the rider, your Guaranteed Annual Income rates will not change as a result.

The Guaranteed Annual Income rates applicable to new rider elections are set forth in a supplement to this prospectus, called a Rate Sheet. The Rate Sheet indicates the Guaranteed Annual Income rates, the effective period, and the date by which your application or rider election form must be signed and dated for a rider to be issued with those rates. The rates may change periodically and may be higher or lower than the rates on the previous Rate Sheet.

At least 10 days before the end of the indicated effective period, the Guaranteed Annual Income rates for the next effective period will be disclosed in a new Rate Sheet. In order to get the rates indicated in a Rate Sheet, your application or rider election form must be signed and dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted in that Rate Sheet. Current Rate Sheets will be included with the prospectus. You can also obtain the most current Rate Sheet by contacting your registered representative, online at www.LincolnFinancial.com or by calling us at 1-888-868-2583. Guaranteed Annual Income rates for previous effective periods are included in an Appendix to this prospectus.

Guaranteed Annual Income payments are not available until you have reached age 55 (the younger of you or your spouse under the joint life option). If your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason other than for an Excess Withdrawal, the Guaranteed Annual Income rate and amount will be immediately reduced, as reflected on your Rate Sheet. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount payable as calculated in Table A of the Rate Sheet cannot exceed the remaining Contract Value. However, if the total Guaranteed Annual Income amounts received in the Benefit Year your Contract Value is reduced to zero are less than the recalculated Guaranteed Annual Income amount based on Table B of the rate sheet payable for the remainder of the year, the difference for the remainder of that Benefit Year is payable in a lump sum. Otherwise, you will not be able to receive further Guaranteed Annual Income payments until the next Benefit Year anniversary when scheduled payments automatically resume. Withdrawals equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will continue for your life (and your spouse’s life if the joint life option is chosen) under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option. You may not withdraw the remaining Income Base or Enhancement Base in a lump sum. You will not be entitled to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount if the Income Base is reduced to zero as a result of an Excess Withdrawal. If either the Contract Value or the Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider will terminate.

Withdrawals equal to or less than the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will not reduce the Income Base or Enhancement Base. All withdrawals will decrease the Contract Value.

The following example shows the calculation of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount and how withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount impact the Income Base, the Enhancement Base, and the Contract Value. The example assumes a 6% Enhancement, a 5% Guaranteed Annual Income rate, and a Contract Value of $200,000:

Contract Value on the rider’s effective date	$200,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base on the rider’s effective date	$200,000
Initial Guaranteed Annual Income amount on the rider’s effective date ($200,000 x 5%)	$10,000
Contract Value six months after rider’s effective date	$212,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base six months after rider’s effective date	$200,000
Withdrawal six months after rider’s effective date	$10,000
Contract Value after withdrawal ($212,000 - $10,000)	$202,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base after withdrawal ($200,000 - $0)	$200,000
Contract Value on the first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base on the first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Guaranteed Annual Income amount on the first Benefit Year anniversary ($205,000 x 5%)	$10,250

be lower when your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason other than an Excess Withdrawal, which will result in a reduced Guaranteed Annual Income amount.

Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals are:

1.	the cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount at the time of the withdrawal;
2.	withdrawals made prior to age 55 (younger of you or your spouse for joint life); or
3.	withdrawals that are payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account.

When an Excess Withdrawal occurs:

1.	the Income Base and Enhancement Base are reduced by the same proportion that the Excess Withdrawal reduces the Contract Value. This means that the reduction in the Income Base and Enhancement Base could be more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal; and
2.	the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be recalculated to equal the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate multiplied by the new (reduced) Income Base (after the proportionate reduction for the Excess Withdrawal).

Prior to Excess Withdrawal:
Contract Value = $60,000
Income Base = $85,000
Enhancement Base = $85,000
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $4,250 (5% of the Income Base of $85,000)

On the following Benefit Year anniversary:

Contract Value = $43,000
Income Base = $73,184
Enhancement Base = $73,184
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $3,659 (5% x $73,184)

In a declining market, Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Income Base, Enhancement Base, and Guaranteed Annual Income amount. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. If the Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider will terminate. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider and contract will terminate.

1.	Lincoln’s automatic withdrawal service is used to calculate and pay the RMD;

2.	The RMD calculation must be based only on the value in this contract;
3.	No withdrawals other than RMD’s are made within the Benefit Year (except as described in the next paragraph);
4.	This contract is not a beneficiary IRA; and
5.	The younger of you or your spouse (joint life option) are age 55 or over.

Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option. The Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option (“GAIAAPO”) is an Annuity Payout option under which the Contractowner (and spouse if applicable) will receive annuity payments equal to the Income Base multiplied by the Guaranteed Annual Income rate shown in Table B of your Rate Sheet, for life. This option is different from other Annuity Payout options, including i4LIFE^® Advantage, which are based on your Contract Value. If you are required to take annuity payments because you have reached the Annuity Commencement Date, you have the option of electing the GAIAAPO. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero and you have a remaining Income Base, you will receive the GAIAAPO.

Payment frequencies other than annual may be available. You will have no other contract features other than the right to receive annuity payments equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount for your life or the lives of you and your spouse for the joint life option.

If you are receiving the GAIAAPO, the Beneficiary may be eligible to receive final payment upon death of the single life or surviving joint life. If the Contract Value Death Benefit option is in effect, the Beneficiary will not be eligible to receive the final payment. If the effective date of the rider is the same as the effective date of the contract, the final payment will be equal to the sum of all Purchase Payments, decreased by withdrawals. If the effective date of the rider is after the effective date of the contract, the final payment will be equal to the Contract Value on the effective date of the rider, increased for Purchase Payments received after the rider effective date and decreased by withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals reduce the final payment in the same proportion as the withdrawals reduce the Contract Value; withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount and payments under the GAIAAPO will reduce the final payment dollar for dollar.

Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage has no provision for a payout of the Income Base or Enhancement Base upon death of the Contractowner or Annuitant and provides no increase in the Death Benefit value over and above what the Death Benefit provides in the base contract. At the time of death, if the Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit options (as described earlier in this prospectus) will be in effect. Election of Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage does not impact the Death Benefit options available for purchase with your annuity contract. All Death Benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable as amended from time to time. See The Contracts – Death Benefit.

Upon the death of the single life, this rider will end and no further Guaranteed Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was an Income Base in effect at the time of the death). Upon the first death under the joint life option, withdrawals up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount continue to be available for the life of the surviving spouse. The Enhancement and Automatic Annual Step-up will continue, if applicable, as discussed above. Upon the death of the surviving spouse, Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage will end and no further Guaranteed Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was an Income Base in effect at the time of the death).

•	on the Annuity Commencement Date (except payments under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option will continue if applicable);
•	upon death under the single life option or the death of the Secondary Life under the joint life option;
•	upon election of i4LIFE^® Advantage;
•	when the Guaranteed Annual Income amount or Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal;
•	if the Contractowner or Annuitant is changed (except if the Secondary Life assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the Contractowner) including any sale or assignment of the contract or any pledge of the contract as collateral;
•	on the date the Contractowner is changed pursuant to an enforceable divorce agreement or decree; or
•	upon surrender or termination of the underlying annuity contract.

The termination will not result in any increase in Contract Value equal to the Income Base. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefit and charges within this rider will terminate. If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can elect any Living Benefit Rider available for purchase at that time.

Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM

Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM is a Living Benefit Rider available for purchase beginning on May 20, 2019, that provides:

•	Guaranteed periodic withdrawals for your lifetime, up to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount which is based upon a guaranteed Income Base;
•	An Enhancement amount added to the Income Base if certain criteria are met, as set forth below;
•	Automatic Annual Step-ups of the Income Base to the Contract Value if the Contract Value is equal to or greater than the Income Base after an Enhancement; and
•	Age-based increases to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount (after reaching a higher age-band and after an Automatic Annual Step-up).

Guaranteed Annual Income payments are available after you reach age 70 and are based upon specified percentages of the Income Base which are age-based and may increase over time. You may receive Guaranteed Annual Income Payments for your lifetime. Your Guaranteed Annual Income payments will be reduced if your Contract Value is reduced to zero.

Please note any withdrawals made prior to age 70 or that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount are considered Excess Withdrawals. In most states, amounts that are payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account are also considered Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Income Base and Enhancement Base as well as your Guaranteed Annual Income amount by an amount greater than the dollar amount of the Excess Withdrawal, and will terminate the rider if the Income Base is reduced to zero. If the Enhancement Base is reduced to zero, you will not be eligible for further Enhancements. Withdrawals will also negatively impact the availability of an Enhancement.

You may consider purchasing Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM if you want a guaranteed lifetime income payment, that grows as you grow older, that may increase through Automatic Annual Step-ups and Enhancements to the Income Base, and you don’t need income until age 70. However, these guaranteed payments will be reduced if your Contract Value is reduced to zero. Additionally, if you decide to elect i4LIFE^® Advantage in the future, your Income Base under Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM will not carry over to i4LIFE^® Advantage.

The Contractowner or Annuitant may not be changed while this rider is in effect, including any sale or assignment of the contract as collateral.

Availability. The Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM rider is available for election on all existing contracts beginning May 20, 2019. If elected, the rider will be effective on the next Valuation Date following approval by us. We reserve the right to discontinue offering post-issue elections of this rider at any time upon advanced written notice to you. This means that there is a chance that you may not be able to elect it in the future. The Contract Value at the time of election must be at least $25,000. If your Contract Value totals $2 million or more, rider elections are subject to Home Office approval.

Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM is available for purchase with qualified (IRAs and Roth IRAs) annuity contracts only. The Contractowner/Annuitant must be age 85 or younger at the time this rider is elected. This rider is not available to beneficiaries of IRA contracts. A joint life option is not available with this rider.

If you own a Living Benefit Rider and you wish to elect Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM, you must first terminate your existing rider. You must wait at least 12 months after terminating your rider, and you must comply with the other termination rules that apply to your rider before you will be able to elect Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM. For more information on termination rules, see the “Termination” section associated with your rider. Anytime you terminate a rider, your benefits such as your Income Base and Enhancement Base will terminate without value. In other words, you cannot transfer any benefits accrued under an existing rider to a new rider.

Income Base and Enhancement Base. The Income Base is a value used to calculate your Guaranteed Annual Income amount. The initial Income Base will equal the Contract Value on the effective date of the rider. The Income Base is increased by subsequent Purchase Payments, 6% Enhancements and Automatic Annual Step-ups, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The maximum Income Base is $10 million. This maximum takes into consideration the total guaranteed amounts under the Living Benefit Riders of all Lincoln Life contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) in which you are the covered life.

Automatic Annual Step-ups, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The Enhancement Base is not increased by a 6% Enhancement.

Neither the Income Base nor the Enhancement Base is available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or as a Death Benefit.

Additional Purchase Payments received after the rider effective date automatically increase the Income Base and the Enhancement Base by the amount of the Purchase Payment (not to exceed the maximum Income Base); for example, a $10,000 additional Purchase Payment will increase the Income Base and Enhancement Base by $10,000. Any Purchase Payment will be added immediately to the Income Base and will result in an increased Guaranteed Annual Income amount but must be invested in the contract at least one Benefit Year before it will be used in calculating an Enhancement. Any Purchase Payments made within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider will be included in the Enhancement Base for purposes of calculating the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary.

After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Home Office approval. Additional Purchase Payments will not be allowed if the Contract Value decreases to zero for any reason, including market loss.

Enhancement. You are eligible for an Enhancement for at least 10 years from the effective date of the rider. On each Benefit Year anniversary, the Income Base will be increased by an Enhancement, if:

a. the Contractowner/Annuitant is under age 86;

b. there are no withdrawals in the preceding Benefit Year;

c. the rider is within the Enhancement Period (described below);

d. the Income Base after the Enhancement amount is added would be greater than the Income Base after the Automatic Annual Step-up; and

e. the Enhancement Base is greater than zero.

If you decline an Enhancement, you will continue to be eligible for an Enhancement starting on the next Benefit Year anniversary as long as you meet the conditions listed above.

The following is an example of the impact of the 6% Enhancement on the Income Base and assumes that no withdrawals have been made.

Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000; Income Base = $100,000; Enhancement Base = $100,000
Additional Purchase Payment on day 30 = $15,000; Income Base = $115,000; Enhancement Base = $115,000

Consider a further additional Purchase Payment on day 95 of $10,000; Income Base = $125,000; Enhancement Base = $125,000

This additional Purchase Payment is not eligible for the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary because it was received after the first 90 days after the effective date for the rider. It will not be eligible for the 6% Enhancement until the second Benefit Year anniversary. Therefore, on the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Income Base will not be less than $131,900 (= $100,000 x 1.06 + $15,000 x 1.06 + $10,000).

An example of the impact of a withdrawal on the 6% Enhancement is included in the Withdrawal Amount section below.

Automatic Annual Step-ups. The Income Base and Enhancement Base will automatically step up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a.	the Contractowner/Annuitant is under age 86; and
b.	the Contract Value on that Benefit Year anniversary, plus any Purchase Payments made on that date (and after the deduction of any withdrawals, including surrender charges, the rider charge and account fee) is equal to or greater than the Income Base after an Enhancement (if any).

Each time the Automatic Annual Step-up occurs a new Enhancement Period starts. The Automatic Annual Step-up is available even in those years when a withdrawal has occurred.

If you decline an Automatic Annual Step-up, you will continue to be eligible for the 6% Enhancement through the end of the Enhancement Period, including in the year you declined the Automatic Annual Step-up, as long as you meet the conditions listed above.

Following is an example of how the Automatic Annual Step-up and the 6% Enhancement impact the Income Base (assuming no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments):

	Contract Value	Income Base	Enhancement Base	Enhancement amount added to Income Base
At issue	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	-
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$104,000	$106,000	$100,000	$6,000
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$115,000	$115,000	$115,000	N/A

On the second Benefit Year anniversary, the Contract Value of $115,000 is higher than the previous Income Base of $106,000 plus the 6% Enhancement ($112,000 = $106,000 + 6% of $100,000), so the Income Base and the Enhancement Base are increased to equal the Contract Value of $115,000.

Withdrawal Amount. Guaranteed Annual Income withdrawals are available when you are age 70 or older. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount may be withdrawn from the contract each Benefit Year. As long as the Guaranteed Annual Income amount is not reduced to zero because of an Excess Withdrawal, these withdrawals may be taken for your lifetime.

The Guaranteed Annual Income amount is determined by multiplying the Income Base by the applicable rate, based on your age and, whether or not your Contract Value has been reduced to zero. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount will change upon an Automatic Annual Step-up, 6% Enhancement, additional Purchase Payments, and Excess Withdrawals, as described below. Additionally, the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be reduced if the Contract Value reaches zero.

The Guaranteed Annual Income rate will be based on your age as of the date of the first withdrawal on or after age 70. The Guaranteed Annual Income rate will decrease once the Contract Value is reduced to zero.

The Guaranteed Annual Income rates applicable to new rider elections are determined in our sole discretion based on current economic factors including interest rates and equity market volatility. Generally, the rates may increase or decrease based on changes in equity market volatility, prevailing interest rates, or as a result of other economic conditions. This rate structure is intended to help us provide the guarantees under the rider. The Guaranteed Annual Income rates for new rider elections may be higher or lower than prior rates, but for existing Contractowners that have elected the rider, your Guaranteed Annual Income rates will not change as a result.

The Guaranteed Annual Income rates applicable to new rider elections are set forth in a supplement to this prospectus, called a Rate Sheet. The Rate Sheet indicates the Guaranteed Annual Income rates, the effective period, and the date by which your application or rider election form must be signed and dated for a rider to be issued with those rates. The rates may change periodically and may be higher or lower than the rates on the previous Rate Sheet.

At least 10 days before the end of the indicated effective period, the Guaranteed Annual Income rates for the next effective period will be disclosed in a new Rate Sheet. In order to get the rates indicated in a Rate Sheet, your application or rider election form must be signed and dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted in that Rate Sheet. Current Rate Sheets will be included with the prospectus. You can also obtain the most current Rate Sheet by contacting your registered representative, online at www.LincolnFinancial.com or by calling us at 1-888-868-2583. Guaranteed Annual Income rates for previous effective periods are included in an Appendix to this prospectus.

Guaranteed Annual Income payments are not available until you have reached age 70. If your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason other than for an Excess Withdrawal, the Guaranteed Annual Income rate and amount will be immediately reduced, as reflected on your Rate Sheet. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount payable as calculated in Table A of the Rate Sheet cannot exceed the remaining Contract Value. However, if the total Guaranteed Annual Income amounts received in the Benefit Year your Contract Value is reduced to zero are less than the recalculated Guaranteed Annual Income amount based on Table B of the rate sheet payable for the remainder of the year, the difference for the remainder of that Benefit Year is payable in a lump sum. Otherwise, you will not be able to receive further Guaranteed Annual Income payments until the next Benefit Year anniversary when scheduled payments automatically resume. Withdrawals equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will continue for your life under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option. You may not withdraw the remaining Income Base or Enhancement Base in a lump sum. You will not be entitled to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount if the Income Base is reduced to zero as a result of an Excess Withdrawal. If either the Contract Value or the Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider will terminate.

Withdrawals equal to or less than the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will not reduce the Income Base or Enhancement Base. All withdrawals will decrease the Contract Value.

The following example shows the calculation of the Guaranteed Annual Income amount and how withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount impact the Income Base, the Enhancement Base, and the Contract Value. The example assumes a 5% Guaranteed Annual Income rate and a Contract Value of $200,000 on the rider’s effective date:

Contract Value on the rider’s effective date	$200,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base on the rider’s effective date	$200,000
Initial Guaranteed Annual Income amount on the rider’s effective date ($200,000 x 5%)	$10,000
Contract Value six months after rider’s effective date	$212,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base six months after rider’s effective date	$200,000
Withdrawal six months after rider’s effective date	$10,000
Contract Value after withdrawal ($212,000 - $10,000)	$202,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base after withdrawal ($200,000 - $0)	$200,000
Contract Value on the first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Income Base and Enhancement Base on the first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Guaranteed Annual Income amount on the first Benefit Year anniversary ($205,000 x 5%)	$10,250

Purchase Payments added to the contract subsequent to the initial Purchase Payment will increase the Guaranteed Annual Income amount by an amount equal to the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate multiplied by the amount of the subsequent Purchase Payment. For example, assuming a Contractowner has a Guaranteed Annual Income amount of $10,000 (5% of $200,000 Income Base), an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 increases the Guaranteed Annual Income amount that Benefit Year to $10,500 ($10,000 + 5% of $10,000). The Guaranteed Annual Income payment amount will be recalculated immediately after a Purchase Payment is added to the contract.

Enhancements and Automatic Annual Step-ups will increase the Income Base and thus the Guaranteed Annual Income amount. The Guaranteed Annual Income amount, after the Income Base is adjusted by an Enhancement or an Automatic Annual Step-up, will be equal to the adjusted Income Base multiplied by the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate. The Guaranteed Automatic Income will decrease when your Contract Value is reduced to zero (for any reason other than an Excess Withdrawal).

Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals are:

1.	the cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) that exceed the Guaranteed Annual Income amount at the time of the withdrawal;
2.	withdrawals made prior to age 70; or
3.	withdrawals that are payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account.

When an Excess Withdrawal occurs:

1.	the Income Base and Enhancement Base are reduced by the same proportion that the Excess Withdrawal reduces the Contract Value. This means that the reduction in the Income Base and Enhancement Base could be more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal; and
2.	the Guaranteed Annual Income amount will be recalculated to equal the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate multiplied by the new (reduced) Income Base (after the proportionate reduction for the Excess Withdrawal).

The following example assumes a 5% Guaranteed Annual Income rate and demonstrates the impact of an Excess Withdrawal on the Income Base, the Enhancement Base, the Guaranteed Annual Income amount, and the Contract Value. The example assumes that the Contractowner makes a $12,000 withdrawal, which causes an $11,816 reduction in the Income Base and Enhancement Base.

Prior to Excess Withdrawal:
Contract Value = $60,000
Income Base = $85,000
Enhancement Base = $85,000
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $4,250 (5% of the Income Base of $85,000)

The Contract Value is also reduced by the $7,750 Excess Withdrawal and the Income Base and Enhancement Base are reduced by 13.90134%, the same proportion by which the Excess Withdrawal reduced the $55,750 Contract Value ($7,750 / $55,750).

Contract Value = $48,000 ($55,750 - $7,750)
Income Base = $73,184 ($85,000 x 13.90134% = $11,816; $85,000 - $11,816 = $73,184)
Enhancement Base = $73,184 ($85,000 x 13.90134% = $11,816; $85,000 - $11,816 = $73,184)
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $3,659 (5% of $73,184 Income Base)

On the following Benefit Year anniversary:

Contract Value = $43,000
Income Base = $73,184
Enhancement Base = $73,184
Guaranteed Annual Income amount = $3,659 (5% x $73,184)

In a declining market, Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Income Base, Enhancement Base, and Guaranteed Annual Income amount. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. If the Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider will terminate. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider and contract will terminate.

1.	Lincoln’s automatic withdrawal service is used to calculate and pay the RMD;
2.	The RMD calculation must be based only on the value in this contract;
3.	No withdrawals other than RMD’s are made within the Benefit Year (except as described in the next paragraph);

4.	This contract is not a beneficiary IRA; and
5.	You are age 70 or above.

Distributions from qualified contracts are generally taxed as ordinary income.

Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option. The Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option (“GAIAAPO”) is an Annuity Payout option under which the Contractowner will receive annuity payments equal to the Income Base multiplied by the applicable Guaranteed Annual Income rate shown in Table B of your Rate Sheet, for life. This option is different from other Annuity Payout options, including i4LIFE^® Advantage, which are based on your Contract Value. If you are required to take annuity payments because you have reached the Annuity Commencement Date, you have the option of electing the GAIAAPO. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero and you have a remaining Income Base, you will receive the GAIAAPO.

If you are receiving the GAIAAPO, the Beneficiary may be eligible to receive final payment upon death of the covered life. If the Contract Value Death Benefit option is in effect, the Beneficiary will not be eligible to receive the final payment. If the effective date of the rider is the same as the effective date of the contract, the final payment will be equal to the sum of all Purchase Payments, decreased by withdrawals. If the effective date of the rider is after the effective date of the contract, the final payment will be equal to the Contract Value on the effective date of the rider, increased for Purchase Payments received after the rider effective date and decreased by withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals reduce the final payment in the same proportion as the withdrawals reduce the Contract Value; withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount and payments under the GAIAAPO will reduce the final payment dollar for dollar.

Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM has no provision for a payout of the Income Base or Enhancement Base upon death of the Contractowner or Annuitant and provides no increase in the Death Benefit value over and above what the Death Benefit provides in the base contract. At the time of death, if the Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit options (as described earlier in this prospectus) will be in effect. Election of Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM does not impact the Death Benefit options available for purchase with your annuity contract. All Death Benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable as amended from time to time. See The Contracts – Death Benefit.

Upon death of the covered life, this rider will end and no further Guaranteed Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was an Income Base in effect at the time of the death). The Enhancement and Automatic Annual Step-up will continue, if applicable, as discussed above.

•	on the Annuity Commencement Date (except payments under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option will continue if applicable);
•	upon the election of i4LIFE^® Advantage;
•	upon death of the covered life;
•	when the Guaranteed Annual Income amount or Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal;
•	if the Contractowner or Annuitant is changed including any sale or assignment of the contract or any pledge of the contract as collateral;
•	on the date the Contractowner is changed pursuant to an enforceable divorce agreement or decree; or
•	upon surrender or termination of the underlying annuity contract.

The termination will not result in any increase in Contract Value equal to the Income Base or to the Enhancement Base. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefit and charges within this rider will terminate. If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can elect any Living Benefit Rider available for purchase at that time.

4LATER^® Select Advantage

4LATER^® Select Advantage is a Living Benefit Rider available for purchase beginning on May 20, 2019, that provides an Income Base which will be used to establish the amount of the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment upon the election of i4LIFE^® Advantage. If you elect 4LATER^® Select Advantage, you must later transition to i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit in order to receive a benefit from 4LATER^® Select Advantage.

The Contractowner, Annuitant or Secondary Life may not be changed while the rider is in effect (except if the Secondary Life assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the Contractowner), including any sale or assignment of the contract as collateral.

Availability. The 4LATER^® Select Advantage rider may be elected on all existing contracts beginning May 20, 2019. If elected, the rider will be effective on the next Valuation Date following approval by us. We reserve the right to discontinue offering post-issue elections of this rider at any time upon advanced written notice to you. This means that there is a chance that you may not be able to elect it in the future. The Contract Value at the time of election must be at least $25,000. If your Contract Value totals $2 million or more, rider elections are subject to Home Office approval.

4LATER^® Select Advantage is not available for purchase with qualified contracts and is designed primarily for purchasers of nonqualified contracts where the Contractowner and Annuitant are different people (single life option) or with joint life benefits where the Secondary Life is not a spouse. The Contractowner, Annuitant, and Secondary Life under the joint life option must be age 88 or younger at the time this rider is elected.

If you own a Living Benefit Rider and you wish to elect 4LATER^® Select Advantage, you must first terminate your existing Living Benefit Rider. You must wait at least 12 months after this termination and also comply with your existing Living Benefit Rider’s termination rules, before you will be able to elect 4LATER^® Select Advantage. For further information on termination rules, see the “Termination” section associated with your Living Benefit Rider. In all cases, by terminating your existing Living Benefit Rider, you will no longer be entitled to any of the benefits that have accrued under that rider.

Income Base and Enhancement Base. The Income Base is the value used to calculate the Guaranteed Income Benefit amount under i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit at a later date. The initial Income Base will equal the Contract Value on the effective date of the rider. The Income Base is increased by subsequent Purchase Payments, Enhancements, and Automatic Annual Step-ups, and decreased by all withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The maximum Income Base is $10 million. This maximum takes into consideration the total guaranteed amounts under the Living Benefit Riders of all Lincoln Life contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) in which you (and/or Secondary Life if joint life option) are the covered lives.

The Enhancement Base is the value used to calculate the amount that may be added to the Income Base upon Enhancement. The Enhancement Base is equal to the Income Base on the effective date of the rider, increased by subsequent Purchase Payments and Automatic Annual Step-ups, and decreased by withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The Enhancement Base is not increased by an Enhancement.

Neither the Income Base nor the Enhancement Base is available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or as a Death Benefit.

Additional Purchase Payments received after the rider effective date automatically increase the Income Base (not to exceed the maximum Income Base) and Enhancement Base by the amount of the Purchase Payments. For example, an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 will increase the Income Base and Enhancement Base by $10,000. Any Purchase Payment will be added immediately to the Income Base and Enhancement Base, but must be invested in the contract at least one Benefit Year before it will be used in calculating an Enhancement. Any Purchase Payments made within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider will be included in the Enhancement Base for purposes of calculating the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary.

After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Home Office approval. Additional Purchase Payments will not be allowed if the Contract Value decreases to zero for any reason, including market loss.

Each withdrawal reduces the Income Base and Enhancement Base in the same proportion as the amount withdrawn reduces the Contract Value on the Valuation Date of the withdrawal. The reduction to the Income Base and Enhancement Base could be more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal.

The following example demonstrates the impact of a withdrawal on the Income Base, Enhancement Base, and the Contract Value. The Contractowner makes a withdrawal of $11,200 which causes a $12,550 reduction in the Income Base.

Prior to the withdrawal:
Contract Value = $112,000
Income Base = $125,500
Enhancement Base = $125,500

After a withdrawal of $11,200, the Contract Value is reduced by 10% ($11,200) and the Income Base and Enhancement Base are also reduced by 10%, the same proportion by which the withdrawal reduced the Contract Value ($11,200 ÷ $112,000)

Contract Value = $100,800 ($112,000 - $11,200)
Income Base = $112,950 ($125,500 x 10% = $12,550; $125,500 - $12,550 = $112,950)
Enhancement Base = $112,950 ($125,500 x 10% = $12,550; $125,500 - $12,550 = $112,950)

In a declining market, withdrawals may significantly reduce your Income Base and Enhancement Base, and as a result will reduce your future Guaranteed Income Benefit. If the Income Base is reduced to zero due to withdrawals, this rider will terminate. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to a withdrawal, both the rider and the contract will terminate.

Enhancement. You are eligible for an Enhancement for at least 10 years from the effective date of the rider. On each Benefit Year anniversary the Income Base will be increased by an Enhancement if:

a. Annuitant (single life option) or the Annuitant and Secondary Life (joint life option) are under age 86;

b. there are no withdrawals in the preceding Benefit Year;

c. the rider is within the Enhancement Period (described below);

d. the Income Base after the Enhancement amount is added would be greater than the Income Base after the Automatic Annual Step-up; and

e. the Enhancement Base is greater than zero.

The Enhancement equals the Enhancement Base, minus the Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year, multiplied by 6%. The Enhancement Base and Income Base are not reduced by Purchase Payments received in the first 90 days after the rider effective date.

If you decline an Enhancement, you will continue to be eligible for an Enhancement starting on the next Benefit Year anniversary as long as you meet the conditions listed above.

Note: The Enhancement is not available on any Benefit Year anniversary if an Automatic Annual Step-up to the Income Base occurs, or where there has been a withdrawal of Contract Value in the preceding Benefit Year. If you are eligible (as defined above) for the Enhancement in the next Benefit Year, the Enhancement will not occur until the Benefit Year anniversary of that year.

The following is an example of the impact of the 6% Enhancement on the Income Base and assumes that no withdrawals have been made.

Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000; Income Base = $100,000; Enhancement Base = $100,000
Additional Purchase Payment on day 30 = $15,000; Income Base = $115,000; Enhancement Base = $115,000

Consider a further additional Purchase Payment on day 95 of $10,000; Income Base = $125,000; Enhancement Base = $125,000

This additional Purchase Payment is not eligible for the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary because it was received after the first 90 days after the effective date for the rider. It will not be eligible for the 6% Enhancement until the second Benefit Year anniversary. Therefore, on the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Income Base will not be less than $131,900 (= $100,000 x 1.06 + $15,000 x 1.06 + $10,000).

Automatic Annual Step-up. The Income Base and Enhancement Base will automatically step-up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a.	the Annuitant (single life option), or the Secondary Life (joint life option) are still living and under age 86; and
b.	the Contract Value on that Benefit Year anniversary, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including surrender charges, the rider charge and account fee), plus any Purchase Payments made on that date, is equal to or greater than the Income Base after an Enhancement (if any).

The Automatic Annual Step-up is available even in years in which a withdrawal has occurred.

Each time the Automatic Annual Step-up occurs a new Enhancement Period starts. The Automatic Annual Step-up is available even in years when a withdrawal has occurred.

If you decline an Automatic Annual Step-up, you will continue to be eligible for an Enhancement through the end of the Enhancement Period, including in the year that you declined the Automatic Annual Step-up, as long as you meet the conditions listed above.

Following is an example of how the Automatic Annual Step-up and the 6% Enhancement impact the Income Base (assuming no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments):

	Contract Value	Income Base	Enhancement Base	Enhancement amount added to Income Base
At issue	$100,000	$100,000	$100,000	-
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$104,000	$106,000	$100,000	$6,000
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$115,000	$115,000	$115,000	N/A

On the second Benefit Year anniversary, the Contract Value of $115,000 is higher than the previous Income Base of $106,000 plus the 6% Enhancement ($112,000 = $106,000 + 6% of $100,000), so the Income Base and the Enhancement Base are increased to equal the Contract Value of $115,000.

Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. 4LATER^® Select Advantage has no provision for a payout of the Income Base or Enhancement Base upon death of the Contractowners or Annuitant and provides no increase in the Death Benefit value over and above what the Death Benefit provides in the base contract. At the time of death, if the Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit options (as described in this prospectus) will be in effect. Election of the 4LATER^® Select Advantage does not impact the Death Benefit options available for purchase with your annuity contract. Generally all Death Benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9), as amended. See The Contracts – Death Benefit.

If the Contractowner is not also named as the Annuitant or the Secondary Life, upon the first death of the Annuitant or Secondary Life, the 4LATER^® Select Advantage rider will continue. Upon the second death of either the Annuitant or Secondary Life, the rider will terminate.

Upon the death of the Contractowner, this rider will continue only if either Annuitant or the Secondary Life becomes the new Contractowner and payments under i4LIFE^® Advantage begin within one year after the death of the Contractowner.

Termination. After the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the 4LATER^® Select Advantage rider, the Contractowner may terminate the rider by notifying us in writing. After this time, the rider will also terminate if the Contractowner fails to adhere to the Investment Requirements. 4LATER^® Select Advantage will automatically terminate:

•	on the Annuity Commencement Date;
•	if the Annuitant is changed including any sale or assignment of the contract or any pledge of the contract as collateral;
•	upon the second death of either the Annuitant or Secondary Life;
•	when the Income Base is reduced to zero due to withdrawals;
•	the last day that you can elect i4LIFE^® Advantage (age 95, younger of you or your spouse); or
•	upon termination of the underlying contract.

This termination will not result in any increase in Contract Value equal to the Income Base or Enhancement Base. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefits and charges within this rider will terminate. If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can elect any Living Benefit Rider available for purchase at that time.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit option. If you elect 4LATER^® Select Advantage, you must later transition to i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit in order to receive a benefit from 4LATER^® Select Advantage. This transition must be made prior to the maximum age limit and prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You cannot have both i4LIFE^® Advantage and another Living Benefit Rider in effect on your contract at the same time. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions for a discussion of this transition.

i4LIFE^® Advantage

i4LIFE^® Advantage (the Variable Annuity Payout Option Rider in your contract) is an optional Annuity Payout rider you may purchase at an additional cost and is separate and distinct from other Annuity Payout options offered under your contract and described later in this prospectus. You may also purchase i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit for an additional charge. See Charges and Other Deductions – i4LIFE^® Advantage Charge.

reduced to zero (except by additional withdrawals as described below), these payments will continue for your life (or the lives of you and your Secondary Life under the joint lifetime option) during the Lifetime Income Period. i4LIFE^® Advantage is different from other Annuity Payout options provided by Lincoln because with i4LIFE^® Advantage, you have the ability to make additional withdrawals or surrender the contract during the Access Period. If your Account Value is reduced to zero due to any additional withdrawals i4LIFE^® Advantage will end and your contract will terminate. The Guaranteed Income Benefit is described in further detail below.

When you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage, you must choose the Annuitant and Secondary Life (if applicable). The Annuitant and Secondary Life may not be changed after i4LIFE^® Advantage is elected. For qualified contracts, the Secondary Life must be the spouse. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Death Benefits regarding the impact of a change to the Annuitant prior to the i4LIFE^® Advantage election.

If i4LIFE^® Advantage is selected, the applicable transfer provisions among Subaccounts and the fixed account will continue to be those specified in your annuity contract for transfers on or before the Annuity Commencement Date. However, once i4LIFE^® Advantage begins, any automatic withdrawal service will terminate. See The Contracts – Transfers on or Before the Annuity Commencement Date.

Additional Purchase Payments may be made during the Access Period for an IRA annuity contract, unless a Guaranteed Income Benefit has been elected. If the Guaranteed Income Benefit option has been elected on an IRA contract, additional Purchase Payments may be made until the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit is calculated. Additional Purchase Payments will not be accepted after the Periodic Income Commencement Date for a nonqualified annuity contract.

Availability. i4LIFE^® Advantage is available for contracts with a Contract Value of at least $50,000 and may be elected before any other Annuity Payout option under this contract is elected by sending a completed i4LIFE^® Advantage election form to our Home Office. You may elect any available version of the Guaranteed Income Benefit when you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage or during the Access Period, if still available for election, subject to the terms and conditions at that time. You may choose not to purchase the Guaranteed Income Benefit at the time you purchase i4LIFE^® Advantage by indicating that you do not want the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit on the election form. Additionally, certain Living Benefit Riders allow a transition to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions below. If you intend to use the Income Base or the Guaranteed Amount from a previously elected Living Benefit Rider to establish the Guaranteed Income Benefit, you must elect the Guaranteed Income Benefit at the time you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage.

i4LIFE^® Advantage and the Guaranteed Income Benefit are available on nonqualified annuities, IRAs and Roth IRAs (check with your registered representative regarding availability in the SEP market). i4LIFE^® Advantage for IRA contracts is only available if the Annuitant and Secondary Life, if applicable, are age 59½ or older at the time the rider is elected. i4LIFE^® Advantage and Guaranteed Income Benefit must be elected by age 80 on IRA contracts or age 95 on nonqualified contracts. i4LIFE^® Advantage is not available to beneficiaries of IRA contracts. Additional limitations on issue ages and features may be necessary to comply with the IRC provisions for required minimum distributions.

Access Period. The Access Period begins on the Periodic Income Commencement Date and is a defined period of time during which we pay variable, periodic Regular Income Payments and provide a Death Benefit. During this period, you may surrender the contract and make withdrawals from your Account Value (defined below). The Lifetime Income Period begins immediately at the end of the Access Period and the remaining Account Value is used to make Regular Income Payments for the rest of your life (or the Secondary Life if applicable). During the Lifetime Income Period, you will no longer be able to make withdrawals or surrenders or receive a Death Benefit. If your Account Value is reduced to zero because of Regular Income Payments or market loss, your Access Period ends.

The minimum and maximum Access Periods are established at the time you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage with or without the Guaranteed Income Benefit. The current Access Period requirements are outlined in the following chart:

	Minimum Access Period	Maximum Access Period
i4LIFE^® Advantage (without a Guaranteed Income Benefit)	5 years	The length of time between your age and age 115 for nonqualified contracts; age 100 for qualified contracts
Select Guaranteed Income Benefit Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk)	Longer of 20 years or the difference between your age (nearest birthday) and age 90	To age 115 for nonqualified contracts; to age 100 for qualified contracts
Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) elections on or after May 21, 2012	Longer of 20 years or the difference between your age (nearest birthday) and age 100	To age 115 for nonqualified contracts; to age 100 for qualified contracts
Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) elections prior to May 21, 2012	Longer of 20 years of the difference between your age (nearest birthday) and age 90	To age 115 for nonqualified contracts; to age 100 for qualified contracts

	Minimum Access Period	Maximum Access Period
Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 2 and 3)	Longer of 15 years or the difference between your age (nearest birthday) and age 85	To age 115 for nonqualified contracts; to age 100 for qualified contracts

The minimum Access Period requirements may vary if you transition to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit from another rider. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions below.

Generally, shorter Access Periods will produce a higher initial Regular Income Payment than longer Access Periods. At any time during the Access Period, you may extend or shorten the length of the Access Period subject to Home Office approval. Additional restrictions may apply if you are under age 59½ when you request a change to the Access Period. Currently, if you extend the Access Period, it must be extended at least 5 years. If you change the Access Period, subsequent Regular Income Payments will be adjusted accordingly, and the Account Value remaining at the end of the new Access Period will be applied to continue Regular Income Payments for your life. For versions 1, 2, and 3 of the Guaranteed Income Benefit, an extension of your Access Period will also reduce your i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit in proportion of the reduction in the Regular Income Payment. This reduction of the i4LIFE^® Guaranteed Income Benefit does not apply to Select Guaranteed Income Benefit, Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk, or Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4). If you shorten the Access Period, the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will terminate. Currently, changes to the Access Period can only be made on Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversaries.

Additional limitations on issue ages and features may be necessary to comply with the IRC provisions for required minimum distributions. We may reduce or terminate the Access Period for IRA i4LIFE^® Advantage contracts in order to keep the Regular Income Payments in compliance with IRC provisions for required minimum distributions. If we lower the Access Period to comply with IRC provisions, there is no impact to the Guaranteed Income Benefit.

Account Value. The initial Account Value is the Contract Value on the Valuation Date i4LIFE^® Advantage is effective (or your initial Purchase Payment if i4LIFE^® Advantage is purchased at contract issue), less any applicable premium taxes. During the Access Period, the Account Value on a Valuation Date will equal the total value of all of the Contractowner's Accumulation Units plus the Contractowner's value in the fixed account, and will be reduced by Regular Income Payments and Guaranteed Income Benefit payments made as well as any withdrawals taken. You will have access to your Account Value during the Access Period. After the Access Period ends, the remaining Account Value will be applied to continue Regular Income Payments for your life (and the Secondary Life under the joint life option) and the Account Value will be reduced to zero.

Regular Income Payments during the Access Period. i4LIFE^® Advantage provides for variable, periodic Regular Income Payments for as long as an Annuitant (or Secondary Life, if applicable) is living.

When you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage, you will make several choices that will impact the amount of your Regular Income Payments:

•	single or joint life option;
•	the date you will receive the initial Regular Income Payment;
•	the frequency of the payments (monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually);
•	the frequency the payment is recalculated;
•	the assumed investment return (AIR); and
•	the date the Access Period ends and the Lifetime Income Period begins.

Some of the choices will not be available if you elect the Guaranteed Income Benefit.

If you do not choose a payment frequency, the default is a monthly payment frequency. In most states, you may also elect to have Regular Income Payments from nonqualified contracts recalculated only once each year rather than recalculated at the time of each payment. This results in level Regular Income Payments between recalculation dates. Qualified contracts are only recalculated once per year, on December 31^st (if not a Valuation Date, then on the first Valuation Date of the calendar year). Contracts that elect Select Guaranteed Income Benefit, Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk), or Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) are only recalculated once a year. For nonqualified contracts, the Contractowner must elect the levelized option for Regular Income Payments if Guaranteed Income Benefit is elected.

AIR rates of 3%, 4%, 5%, or 6% may be available for Regular Income Payments under i4LIFE^® Advantage. Certain states limit the availability of 5% or 6% AIR. See your registered representative for availability. The higher the AIR you choose, the higher your initial Regular Income Payment will be and the higher the return must be to increase subsequent Regular Income Payments. A 3% AIR will be used to calculate the Regular Income Payments under Select Guaranteed Income Benefit elections made prior to February 19, 2019; a 4% AIR will be used to calculate the Regular Income Payments under all other versions of Guaranteed Income Benefit and Select Guaranteed Income Benefit elections made on and after February 19, 2019. The AIR used to calculate the Regular Income Payments if transitioning from a Prior Rider may be different. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions below.

Regular Income Payments must begin within one year of the date you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage and will continue until the death of the Annuitant or Secondary Life, if applicable, or surrender.

Regular Income Payments are not subject to any applicable surrender charges or Interest Adjustments. See Charges and Other Deductions. For information regarding income tax consequences of Regular Income Payments, see Federal Tax Matters.

The initial Regular Income Payment is calculated from the Account Value on a date no more than 14 days prior to the date you select to begin receiving Regular Income Payments. This calculation date is called the Periodic Income Commencement Date, and is the same date the Access Period begins. The amount of the initial Regular Income Payment is determined by dividing the Contract Value (or Purchase Payment if elected at contract issue), less applicable premium taxes by 1,000 and multiplying the result by an annuity factor. The annuity factor is based upon:

•	the age and sex of the Annuitant and Secondary Life, if applicable;
•	the length of the Access Period selected;
•	the frequency of the payments;
•	the AIR selected; and
•	the Individual Annuity Mortality table specified in your contract.

The annuity factor used to determine the Regular Income Payments reflects the fact that, during the Access Period, you have the ability to withdraw the entire Account Value and that a Death Benefit will be paid to your Beneficiary upon your death. These benefits during the Access Period result in a slightly lower Regular Income Payment, during both the Access Period and the Lifetime Income Period, than would be payable if this access was not permitted and no lump-sum Death Benefit was payable. (The Contractowner must elect an Access Period of no less than the minimum Access Period which is currently set at 5 years.) The annuity factor also reflects the requirement that there be sufficient Account Value at the end of the Access Period to continue your Regular Income Payments for the remainder of your life (and/or the Secondary Life if applicable), during the Lifetime Income Period, with no further access or Death Benefit.

The Account Value will vary with the actual net investment return of the Subaccounts selected and the interest credited on the fixed account, which then determines the subsequent Regular Income Payments during the Access Period. Each subsequent Regular Income Payment (unless the levelized option is selected) is determined by dividing the Account Value on the applicable Valuation Date by 1,000 and multiplying this result by an annuity factor revised to reflect the declining length of the Access Period. As a result of this calculation, the actual net returns in the Account Value are measured against the AIR to determine subsequent Regular Income Payments. If the actual net investment return (annualized) for the contract exceeds the AIR, the Regular Income Payment will increase at a rate approximately equal to the amount of such excess. Conversely, if the actual net investment return for the contract is less than the AIR, the Regular Income Payment will decrease. For example, if net investment return is 3% higher (annualized) than the AIR, the Regular Income Payment for the next year will increase by approximately 3%. Conversely, if actual net investment return is 3% lower than the AIR, the Regular Income Payment will decrease by approximately 3%.

Withdrawals made during the Access Period will also reduce the Account Value that is available for Regular Income Payments, and subsequent Regular Income Payments will be recalculated and could be increased or reduced, based on the Account Value following the withdrawal.

For a joint life option, if either the Annuitant or Secondary Life dies during the Access Period, Regular Income Payments will be recalculated using a revised annuity factor based on the single surviving life, if doing so provides a higher Regular Income Payment. On a joint life option, the Secondary Life spouse must be either the primary Beneficiary or joint owner in order to receive the remaining payments after the first spouse’s death.

For nonqualified contracts, if the Annuitant and Secondary Life, if applicable, both die during the Access Period, the Guaranteed Income Benefit (if any) will terminate and the annuity factor will be revised for a non-life contingent Regular Income Payment and Regular Income Payments will continue until the Account Value is fully paid out and the Access Period ends. For qualified contracts, if the Annuitant and Secondary Life, if applicable, both die during the Access Period, i4LIFE^® Advantage (and any Guaranteed Income Benefit if applicable) will terminate.

Regular Income Payments during the Lifetime Income Period. The Lifetime Income Period begins at the end of the Access Period if either the Annuitant or Secondary Life is living. Your earlier elections regarding the frequency of Regular Income Payments, AIR and the frequency of the recalculation do not change. The initial Regular Income Payment during the Lifetime Income Period is determined by dividing the Account Value on the last Valuation Date of the Access Period by 1,000 and multiplying the result by an annuity factor revised to reflect that the Access Period has ended. The annuity factor is based upon:

•	the age and sex of the Annuitant and Secondary Life (if living);
•	the frequency of the Regular Income Payments;
•	the AIR selected; and
•	the Individual Annuity Mortality table specified in your contract.

by the Annuity Unit value (by Subaccount). Subsequent Regular Income Payments are determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units per Subaccount by the Annuity Unit value. Your Regular Income Payments will vary based on the value of your Annuity Units. If your Regular Income Payments are adjusted on an annual basis, the total of the annual payment is transferred to Lincoln Life's general account to be paid out based on the payment mode you selected. Your payment(s) will not be affected by market performance during that year. Your Regular Income Payment(s) for the following year will be recalculated at the beginning of the following year based on the current value of the Annuity Units.

Regular Income Payments will continue for as long as the Annuitant or Secondary Life, if applicable, is living, and will continue to be adjusted for investment performance of the Subaccounts your Annuity Units are invested in (and the fixed account if applicable). Regular Income Payments vary with investment performance.

During the Lifetime Income Period, there is no longer an Account Value; therefore, no withdrawals are available and no Death Benefit is payable. In addition, transfers are not allowed from a fixed annuity payment to a variable annuity payment.

Guaranteed Income Benefit

The Guaranteed Income Benefit is an optional benefit that is available for an additional charge. It provides that your Regular Income Payments will never be less than a minimum payout floor, regardless of the actual investment performance of your contract. Two versions of i4LIFE^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit are currently available – i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit and i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk).

If you purchase any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit, you will be required to adhere to Investment Requirements, which will limit your ability to invest in certain Subaccounts offered in your contract. In addition, the fixed account is not available except for use with dollar cost averaging. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements for more information. You will be subject to those Investment Requirements for the entire time you own the rider. Failure to comply with the Investment Requirements will result in the termination of the rider.

There is no guarantee that any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will be available to elect in the future, as we reserve the right to discontinue this option at any time. In addition, we may make different versions of the Guaranteed Income Benefit available to new purchasers or may create different versions for use with various Living Benefit Riders. However, certain Living Benefit Riders may guarantee a Contractowner the right to transition from that Prior Rider to a version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit that may no longer be offered. The transitions rules are set forth below.

In certain states the total annual Guaranteed Income Benefit that would otherwise be payable may be subject to a maximum amount. Please refer to your contract or contact your registered representative for more information.

Guaranteed Income Benefit Amount. For Select Guaranteed Income Benefit, Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk), and Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4), the Guaranteed Income Benefit will be based on A, or, if transitioning from a Prior Rider, the greater of A and B:

A.	the Account Value immediately prior to electing Guaranteed Income Benefit; or
B.	the Income Base under the Prior Rider (or the Guaranteed Amount under Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage) reduced by all Guaranteed Annual Income payments since the last Automatic Annual Step-up (or inception date if no step-ups have occurred).

The initial Guaranteed Income Benefit will be an amount equal to a specified percentage of the above, based on your age (or the age of the younger life under a joint life option) at the time the Guaranteed Income Benefit is elected.

The following is an example of how the Guaranteed Amount or the Income Base from another Living Benefit Rider may be used to calculate the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. The example assumes that a 4.5% Guaranteed Income Benefit percentage is used to calculate the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit.

Account Value (equals Contract Value on date i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is elected)	$100,000
Guaranteed Amount/Income Base on date i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is elected:	$140,000
Initial Regular Income Payment	$5,411
Initial Guaranteed Income Benefit (4.5% x $140,000 Guaranteed Amount/Income Base which is greater than $100,000 Account Value)	$6,300

For Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 2 and 3), the Guaranteed Income Benefit is initially equal to 75% of the Regular Income Payment (which is based on your Account Value) in effect at the time the Guaranteed Income Benefit is elected.

Guaranteed Income Benefit Percentages and Age-Bands. The specific percentages and applicable age-bands for calculating the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit are discussed below.

The initial Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages applicable to new rider elections are determined in our sole discretion based on current economic factors including interest rates and equity market volatility. Generally, the percentages may increase or decrease based on changes in equity market volatility, prevailing interest rates, or as a result of other economic conditions. This percentage structure is intended to help us provide the guarantees under the rider. The initial Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages for new rider elections may be higher or lower than prior percentages, but for existing Contractowners that have elected the rider, your Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages will not change as a result.

Select Guaranteed Income Benefit and Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk). The initial Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages applicable to new rider elections, including transitions from a Prior Rider, are set forth in a supplement to this prospectus, called a Rate Sheet. The Rate Sheet indicates the Guaranteed Income Benefit percentage, its effective period, and the date by which your rider election form must be signed and dated for a contract to be issued with that percentage. The percentages may change periodically and may be higher or lower than the percentages on the previous Rate Sheet.

The Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages for the next effective period will be disclosed in a new Rate Sheet at least 10 days before the end of the indicated effective period. Your rider election form must be signed and dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted in that Rate Sheet in order to get the percentage indicated in a Rate Sheet. Current Rate Sheets will be included with the prospectus. You can also obtain the most current Rate Sheet by contacting your registered representative, online at www.LincolnFinancial.com or by calling us at 1-888-868-2583. Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages for previous effective periods are included in an Appendix to this prospectus.

Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4). The specified percentages and the corresponding age-bands for calculating the Guaranteed Income Benefit under Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) are outlined in an Appendix to this prospectus. Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) is only available for purchase if you are guaranteed the right to elect a prior version under a Prior Rider.

Guaranteed Income Benefit General Provisions

For all versions of the Guaranteed Income Benefit, if the amount of your i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payment has fallen below the Guaranteed Income Benefit, because of poor investment results, a payment equal to the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is the minimum payment you will receive. If the market performance in your contract is sufficient to provide Regular Income Payments at a level that exceeds the Guaranteed Income Benefit, the Guaranteed Income Benefit will never come into effect. If the Guaranteed Income Benefit is paid, it will be paid with the same frequency as your Regular Income Payment. If your Regular Income Payment is less than the Guaranteed Income Benefit, we will reduce the Account Value by the Regular Income Payment plus an additional amount equal to the difference between your Regular Income Payment and the Guaranteed Income Benefit (in other words, Guaranteed Income Benefit payments reduce the Account Value by the entire amount of the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment). (Regular Income Payments also reduce the Account Value.) This payment will be made from the variable Subaccounts and the fixed account proportionately, according to your investment allocations.

If your Account Value reaches zero as a result of payments to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit, we will continue to pay you an amount equal to the Guaranteed Income Benefit. If your Account Value reaches zero, your Access Period will end and your Lifetime Income Period will begin. Additional amounts withdrawn from the Account Value to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit may terminate your Access Period earlier than originally scheduled, and will reduce your Death Benefit. If your Account Value equals zero, no Death Benefit will be paid. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Death Benefits. After the Access Period ends, we will continue to pay the Guaranteed Income Benefit for as long as the Annuitant (or the Secondary Life, if applicable) is living.

The following example illustrates how poor investment performance, which results in a Guaranteed Income Benefit payment, affects the i4LIFE^® Account Value:

i4LIFE^® Account Value before market decline	$135,000
i4LIFE^® Account Value after market decline	$100,000
Monthly Guaranteed Income Benefit	$810
Monthly Regular Income Payment after market decline	$769
Account Value after market decline and Guaranteed Income Benefit payment	$99,190

The Contractowner receives an amount equal to the Guaranteed Income Benefit. The entire amount of the Guaranteed Income Benefit is deducted from the Account Value.

Guaranteed Income Benefit Step-up

each Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversary starting on the first Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversary. For qualified contracts, the step-up will occur annually on the first Valuation Date of the first periodic income payment of each calendar year.

The following example illustrates how the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit is calculated for a Contractowner with a nonqualified contract, and how a step-up would increase the Guaranteed Income Benefit in a subsequent year. The example assumes a 4% percentage was used to calculate the Guaranteed Income Benefit, and that the Account Value has increased due to positive investment returns resulting in a higher recalculated Regular Income Payment. See Living Benefit Riders – i4LIFE^® Advantage – Regular Income Payments during the Access Period for a discussion of recalculation of the Regular Income Payment.

8/1/2019 Amount of initial Regular Income Payment	$4,801
8/1/2019 Account Value at election of Guaranteed Income Benefit	$100,000
8/1/2019 Initial Guaranteed Income Benefit (4% x $100,000 Account Value)	$4,000
8/1/2020 Recalculated Regular Income Payment	$6,000
8/1/2020 Guaranteed Income Benefit after step-up (75% of $6,000)	$4,500

The Guaranteed Income Benefit was increased to 75% of the recalculated Regular Income Payment.

Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 3). Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 3) will automatically step up every year to 75% of the current Regular Income Payment, if that result is greater than the immediately prior Guaranteed Income Benefit. The step-up will occur on every Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversary during a 5-year step-up period. At the end of a step-up period you may elect a new step-up period by submitting a written request to the Home Office. If you prefer, when you start the Guaranteed Income Benefit, you can request that we administer this election for you.

Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 2). The Guaranteed Income Benefit will automatically step-up every three years to 75% of the current Regular Income Payment, if the result is greater than the immediately prior Guaranteed Income Benefit. The step-up will occur on every third Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversary during a 15-year step-up period. At the end of a step-up period, you may elect a new 15-year step-up period by submitting a written request to the Home Office. If you prefer, when you start the Guaranteed Income Benefit, you can request that we administer this election for you.

Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 1). If you have Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 1), the Guaranteed Income Benefit will not step-up on an anniversary, but will remain level.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions

Certain Living Benefit Riders (“Prior Rider”) allow you to transition to the applicable version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit.

If your Prior Rider is...	you will transition to…
Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage 4LATER^® Select Advantage	Select Guaranteed Income Benefit
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk)	Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk)
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0	Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4)

The following discussion applies to all of these transitions.

If you have elected one of the Prior Riders listed above, you are guaranteed the right to transition to the applicable version of the Guaranteed Income Benefit even if that version is no longer available for purchase. You are also guaranteed that the Guaranteed Income Benefit percentage and Access Period requirements will be at least as favorable as those in effect at the time you purchased your Prior Rider. The Investment Requirements under your Prior Rider continue to apply after you transition to the Guaranteed Income Benefit. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements for a description of these investment requirements. The initial Guaranteed Income Benefit will be an amount equal to a specified percentage of your Account Value or Income Base or Guaranteed Amount, as applicable, based on your age (or the younger life under a joint life option) at the time the Guaranteed Income Benefit is elected.

Your decision to transition to the Guaranteed Income Benefit must be made prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, and by the maximum age to elect i4LIFE^® Advantage, which is age 95 for nonqualified contracts and age 80 for qualified contracts. Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SMAdvantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), or Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (purchased prior to April 2, 2012) who have waited until after the fifth Benefit Year anniversary may elect the appropriate version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit until age 99 for nonqualified contracts and age 85 for qualified contracts.

If you have the single life option under your Prior Rider, you must transition to the single life option under i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit; joint life option must transition to the joint life option. The minimum Access Period requirements may vary based on which Prior Rider you elected, and are specifically listed in the chart below.

While i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is in effect, the Contractowner cannot change the payment mode elected or decrease the length of the Access Period.

Different minimum Access Period requirements may apply if you use the greater of the Account Value or Income Base (less amounts paid since the last automatic step-up) under a Prior Rider to calculate the Guaranteed Income Benefit as set forth below:

Minimum Access Period
	Elections of i4LIFE^® Advantage prior to the 5^th Benefit Year anniversary	Elections of i4LIFE^® Advantage on and after the 5^th Benefit Year anniversary
Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 on or after April 2, 2012	Longer of 20 years or the difference between your age and age 100	Longer of 20 years or the difference between your age and age 95
Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) Purchasers of 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 prior to April 2, 2012	Longer of 20 years or the difference between your age and age 90	Longer of 15 years or the difference between your age and age 85
Purchasers of Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage Purchasers of 4LATER^® Select Advantage	Longer of 20 years or the difference between your age and age 90	N/A

A 3% AIR will be used to calculate the Regular Income Payments for transitions to i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit. A 4% AIR will be used to calculate the Regular Income Payments for all other transitions to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit.

When deciding whether to transition from your Prior Rider to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit, you should consider that depending on your age (and the age of your Secondary Life under the joint life option) and the selected length of the Access Period, i4LIFE^® Advantage may provide a higher payout than the Guaranteed Annual Income amounts from your Prior Rider. You should consider electing i4LIFE^® Advantage when you are ready to immediately start receiving i4LIFE^® Advantage payments, whereas with your Prior Rider, you may defer taking withdrawals until a later date. Payments from a nonqualified contract that a person receives under the i4LIFE^® Advantage rider are treated as “amounts received as an annuity” under section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code because the payments occur after the annuity starting date. These payments are subject to an “exclusion ratio” as provided in section 72(b) of the Code, which means a portion of each Annuity Payout is treated as income (taxable at ordinary income rates), and the remainder is treated as a nontaxable return of Purchase Payments. In contrast, withdrawals under your Prior Rider are not treated as amounts received as an annuity because they occur prior to the annuity starting date. As a result, such withdrawals are treated first as a return of any existing gain in the contract (which is the measure of the extent to which the Contract Value exceeds Purchase Payments), and then as a nontaxable return of Purchase Payments.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Death Benefits

When you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage, the Death Benefit option that you previously elected will become the Death Benefit election under i4LIFE^® Advantage, unless you elect a less expensive Death Benefit option. If you had previously elected EEB Death Benefit, you must elect a new Death Benefit. Existing Contractowners with the Account Value Death Benefit, who elect i4LIFE^® Advantage must choose the i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value Death Benefit. The amount paid under the new Death Benefit may be less than the amount that would have been paid under the Death Benefit provided before i4LIFE^® Advantage began (if premium taxes have been deducted from the Contract Value).

i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value Death Benefit. The i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value Death Benefit is only available during the Access Period and is equal to the Account Value as of the Valuation Date on which we approve the payment of the death claim. You may not change this Death Benefit once it is elected.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit. The i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit is only available during the Access Period and is equal to the greater of:

•	the Account Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim; or

•	the sum of all Purchase Payments, less the sum of Regular Income Payments and other withdrawals where:

•	Regular Income Payments, including withdrawals to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit and withdrawals under a Prior Rider that are not Excess Withdrawals, reduce the Death Benefit by the dollar amount of the payment; and
•	all other withdrawals, if any, reduce the Death Benefit on either a dollar for dollar basis or in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Contract Value or Account Value, depending on the terms of your contract.

References to Purchase Payments and withdrawals include Purchase Payments and withdrawals made prior to the election of i4LIFE^® Advantage if your contract was in force with the Guarantee of Principal or greater Death Benefit option prior to that election. Withdrawals that were not treated as Excess Withdrawals under a Prior Rider will reduce the Death Benefit by the dollar amount of the withdrawal.

In a declining market, withdrawals which are deducted in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Contract Value or Account Value, may have a magnified effect on the reduction of the Death Benefit payable. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. All references to withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with those withdrawals (surrender charges for example) and premium taxes, if any.

The following example demonstrates the impact of a proportionate withdrawal on your Death Benefit:

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit	$200,000
Regular Income Payment	$25,000
Account Value at the time of additional withdrawal	$150,000
Additional withdrawal	$15,000	($15,000/$150,000=10% withdrawal)

Death Benefit Value after Regular Income Payment = $200,000 - $25,000 = $175,000
Reduction in Death Benefit value for withdrawal = $175,000 x 10% = $17,500
Death Benefit Value after additional withdrawal = $175,000 - $17,500 = $157,500

The Regular Income Payment reduced the Death Benefit by $25,000 and the additional withdrawal caused a 10% reduction in the Death Benefit, the same percentage that the withdrawal reduced the Account Value.

During the Access Period, contracts with the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit may elect to change to the i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value Death Benefit by contacting us in writing at our Home Office. This change will be effective on the Valuation Date we receive the request, at our Home Office, and we will begin deducting the lower i4LIFE^® Advantage charge at that time. Once the change is effective, you may not elect to return to the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit.

i4LIFE^® Advantage EGMDB. The i4LIFE^® Advantage EGMDB is only available during the Access Period and is the greatest of:

•	the Account Value as of the Valuation Date on which we approve the payment of the claim; or
•	the sum of all Purchase Payments, less the sum of Regular Income Payments and other withdrawals where:

•	Regular Income Payments, including withdrawals to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit and withdrawals under a Prior Rider that are not Excess Withdrawals, reduce the Death Benefit by the dollar amount of the payment; and
•	all other withdrawals, if any, reduce the Death Benefit on either a dollar for dollar basis or in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Contract Value or Account Value, depending on the terms of your contract.

•

the highest Account Value or Contract Value on any contract anniversary date (including the inception date of the contract) after the EGMDB is effective (determined before the allocation of any Purchase Payments on that contract anniversary) prior to the 81^st birthday of the deceased and prior to the date of death. The highest Account Value or Contract Value is increased by Purchase Payments and is decreased by Regular Income Payments, including withdrawals to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefits and all other withdrawals subsequent to the anniversary date on which the highest Account Value or Contract Value is obtained. Regular Income Payments, including Guaranteed Income Benefit payments, and withdrawals are deducted on either a dollar for dollar basis or in the same proportion that Regular Income Payments, Guaranteed Income Benefit payments, and withdrawals reduce the Contract Value or Account Value, depending on the terms of your contract.

If your contract has the ABE^SM Enhancement Amount (if elected at the time of application) (see discussion under Accumulated Benefit Enhancement) specified in your contract benefit data pages as applicable on the date of death, this enhancement amount will be added to the sum of the Purchase Payments, but will be reduced by the Regular Income Payments and withdrawals on either a dollar for dollar basis or in the same proportion that the Regular Income Payment or withdrawal reduced the Contract Value or Account Value, depending on the terms of your contract.

When determining the highest anniversary value, if you elected the EGMDB (or more expensive Death Benefit option) in the base contract and this Death Benefit was in effect when you purchased i4LIFE^® Advantage, we will look at the Contract Value before i4LIFE^® Advantage and the Account Value after the i4LIFE^® Advantage election to determine the highest anniversary value. We will look at such values on the contract annual anniversary date.

In a declining market, withdrawals which are deducted in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Account Value, may have a magnified effect on the reduction of the Death Benefit payable. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. All references to withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with those withdrawals (surrender charges for example) and premium taxes, if any.

Contracts with the i4LIFE^® Advantage EGMDB may elect to change to the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal or the i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value Death Benefit by contacting us in writing at the Home Office. This change will be effective on the Valuation Date we receive the request, at our Home Office, and we will begin deducting the lower i4LIFE^® Advantage charge at that time. Once the change is effective, you may not elect to return to the i4LIFE^® Advantage EGMDB.

General Death Benefit Provisions. These Death Benefit options are only available during the Access Period and will terminate when the Account Value equals zero, because the Access Period terminates.

If there is a change in the Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant during the life of the contract, for any reason other than death, the only Death Benefit payable for the new person will be the i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value Death Benefit. On a joint life option, the Secondary Life spouse must be either the primary Beneficiary or joint owner in order to receive the remaining payments after the first spouse’s death.

For nonqualified contracts, upon the death of the Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant, the Contractowner (or Beneficiary) may elect to terminate the contract and receive full payment of the Death Benefit or may elect to continue the contract and receive Regular Income Payments. Upon the death of the Secondary Life, who is not also an owner, only the surrender value is paid.

If you are the owner of an IRA annuity contract, and there is no Secondary Life, and you die during the Access Period, the i4LIFE^® Advantage will terminate. A spouse Beneficiary may start a new i4LIFE^® Advantage program.

If a death occurs during the Access Period, the value of the Death Benefit will be determined as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim. Approval of payment will occur upon our receipt of all the following:

1.	proof (e.g. an original certified death certificate), or any other proof of death satisfactory to us; and
2.	written authorization for payment; and
3.	all required claim forms, fully completed (including selection of a settlement option).

Upon notification to us of the death, Regular Income Payments may be suspended until the death claim is approved by us. Upon approval, a lump sum payment for the value of any suspended payments will be made as of the date the death claim is approved, and Regular Income Payments will continue, if applicable. The excess, if any, of the Death Benefit over the Account Value will be credited into the contract at that time.

If a lump sum settlement is elected, the proceeds will be mailed within seven days of approval by us of the claim subject to the laws, regulations and tax code governing payment of Death Benefits. This payment may be postponed as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940.

i4LIFE^® Advantage General Provisions

Withdrawals. You may request a withdrawal at any time prior to the end of the Access Period. We reduce the Account Value by the amount of the withdrawal, and all subsequent Regular Income Payments and Guaranteed Income Benefit payments, if applicable, will be recalculated. The Guaranteed Income Benefit is reduced proportionately. Withdrawals may have tax consequences. See Federal Tax Matters. Withdrawals are subject to any applicable surrender charges except when amounts may be withdrawn free of surrender charges. See Charges and Other Deductions. The Interest Adjustment may apply.

The following example demonstrates the impact of a withdrawal on the Guaranteed Income Benefit payments:

i4LIFE^® Regular Income Payment before additional withdrawal	$1,200
Guaranteed Income Benefit before additional withdrawal	$900
Account Value at time of additional withdrawal	$150,000
Additional withdrawal	$15,000	(a 10% withdrawal)

Reduction in Guaranteed Income Benefit for additional withdrawal = $900 x 10% = $90
Guaranteed Income Benefit after additional withdrawal = $900 - $90 = $810

Surrender. At any time prior to the end of the Access Period, you may surrender the contract by withdrawing the surrender value. If the contract is surrendered, the contract terminates and no further Regular Income Payments will be made. Withdrawals are subject to any applicable surrender charges except when amounts may be withdrawn free of surrender charges. See Charges and Other Deductions. The Interest Adjustment may apply.

Termination. For IRA annuity contracts, you may terminate i4LIFE^® Advantage prior to the end of the Access Period by notifying us in writing. The termination will be effective on the next Valuation Date after we receive the notice. Upon termination, the i4LIFE^® Advantage charge will end and the Separate Account Annual Expenses for the Death Benefit you have elected will resume. Your Contract Value upon termination will be equal to the Account Value on the Valuation Date we terminate i4LIFE^® Advantage.

For nonqualified contracts, you may not terminate i4LIFE^® Advantage once you have elected it.

i4LIFE^® Advantage will terminate due to any of the following events:

•	the death of the Annuitant (or the later of the death of the Annuitant or Secondary Life if a joint payout was elected); or
•	a Contractowner requested a decrease in the Access Period or a change to the Regular Income Payment frequency; or
•	upon written notice from the Contractowner to us; or
•	assignment of the contract; or
•	failure to comply with Investment Requirements.

A termination of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit due to a decrease in the Access Period, a change in the Regular Income Payment frequency, or upon written notice from the Contractowner will be effective as of the Valuation Date on the next Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversary. Termination will be only for the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit and not the i4LIFE^® Advantage election, unless otherwise specified. However, if you used the greater of the Account Value, Income Base, or Guaranteed Amount under a previously held Living Benefit Rider to establish the Guaranteed Income Benefit, any termination of the Guaranteed Income Benefit will also result in a termination of the i4LIFE^® Advantage election. If you terminate the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit you may be able to re-elect it, if available, after one year. The election will be treated as a new purchase, subject to the terms and charges in effect at the time of election and the i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payment will be recalculated. The i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will be based on the Account Value at the time of the election.

Annuity Payouts

When you apply for a contract, you may select any Annuity Commencement Date permitted by law, which is usually on or before the Annuitant's 99^th birthday. Your broker-dealer may recommend that you annuitize at an earlier age. As an alternative, Contractowners with Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage may elect to annuitize their Guaranteed Amount under the Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payment Option. Contractowners with Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage may elect the Maximum Annual Withdrawal Amount Annuity Payout Option. Contractowners with any version of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0, Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage, Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage or Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM may elect to annuitize their Income Base under the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option.

The contract provides optional forms of payouts of annuities (annuity options), each of which is payable on a variable basis, a fixed basis or a combination of both as you specify. The contract provides that all or part of the Contract Value may be used to purchase an Annuity Payout option.

You may elect Annuity Payouts in monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual installments. If the payouts from any Subaccount would be or become less than $50, we have the right to reduce their frequency until the payouts are at least $50 each. Following are explanations of the annuity options available.

Annuity Options

The annuity options outlined below do not apply to Contractowners who have elected i4LIFE^® Advantage or any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal Amount Annuity Payout Option, the Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payment Option, or the Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option.

Life Annuity. This option offers a periodic payout during the lifetime of the Annuitant and ends with the last payout before the death of the Annuitant. This option offers the highest periodic payout since there is no guarantee of a minimum number of payouts or provision for a Death Benefit for Beneficiaries. However, there is the risk under this option that the recipient would receive no payouts if the Annuitant dies before the date set for the first payout; only one payout if death occurs before the second scheduled payout, and so on. The Annuitant must be under age 81 to elect this option.

Life Annuity with Payouts Guaranteed for Designated Period. This option guarantees periodic payouts during a designated period, usually 10 or 20 years, and then continues throughout the lifetime of the Annuitant. The designated period is selected by the Contractowner.

Joint Life Annuity. This option offers a periodic payout during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated joint Annuitant. The payouts continue during the lifetime of the survivor. However, under a joint life annuity, if both Annuitants die before the date set for the first payout, no payouts will be made. Only one payment would be made if both deaths occur before the second scheduled payout, and so on.

Joint Life Annuity with Guaranteed Period. This option guarantees periodic payouts during a designated period, usually 10 or 20 years, and continues during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated joint Annuitant. The payouts continue during the lifetime of the survivor. The designated period is selected by the Contractowner.

Joint Life and Two Thirds to Survivor Annuity. This option provides a periodic payout during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated joint Annuitant. When one of the joint Annuitants dies, the survivor receives two thirds of the periodic payout made when both were alive.

Joint Life and Two-Thirds Survivor Annuity with Guaranteed Period. This option provides a periodic payout during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a joint Annuitant. When one of the joint Annuitants dies, the survivor receives two-thirds of the periodic payout made when both were alive. This option further provides that should one or both of the Annuitants die during the elected guaranteed period, usually 10 or 20 years, full benefit payment will continue for the rest of the guaranteed period.

Unit Refund Life Annuity. This option offers a periodic payout during the lifetime of the Annuitant with the guarantee that upon death a payout will be made of the value of the number of Annuity Units (see Variable Annuity Payouts) equal to the excess, if any, of:

•	the total amount applied under this option divided by the Annuity Unit value for the date payouts begin, minus
•	the Annuity Units represented by each payout to the Annuitant multiplied by the number of payouts paid before death.

The value of the number of Annuity Units is computed on the date the death claim is approved for payment by the Home Office.

Life Annuity with Cash Refund. Fixed annuity benefit payments that will be made for the lifetime of the Annuitant with the guarantee that upon death, should (a) the total dollar amount applied to purchase this option be greater than (b) the fixed annuity benefit payment multiplied by the number of annuity benefit payments paid prior to death, then a refund payment equal to the dollar amount of (a) minus (b) will be made.

Under the annuity options listed above, you may not make withdrawals. Other options, with or without withdrawal features, may be made available by us. You may pre-select an Annuity Payout option as a method of paying the Death Benefit to a Beneficiary. If you do, the Beneficiary cannot change this payout option. You may change or revoke in writing to our Home Office, any such selection, unless such selection was made irrevocable. If you have not already chosen an Annuity Payout option, the Beneficiary may choose any Annuity Payout option. At death, options are only available to the extent they are consistent with the requirements of the contract as well as Sections 72(s) and 401(a)(9) of the tax code, if applicable.

General Information

Any previously selected Death Benefit in effect before the Annuity Commencement Date will no longer be available on and after the Annuity Commencement Date. You may change the Annuity Commencement Date, change the annuity option or change the allocation of the investment among Subaccounts up to 30 days before the scheduled Annuity Commencement Date, upon written notice to the Home Office. You must give us at least 30 days’ notice before the date on which you want payouts to begin. We may require proof of age, sex, or survival of any payee upon whose age, sex, or survival payments depend.

Unless you select another option, the contract automatically provides for a life annuity with Annuity Payouts guaranteed for 10 years (on a fixed, variable or combination fixed and variable basis, in proportion to the account allocations at the time of annuitization) except when a joint life payout is required by law. Under any option providing for guaranteed period payouts, the number of payouts which remain unpaid at the date of the Annuitant’s death (or surviving Annuitant’s death in case of joint life Annuity) will be paid to you or your Beneficiary as payouts become due after we are in receipt of:

•	proof, satisfactory to us, of the death;
•	written authorization for payment; and
•	all claim forms, fully completed.

Variable Annuity Payouts

Variable Annuity Payouts will be determined using:

•	the Contract Value on the Annuity Commencement Date, less applicable premium taxes;
•	the annuity tables contained in the contract;
•	the annuity option selected; and

•	the investment performance of the fund(s) selected.

To determine the amount of payouts, we make this calculation:

1.	Determine the dollar amount of the first periodic payout; then
2.	Credit the contract with a fixed number of Annuity Units equal to the first periodic payout divided by the Annuity Unit value; and
3.	Calculate the value of the Annuity Units each period thereafter.

Annuity Payouts assume an investment return of 3%, 4%, 5% or 6% per year, as applied to the applicable mortality table. Some of these assumed interest rates may not be available in your state; therefore, please check with your registered representative. You may choose your assumed interest rate at the time you elect a variable Annuity Payout on the administrative form provided by us. The higher the assumed interest rate you choose, the higher your initial annuity payment will be. The amount of each payout after the initial payout will depend upon how the underlying fund(s) perform, relative to the assumed rate. If the actual net investment rate (annualized) exceeds the assumed rate, the payment will increase at a rate proportional to the amount of such excess. Conversely, if the actual rate is less than the assumed rate, annuity payments will decrease. The higher the assumed interest rate, the less likely future annuity payments are to increase, or the payments will increase more slowly than if a lower assumed rate was used. There is a more complete explanation of this calculation in the SAI.

Fixed Side of the Contract

Currently the fixed account is available for dollar cost averaging purposes only.

You may allocate Purchase Payments to the fixed side of the contract, if available. Allocations made to the fixed side of the contract are added to your Contract Value. Certain charges related to the contract and the charges for the Living Benefit Riders are deducted from your Contract Value. Therefore, a portion of those charges may be deducted from the fixed account. See Charges and Other Deductions section of this prospectus for more information. Since amounts in the fixed account make up part of your Contract Value, those amounts may be used to calculate benefits under the Living Benefit Riders. See the Living Benefit Riders section in this prospectus for more information.

Purchase Payments and Contract Value allocated to the fixed side of the contract become part of our general account, and do not participate in the investment experience of the VAA. The general account is subject to regulation and supervision by the Indiana Department of Insurance as well as the insurance laws and regulations of the jurisdictions in which the contracts are distributed.

In reliance on certain exemptions, exclusions and rules, we have not registered interests in the general account as a security under the Securities Act of 1933 and have not registered the general account as an investment company under the 1940 Act. Accordingly, neither the general account nor any interests in it are regulated under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. We have been advised that the staff of the SEC has not made a review of the disclosures which are included in this prospectus which relate to our general account and to the fixed account under the contract. These disclosures, however, may be subject to certain provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in prospectuses. This prospectus is generally intended to serve as a disclosure document only for aspects of the contract involving the VAA, and therefore contains only selected information regarding the fixed side of the contract. Complete details regarding the fixed side of the contract are in the contract.

We guarantee an annual effective interest rate of not less than 1.50% per year on amounts held in a fixed account. Contracts issued in certain states or those contracts issued prior to June 2, 2003 may guarantee a higher minimum rate of interest. Refer to your contract for the specific guaranteed minimum interest rate applicable to your contract. Any amount surrendered, withdrawn from or transferred out of a fixed account prior to the expiration of the Guaranteed Period is subject to the Interest Adjustment and other charges (see Interest Adjustment and Charges and Other Deductions). This may reduce your value upon surrender, withdrawal or transfer but will not reduce the amount below the value it would have had if 1.50% (or the guaranteed minimum interest rate for your contract) interest had been credited to the fixed account. Refer to Transfers before the Annuity Commencement Date and Transfers after the Annuity Commencement Date for additional transfer restrictions from the fixed account.

ANY INTEREST IN EXCESS OF 1.50% (OR THE GUARANTEED MINIMUM INTEREST RATE STATED IN YOUR CONTRACT) WILL BE DECLARED IN ADVANCE AT OUR SOLE DISCRETION. CONTRACTOWNERS BEAR THE RISK THAT NO INTEREST IN EXCESS OF THE MINIMUM INTEREST RATE WILL BE DECLARED.

Your contract may not offer a fixed account or if permitted by your contract, we may discontinue accepting Purchase Payments or transfers into the fixed side of the contract at any time. Please contact your registered representative for further information.

Guaranteed Periods

The fixed account is divided into separate Guaranteed Periods, which credit guaranteed interest.

You may allocate Purchase Payments to one or more Guaranteed Periods of 1 to 10 years. We may add Guaranteed Periods or discontinue accepting Purchase Payments into one or more Guaranteed Periods at any time. The minimum amount of any Purchase Payment that can be allocated to a Guaranteed Period is $2,000. Each Purchase Payment allocated to the fixed account will start its own Guaranteed Period and will earn a guaranteed interest rate. The duration of the Guaranteed Period affects the guaranteed interest rate of the fixed account. A Guaranteed Period ends on the date after the number of calendar years in the Guaranteed Period. Interest will be credited daily at a guaranteed rate that is equal to the effective annual rate determined on the first day of the Guaranteed Period. Amounts surrendered, transferred or withdrawn prior to the end of the Guaranteed Period will be subject to the Interest Adjustment. Each Guaranteed Period Purchase Payment will be treated separately for purposes of determining any applicable Interest Adjustment.

You may transfer amounts from the fixed account to the variable Subaccount(s) subject to the following restrictions:

•	fixed account transfers are limited to 25% of the value of that fixed account in any 12-month period; and
•	the minimum amount that can be transferred is $300 or, if less, the amount in the fixed account.

Because of these restrictions, it may take several years to transfer amounts from the fixed account to the variable Subaccounts. You should carefully consider whether the fixed account meets your investment criteria. Any amount withdrawn from the fixed account may be subject to any applicable surrender charges, account fees and premium taxes.

We will notify the Contractowner in writing at least 30 days prior to the expiration date for any Guaranteed Period amount. A new Guaranteed Period of the same duration as the previous Guaranteed Period will begin automatically at the end of the previous Guaranteed Period, unless we receive, prior to the end of a Guaranteed Period, a written election by the Contractowner. The written election may request the transfer of the Guaranteed Period amount to a different fixed account or to a variable Subaccount from among those being offered by us. Transfers of any Guaranteed Period amount which become effective upon the date of expiration of the applicable Guaranteed Period are not subject to the limitation of twelve transfers per Contract Year or the additional fixed account transfer restrictions.

Interest Adjustment

Any surrender, withdrawal or transfer of a Guaranteed Period amount before the end of the Guaranteed Period (other than dollar cost averaging, cross-reinvestment, Maximum Annual Withdrawals under Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage or Regular Income Payments under i4LIFE^® Advantage) will be subject to the Interest Adjustment. A surrender, withdrawal or transfer effective upon the expiration date of the Guaranteed Period will not be subject to the Interest Adjustment. The Interest Adjustment will be applied to the amount being surrendered, withdrawn or transferred. The Interest Adjustment will be applied after the deduction of any applicable account fees and before any applicable transfer charges. Any transfer, withdrawal, or surrender of Contract Value from the fixed account will be increased or decreased by an Interest Adjustment, unless the transfer, withdrawal or surrender is effective:

•	during the free look period (See Return Privilege).
•	on the expiration date of a Guaranteed Period.
•	as a result of the death of the Contractowner or Annuitant.
•	subsequent to the diagnosis of a terminal illness of the Contractowner. Diagnosis of the terminal illness must be after the effective date of the contract and result in a life expectancy of less than one year, as determined by a qualified professional medical practitioner.
•	subsequent to the admittance of the Contractowner into an accredited nursing home or equivalent health care facility. Admittance into such facility must be after the effective date of the contract and continue for 90 consecutive days prior to the surrender or withdrawal.
•	subsequent to the permanent and total disability of the Contractowner if such disability begins after the effective date of the contract and prior to the 65^th birthday of the Contractowner.
•	upon annuitization of the contract.

These provisions may not be applicable to your contract or available in your state. Please check with your registered representative regarding the availability of these provisions.

In general, the Interest Adjustment reflects the relationship between the yield rate in effect at the time a Purchase Payment is allocated to a fixed subaccount’s Guaranteed Period under the contract and the yield rate in effect at the time of the Purchase Payment’s surrender, withdrawal or transfer. It also reflects the time remaining in the Guaranteed Period. If the yield rate at the time of the surrender, withdrawal or transfer is lower than the yield rate at the time the Purchase Payment was allocated, then the application of the Interest Adjustment will generally result in a higher payment at the time of the surrender, withdrawal or transfer. Similarly, if the yield rate at the time of surrender, withdrawal or transfer is higher than the yield rate at the time of the allocation of the Purchase Payment, then the application of the Interest Adjustment will generally result in a lower payment at the time of the surrender, withdrawal or transfer. The yield rate is published by the Federal Reserve Board.

The Interest Adjustment is calculated by multiplying the transaction amount by:

(1+A)ⁿ	–1
(1+B+K)ⁿ

where:
A	=	yield rate for a U.S. Treasury security with time to maturity equal to the Subaccount’s Guaranteed Period, determined at the beginning of the Guaranteed Period.
B	=	yield rate for a U.S. Treasury security with time to maturity equal to the time remaining in the Guaranteed Period if greater than one year, determined at the time of surrender, withdrawal or transfer. For remaining periods of one year or less, the yield rate for a one year U.S. Treasury security is used.
K	=	a 0.25% adjustment (unless otherwise limited by applicable state law). This adjustment builds into the formula a factor representing direct and indirect costs to us associated with liquidating general account assets in order to satisfy surrender requests. This adjustment of 0.25% has been added to the denominator of the formula because it is anticipated that a substantial portion of applicable general account portfolio assets will be in relatively illiquid securities. Thus, in addition to direct transaction costs, if such securities must be sold (e.g., because of surrenders), the market price may be lower. Accordingly, even if interest rates decline, there will not be a positive adjustment until this factor is overcome, and then any adjustment will be lower than otherwise, to compensate for this factor. Similarly, if interest rates rise, any negative adjustment will be greater than otherwise, to compensate for this factor. If interest rates stay the same, there will be no Interest Adjustment.
n	=	The number of years remaining in the Guaranteed Period (e.g., 1 year and 73 days = 1 + (73 divided by 365) = 1.2 years).
		Straight-Line interpolation is used for periods to maturity not quoted.

See the SAI for examples of the application of the Interest Adjustment.

Small Contract Surrenders

We may surrender your contract, in accordance with the laws of your state if:

•	your Contract Value drops below certain state specified minimum amounts ($1,000 or less) for any reason, including if your Contract Value decreases due to the performance of the Subaccounts you selected;
•	no Purchase Payments have been received for two (2) full, consecutive Contract Years; and
•	the annuity benefit at the Annuity Commencement Date would be less than $20.00 per month (these requirements may differ in some states).

At least 60 days before we surrender your contract, we will send you a letter at your last address we have on file, to inform you that your contract will be surrendered. You will have the opportunity to make additional Purchase Payments to bring your Contract Value above the minimum level to avoid surrender. If we surrender your contract, we will not assess any surrender charge. We will not surrender your contract if you are receiving guaranteed payments from us under one of the Living Benefit Riders.

Delay of Payments

Contract proceeds from the VAA will be paid within seven days, except:

•	when the NYSE is closed (other than weekends and holidays);
•	times when market trading is restricted or the SEC declares an emergency, and we cannot value units or the funds cannot redeem shares; or
•	when the SEC so orders to protect Contractowners.

If, pursuant to SEC rules, an underlying money market fund suspends payment of redemption proceeds in connection with a liquidation of the fund, we will delay payment of any transfer, partial withdrawal, surrender, loan, or Death Benefit from the money market Subaccount until the fund is liquidated. Payment of contract proceeds from the fixed account may be delayed for up to six months.

Due to federal laws designed to counter terrorism and prevent money laundering by criminals, we may be required to reject a Purchase Payment and/or deny payment of a request for transfers, withdrawals, surrenders, or Death Benefits, until instructions are received from the appropriate regulator. We also may be required to provide additional information about a Contractowner's account to government regulators.

Reinvestment Privilege

You may elect to make a reinvestment purchase with any part of the proceeds of a surrender/withdrawal and we will recredit that portion of the surrender/withdrawal charges attributable to the amount returned.

This election must be made by your written authorization to us on an approved Lincoln reinvestment form and received in our Home Office within 30 days of the date of the surrender/withdrawal, and the repurchase must be of a contract covered by this prospectus. Lincoln reserves the right to not reinstate certain Living Benefit Riders and Death Benefits that were in effect prior to the surrender/

withdrawal. In the case of a qualified retirement plan, a representation must be made that the proceeds being used to make the purchase have retained their tax-favored status under an arrangement for which the contracts offered by this prospectus are designed. The number of Accumulation Units which will be credited when the proceeds are reinvested will be based on the value of the Accumulation Unit(s) on the next Valuation Date. This computation will occur following receipt of the proceeds and request for reinvestment at the Home Office. You may utilize the reinvestment privilege only once. For tax reporting purposes, we will treat a surrender/withdrawal and a subsequent reinvestment purchase as separate transactions (and a Form 1099 may be issued, if applicable). Any taxable distribution that is reinvested may still be reported as taxable. You should consult a tax advisor before you request a surrender/withdrawal or subsequent reinvestment purchase.

We may not accept reinvestment into the fixed side of the contract.

Amendment of Contract

We reserve the right to amend the contract to meet the requirements of the 1940 Act or other applicable federal or state laws or regulations. You will be notified in writing of any changes, modifications or waivers. Any changes are subject to prior approval of your state’s insurance department (if required).

Distribution of the Contracts

Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. (“LFD”) serves as Principal Underwriter of this contract. LFD is affiliated with Lincoln Life and is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of FINRA. The Principal Underwriter has entered into selling agreements with Lincoln Financial Advisors Corporation and/or Lincoln Financial Securities Corporation (collectively “LFN”), also affiliates of ours. The Principal Underwriter has also entered into selling agreements with broker-dealers that are unaffiliated with us (“Selling Firms”). While the Principal Underwriter has the legal authority to make payments to broker-dealers which have entered into selling agreements, we will make such payments on behalf of the Principal Underwriter in compliance with appropriate regulations. We also pay on behalf of LFD certain of its operating expenses related to the distribution of this and other of our contracts. The Principal Underwriter may also offer “non-cash compensation”, as defined under FINRA’s rules, which includes among other things, merchandise, gifts, marketing support, sponsorships, seminars, entertainment and travel expenses. You may ask your registered representative how he/she will personally be compensated, in whole or in part, for the sale of the contract to you or for any alternative proposal that may have been presented to you. You may wish to take such compensation payments into account when considering and evaluating any recommendation made to you in connection with the purchase of a contract. The following paragraphs describe how payments are made by us and the Principal Underwriter to various parties.

Compensation Paid to LFN. The maximum commission the Principal Underwriter pays to LFN is 5.10% of Purchase Payments, plus up to 0.25% quarterly based on Contract Value. LFN may elect to receive a lower commission when a Purchase Payment is made along with an earlier quarterly payment based on Contract Value for so long as the contract remains in effect. Upon annuitization, the maximum commission the Principal Underwriter pays to LFN is 5.10% of annuitized value and/or ongoing annual compensation of up to 1.00% of annuity value or statutory reserves.

Lincoln Life also pays for the operating and other expenses of LFN, including the following sales expenses: registered representative training allowances; compensation and bonuses for LFN's management team; advertising expenses; and all other expenses of distributing the contracts. LFN pays its registered representatives a portion of the commissions received for their sales of contracts. LFN registered representatives and their managers are also eligible for various cash benefits, such as bonuses, insurance benefits and financing arrangements. In addition, LFN registered representatives who meet certain productivity, persistency and length of service standards and/or their managers may be eligible for additional compensation. Sales of the contracts may help LFN registered representatives and/or their managers qualify for such benefits. LFN registered representatives and their managers may receive other payments from us for services that do not directly involve the sale of the contracts, including payments made for the recruitment and training of personnel, production of promotional literature and similar services.

Compensation Paid to Unaffiliated Selling Firms. The Principal Underwriter pays commissions to all Selling Firms. The maximum commission the Principal Underwriter pays to Selling Firms, other than LFN, is 6.00% of Purchase Payments. Some Selling Firms may elect to receive a lower commission when a Purchase Payment is made along with an earlier quarterly payment based on Contract Value for so long as the contract’s Selling Firm remains in effect. Upon annuitization, the maximum commission the Principal Underwriter pays to Selling Firms is 6.00% of annuitized value and/or ongoing annual compensation of up to 1.00% of annuity value or statutory reserves. LFD also acts as wholesaler of the contracts and performs certain marketing and other functions in support of the distribution and servicing of the contracts.

LFD may pay certain Selling Firms or their affiliates additional amounts for, among other things: (1) “preferred product” treatment of the contracts in their marketing programs, which may include marketing services and increased access to registered representatives; (2) sales promotions relating to the contracts; (3) costs associated with sales conferences and educational seminars for their registered representatives; (4) other sales expenses incurred by them; and (5) inclusion in the financial products the Selling Firm offers.

Lincoln Life may provide loans to broker-dealers or their affiliates to help finance marketing and distribution of the contracts, and those loans may be forgiven if aggregate sales goals are met. In addition, we may provide staffing or other administrative support and services to broker-dealers who distribute the contracts. LFD, as wholesaler, may make bonus payments to certain Selling Firms based on aggregate sales of our variable insurance contracts (including the contracts) or persistency standards.

These additional types of compensation are not offered to all Selling Firms. The terms of any particular agreement governing compensation may vary among Selling Firms and the amounts may be significant. The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of, additional compensation may provide Selling Firms and/or their registered representatives with an incentive to favor sales of the contracts over other variable annuity contracts (or other investments) with respect to which a Selling Firm does not receive additional compensation, or lower levels of additional compensation. You may wish to take such payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendation relating to the contracts. Additional information relating to compensation paid in 2018 is contained in the SAI.

Compensation Paid to Other Parties. Depending on the particular selling arrangements, there may be others whom LFD compensates for the distribution activities. For example, LFD may compensate certain “wholesalers”, who control access to certain selling offices, for access to those offices or for referrals, and that compensation may be separate from the compensation paid for sales of the contracts. LFD may compensate marketing organizations, associations, brokers or consultants which provide marketing assistance and other services to broker-dealers who distribute the contracts, and which may be affiliated with those broker-dealers. Commissions and other incentives or payments described above are not charged directly to Contractowners or the VAA. All compensation is paid from our resources, which include fees and charges imposed on your contract.

Contractowner Questions

The obligations to purchasers under the contracts are those of Lincoln Life. This prospectus provides a general description of the material features of the contract. Contracts, endorsements and riders may vary as required by state law. Questions about your contract should be directed to us at 1-888-868-2583.

Federal Tax Matters

Introduction

The Federal income tax treatment of the contract is complex and sometimes uncertain. The Federal income tax rules may vary with your particular circumstances. This discussion does not include all the Federal income tax rules that may affect you and your contract. This discussion also does not address other Federal tax consequences (including consequences of sales to foreign individuals or entities), or state or local tax consequences, associated with the contract. As a result, you should always consult a tax advisor about the application of tax rules found in the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”), Treasury Regulations and applicable IRS guidance to your individual situation.

Nonqualified Annuities

This part of the discussion describes some of the Federal income tax rules applicable to nonqualified annuities. A nonqualified annuity is a contract not issued in connection with a qualified retirement plan, such as an IRA or a section 403(b) plan, receiving special tax treatment under the Code. We may not offer nonqualified annuities for all of our annuity products.

Tax Deferral On Earnings

Under the Code, you are generally not subject to tax on any increase in your Contract Value until you receive a contract distribution. However, for this general rule to apply, certain requirements must be satisfied:

•	An individual must own the contract (or the Code must treat the contract as owned by an individual).
•	The investments of the VAA must be “adequately diversified” in accordance with Treasury regulations.
•	Your right to choose particular investments for a contract must be limited.
•	The Annuity Commencement Date must not occur near the end of the Annuitant’s life expectancy.

Contracts Not Owned By An Individual

If a contract is owned by an entity (rather than an individual) the Code generally does not treat it as an annuity contract for Federal income tax purposes. This means that the entity owning the contract pays tax currently on the excess of the Contract Value over the investment in the contract. Examples of contracts where the owner pays current tax on the contract’s earnings, and Persistency Credits, if applicable, are contracts issued to a corporation or a trust. Some exceptions to the rule are:

•	Contracts in which the named owner is a trust or other entity that holds the contract as an agent for an individual; however, this exception does not apply in the case of any employer that owns a contract to provide deferred compensation for its employees;

100

•	Immediate annuity contracts, purchased with a single premium, when the annuity starting date is no later than a year from purchase and substantially equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the Annuity Payout period;
•	Contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent;
•	Certain qualified contracts;
•	Contracts purchased by employers upon the termination of certain qualified plans; and
•	Certain contracts used in connection with structured settlement agreements.

Investments In The VAA Must Be Diversified

For a contract to be treated as an annuity for Federal income tax purposes, the investments of the VAA must be “adequately diversified.” Treasury regulations define standards for determining whether the investments of the VAA are adequately diversified. If the VAA fails to comply with these diversification standards, you could be required to pay tax currently on the excess of the Contract Value over the investment in the contract. Although we do not control the investments of the underlying investment options, we expect that the underlying investment options will comply with the Treasury regulations so that the VAA will be considered “adequately diversified.”

Restrictions

The Code limits your right to choose particular investments for the contract. Because the IRS has issued little guidance specifying those limits, the limits are uncertain and your right to allocate Contract Values among the Subaccounts may exceed those limits. If so, you would be treated as the owner of the assets of the VAA and thus subject to current taxation on the income , Persistency Credits, and gains, if applicable, from those assets. We do not know what limits may be set by the IRS in any guidance that it may issue and whether any such limits will apply to existing contracts. We reserve the right to modify the contract without your consent in an attempt to prevent you from being considered as the owner of the assets of the VAA for purposes of the Code.

Loss Of Interest Deduction

After June 8, 1997, if a contract is issued to a taxpayer that is not an individual, or if a contract is held for the benefit of an entity, the entity may lose a portion of its deduction for otherwise deductible interest expenses. However, this rule does not apply to a contract owned by an entity engaged in a trade or business that covers the life of one individual who is either (i) a 20% Owner of the entity, or (ii) an officer, director, or employee of the trade or business, at the time first covered by the contract. This rule also does not apply to a contract owned by an entity engaged in a trade or business that covers the joint lives of the 20% Owner or the entity and the Owner’s spouse at the time first covered by the contract.

Age At Which Annuity Payouts Begin

The Code does not expressly identify a particular age by which Annuity Payouts must begin. However, those rules do require that an annuity contract provide for amortization, through Annuity Payouts, of the contract’s Purchase Payments, Persistency Credits, and earnings. As long as annuity payments begin or are scheduled to begin on a date on which the Annuitant’s remaining life expectancy is enough to allow for a sufficient Annuity Payout period, the contract should be treated as an annuity. If the annuity contract is not treated as an annuity, you would be currently taxed on the excess of the Contract Value over the investment in the contract.

Tax Treatment Of Payments

We make no guarantees regarding the tax treatment of any contract or of any transaction involving a contract. However, the rest of this discussion assumes that your contract will be treated as an annuity under the Code and that any increase in your Contract Value will not be taxed until there is a distribution from your contract.

Taxation Of Withdrawals And Surrenders

You will pay tax on withdrawals to the extent your Contract Value exceeds your investment in the contract. This income (and all other income from your contract) is considered ordinary income (and does not receive capital gains treatment and is not qualified dividend income). You will pay tax on a surrender to the extent the amount you receive exceeds your investment in the contract. In certain circumstances, your Purchase Payments and investment in the contract are reduced by amounts received from your contract that were not included in income. Surrender and reinstatement of your contract will generally be taxed as a withdrawal. If your contract has a Living Benefit Rider, and if the guaranteed amount under that rider immediately before a withdrawal exceeds your Contract Value, the Code may require that you include those additional amounts in your income. Please consult your tax advisor.

Taxation Of Annuity Payouts, including Regular Income Payments

The Code imposes tax on a portion of each Annuity Payout (at ordinary income tax rates) and treats a portion as a nontaxable return of your investment in the contract. We will notify you annually of the taxable amount of your Annuity Payout. Once you have recovered the total amount of the investment in the contract, you will pay tax on the full amount of your Annuity Payouts. If Annuity Payouts end

101

because of the Annuitant’s death and before the total amount in the contract has been distributed, the amount not received will generally be deductible. If withdrawals, other than Regular Income Payments, are taken from i4LIFE^® Advantage during the Access Period, they are taxed subject to an exclusion ratio that is determined based on the amount of the payment.

Taxation Of Death Benefits

We may distribute amounts from your contract because of the death of a Contractowner or an Annuitant. The tax treatment of these amounts depends on whether the Contractowner or the Annuitant dies before or after the Annuity Commencement Date.

Death prior to the Annuity Commencement Date:

•	If the Beneficiary receives Death Benefits under an Annuity Payout option, they are taxed in the same manner as Annuity Payouts.
•	If the Beneficiary does not receive Death Benefits under an Annuity Payout option, they are taxed in the same manner as a withdrawal.

Death after the Annuity Commencement Date:

•	If Death Benefits are received in accordance with the existing Annuity Payout option following the death of a Contractowner who is not the Annuitant, they are excludible from income in the same manner as the Annuity Payout prior to the death of the Contractowner.
•	If Death Benefits are received in accordance with the existing Annuity Payout option following the death of the Annuitant (whether or not the Annuitant is also the Contractowner), the Death Benefits are excludible from income if they do not exceed the investment in the contract not yet distributed from the contract. All Annuity Payouts in excess of the investment in the contract not previously received are includible in income.
•	If Death Benefits are received in a lump sum, the Code imposes tax on the amount of Death Benefits which exceeds the amount of Purchase Payments not previously received.

Additional Taxes Payable On Withdrawals, Surrenders, Or Annuity Payouts

The Code may impose a 10% additional tax on any distribution from your contract which you must include in your gross income. The 10% additional tax does not apply if one of several exceptions exists. These exceptions include withdrawals, surrenders, or Annuity Payouts that:

•	you receive on or after you reach 59½,
•	you receive because you became disabled (as defined in the Code),
•	you receive from an immediate annuity,
•	a Beneficiary receives on or after your death, or
•	you receive as a series of substantially equal periodic payments based on your life or life expectancy (non-natural owners holding as agent for an individual do not qualify).

Unearned Income Medicare Contribution

Congress enacted the “Unearned Income Medicare Contribution” as a part of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010. This tax, which affects individuals whose modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain thresholds, is a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (i) the individual's “unearned income,” or (ii) the dollar amount by which the individual's modified adjusted gross income exceeds the applicable threshold. Unearned income includes the taxable portion of distributions that you take from your annuity contract. If you take a distribution from your contract that may be subject to the tax, we will include a Distribution Code “D” in Box 7 of the Form 1099-R issued to report the distribution. Please consult your tax advisor to determine whether your annuity distributions are subject to this tax.

Special Rules If You Own More Than One Annuity Contract

In certain circumstances, you must combine some or all of the nonqualified annuity contracts you own in order to determine the amount of an Annuity Payout, a surrender, or a withdrawal that you must include in income. For example, if you purchase two or more deferred annuity contracts from the same life insurance company (or its affiliates) during any calendar year, the Code treats all such contracts as one contract. Treating two or more contracts as one contract could affect the amount of a surrender, a withdrawal or an Annuity Payout that you must include in income and the amount that might be subject to the additional tax described previously.

Loans and Assignments

Except for certain qualified contracts, the Code treats any amount received as a loan under your contract, and any assignment or pledge (or agreement to assign or pledge) of any portion of your Contract Value, as a withdrawal of such amount or portion.

102

Gifting A Contract

If you transfer ownership of your contract to a person other than to your spouse (or to your former spouse incident to divorce), and receive a payment less than your contract’s value, you will pay tax on your Contract Value to the extent it exceeds your investment in the contract not previously received. The new owner’s investment in the contract would then be increased to reflect the amount included in income.

Charges for Additional Benefits

Your contract automatically includes a basic Death Benefit and may include other optional riders. Certain enhancements to the basic Death Benefit may also be available to you. The cost of the basic Death Benefit and any additional benefit are deducted from your contract. It is possible that the tax law may treat all or a portion of the Death Benefit and other optional rider charges, if any, as a contract withdrawal.

Special Considerations for Same-Sex Spouses

In 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court held that same-sex spouses who are married under state law are treated as spouses for purposes of federal law. You are strongly encouraged to consult a tax advisor before electing spousal rights under the contract.

Qualified Retirement Plans

We have designed the contracts for use in connection with certain types of retirement plans that receive favorable treatment under the Code. Contracts issued to or in connection with a qualified retirement plan are called “qualified contracts.” We issue contracts for use with various types of qualified retirement plans. The Federal income tax rules applicable to those plans are complex and varied. As a result, this prospectus does not attempt to provide more than general information about the use of the contract with the various types of qualified retirement plans. Persons planning to use the contract in connection with a qualified retirement plan should obtain advice from a competent tax advisor.

Types of Qualified Contracts and Terms of Contracts

Qualified retirement plans may include the following:

•	Individual Retirement Accounts and Annuities (“Traditional IRAs”)
•	Roth IRAs
•	Traditional IRA that is part of a Simplified Employee Pension Plan (“SEP”)
•	SIMPLE 401(k) plans (Savings Incentive Matched Plan for Employees)
•	401(a) / (k) plans (qualified corporate employee pension and profit-sharing plans)
•	403(a) plans (qualified annuity plans)
•	403(b) plans (public school system and tax-exempt organization annuity plans)
•	H.R. 10 or Keogh Plans (self-employed individual plans)
•	457(b) plans (deferred compensation plans for state and local governments and tax-exempt organizations)

Our individual variable annuity products are not available for use with any of the foregoing qualified retirement plan accounts, with the exception of Traditional IRA, SEP IRA, and Roth IRA arrangements. Our individual variable annuity products are no longer available for purchase under a 403(b) plan, and we do not accept additional premiums or transfers to existing 403(b) contracts. We require confirmation from your 403(b) plan sponsor that surrenders, loans or transfers you request comply with applicable tax requirements and decline requests that are not in compliance. We will defer processing payments you request until all information required under the Code has been received. By requesting a surrender, loan or transfer, you consent to the sharing of confidential information about you, your contract, and transactions under the contract and any other 403(b) contracts or accounts you have under the 403(b) plan among us, your employer or plan sponsor, any plan administrator or record keeper, and other providers.

We will amend contracts to be used with a qualified retirement plan as generally necessary to conform to the Code’s requirements for the type of plan. However, the rights of a person to any qualified retirement plan benefits may be subject to the plan’s terms and conditions, regardless of the contract’s terms and conditions. In addition, we are not bound by the terms and conditions of qualified retirement plans to the extent such terms and conditions contradict the contract, unless we consent.

Tax Treatment of Qualified Contracts

The Federal income tax rules applicable to qualified retirement plans and qualified contracts vary with the type of plan and contract. For example:

•	Federal tax rules limit the amount of Purchase Payments or contributions that can be made, and the tax deduction or exclusion that may be allowed for the contributions. These limits vary depending on the type of qualified retirement plan and the participant’s specific circumstances (e.g., the participant’s compensation).
•	Minimum annual distributions are required under some qualified retirement plans once you reach age 70½ or retire, if later as described below.

103

•

Loans are allowed under certain types of qualified retirement plans, but Federal income tax rules prohibit loans under other types of qualified retirement plans. For example, Federal income tax rules permit loans under some section 403(b) plans, but prohibit loans under Traditional and Roth IRAs. If allowed, loans are subject to a variety of limitations, including restrictions as to the loan amount, the loan’s duration, the rate of interest, and the manner of repayment. Your contract or plan may not permit loans.

Please note that qualified retirement plans such as 403(b) plans, 401(k) plans and IRAs generally defer taxation of contributions and earnings until distribution. As such, an annuity does not provide any additional tax deferral benefit beyond the qualified retirement plan itself.

Tax Treatment of Payments

The Federal income tax rules generally include distributions from a qualified contract in the participant’s income as ordinary income. These taxable distributions will include contributions that were deductible or excludible from income. Thus, under many qualified contracts, the total amount received is included in income since a deduction or exclusion from income was taken for contributions to the contract. There are exceptions. For example, you do not include amounts received from a Roth IRA in income if certain conditions are satisfied.

Required Minimum Distributions

Under most qualified plans, you must begin receiving payments from the contract in certain minimum amounts by April 1 of the year following the year you attain age 70½ or retire, if later. You are required to take distributions from your traditional IRAs by April 1 of the year following the year you reach age 70½. If you own a Roth IRA, you are not required to receive minimum distributions from your Roth IRA during your life.

Failure to comply with the minimum distribution rules applicable to certain qualified plans, such as Traditional IRAs, will result in the imposition of an excise tax. This excise tax equals 50% of the amount by which a required minimum distribution exceeds the actual distribution from the qualified plan.

Treasury regulations applicable to required minimum distributions include a rule that may impact the distribution method you have chosen and the amount of your distributions. Under these regulations, the presence of an enhanced Death Benefit, or other benefit which could provide additional value to your contract, may require you to take additional distributions. An enhanced Death Benefit is any Death Benefit that has the potential to pay more than the Contract Value or a return of investment in the contract. Annuity contracts inside Custodial or Trusteed IRAs will also be subject to these regulations. Please contact your tax advisor regarding any tax ramifications.

Additional Tax on Early Distributions from Qualified Retirement Plans

The Code may impose a 10% additional tax on an early distribution from a qualified contract that must be included in income. The Code does not impose the additional tax if one of several exceptions applies. The exceptions vary depending on the type of qualified contract you purchase. For example, in the case of an IRA, the 10% additional tax will not apply to any of the following withdrawals, surrenders, or Annuity Payouts:

•	Distribution received on or after the Annuitant reaches 59½,
•	Distribution received on or after the Annuitant’s death or because of the Annuitant’s disability (as defined in the Code),
•	Distribution received as a series of substantially equal periodic payments based on the Annuitant’s life (or life expectancy), or
•	Distribution received as reimbursement for certain amounts paid for medical care.

These exceptions, as well as certain others not described here, generally apply to taxable distributions from other qualified retirement plans. However, the specific requirements of the exception may vary.

Unearned Income Medicare Contribution

Congress enacted the “Unearned Income Medicare Contribution” as a part of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010. This tax affects individuals whose modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain thresholds, is a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (i) the individual’s “unearned income,” or (ii) the dollar amount by which the individual’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds the applicable threshold. Distributions that you take from your contract are not included in the calculation of unearned income because your contract is a qualified plan contract. However, the amount of any such distribution is included in determining whether you exceed the modified adjusted gross income threshold. Please consult your tax advisor to determine whether your annuity distributions are subject to this tax.

Transfers and Direct Rollovers

104

transfers of after-tax amounts). If the applicable rules are not followed, you may incur adverse Federal income tax consequences, including paying taxes which you might not otherwise have had to pay. Before we send a rollover distribution, we will provide a notice explaining tax withholding requirements (see Federal Income Tax Withholding). We are not required to send you such notice for your IRA. You should always consult your tax advisor before you move or attempt to move any funds.

The IRS issued Announcement 2014-32 confirming its intent to apply the one-rollover-per-year limitation of 408(d)(3)(B) on an aggregate basis to all IRAs that an individual owns. This means that an individual cannot make a tax-free IRA-to-IRA rollover if he or she has made such a rollover involving any of the individual’s IRAs in the current tax year. If an intended rollover does not qualify for tax-free rollover treatment, contributions to your IRA may constitute excess contributions that may exceed contribution limits. This one-rollover-per-year limitation does not apply to direct trustee-to-trustee transfers.

Direct Conversions and Recharacterizations

The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA) permits direct conversions from certain qualified, retirement, 403(b) or 457(b) plans to Roth IRAs (effective for distributions after 2007). You are also permitted to recharacterize your traditional IRA contribution as a Roth IRA contribution, and to recharacterize your Roth IRA contribution as a traditional IRA contribution. The deadline for the recharacterization is the due date (including extensions) for your individual income tax return for the year in which the contribution was made. Upon recharacterization, you are treated as having made the contribution originally to the second IRA account. The recharacterization does not count toward the one-rollover-per-year limitation described above.

Effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, pursuant to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Pub. L. No. 115-97), recharacterizations are no longer allowed in the case of a conversion from a non-Roth account or annuity to a Roth IRA. This limitation applies to conversions made from pre-tax accounts under an IRA, qualified retirement plan, 403(b) plan, or 457(b) plan. Roth IRA conversions made in 2017 may be recharacterized as a contribution to a traditional IRA if the recharacterization is completed by October 15, 2018.

There are special rules that apply to conversions and recharacterizations, and if they are not followed, you may incur adverse Federal income tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before completing a conversion or recharacterization.

Death Benefit and IRAs

Pursuant to Treasury regulations, IRAs may not invest in life insurance contracts. We do not believe that these regulations prohibit the Death Benefit from being provided under the contract when we issue the contract as a Traditional or Roth IRA. However, the law is unclear and it is possible that the presence of the Death Benefit under a contract issued as a Traditional or Roth IRA could result in increased taxes to you. Certain Death Benefit options may not be available for all of our products.

Federal Income Tax Withholding

We will withhold and remit to the IRS a part of the taxable portion of each distribution made under a contract unless you notify us in writing prior to the distribution that tax is not to be withheld. In certain circumstances, Federal income tax rules may require us to withhold tax. At the time a withdrawal, surrender, or Annuity Payout is requested, we will give you an explanation of the withholding requirements.

Certain payments from your contract may be considered eligible rollover distributions (even if such payments are not being rolled over). Such distributions may be subject to special tax withholding requirements. The Federal income tax withholding rules require that we withhold 20% of the eligible rollover distribution from the payment amount, unless you elect to have the amount directly transferred to certain qualified plans or contracts. The IRS requires that tax be withheld, even if you have requested otherwise. Such tax withholding requirements are generally applicable to 401(a), 403(a) or (b), HR 10, and 457(b) governmental plans and contracts used in connection with these types of plans.

Our Tax Status

Under the Code, we are not required to pay tax on investment income and realized capital gains of the VAA. We do not expect that we will incur any Federal income tax liability on the income and gains earned by the VAA. However, the Company does expect, to the extent permitted under the Code, to claim the benefit of the foreign tax credit as the owner of the assets of the VAA. Therefore, we do not impose a charge for Federal income taxes. If there are any changes in the Code that require us to pay tax on some or all of the income and gains earned by the VAA, we may impose a charge against the VAA to pay the taxes.

Changes in the Law

The above discussion is based on the Code, related regulations, and interpretations existing on the date of this prospectus. However, Congress, the IRS, and the courts may modify these authorities, sometimes retroactively.

105

Additional Information

Voting Rights

As required by law, we will vote the fund shares held in the VAA at meetings of the shareholders of the funds. The voting will be done according to the instructions of Contractowners who have interests in any Subaccounts which invest in classes of the funds. If the 1940 Act or any regulation under it should be amended or if present interpretations should change, and if as a result we determine that we are permitted to vote the fund shares in our own right, we may elect to do so.

The number of votes which you have the right to cast will be determined by applying your percentage interest in a Subaccount to the total number of votes attributable to the Subaccount. In determining the number of votes, fractional shares will be recognized.

Each underlying fund is subject to the laws of the state in which it is organized concerning, among other things, the matters which are subject to a shareholder vote, the number of shares which must be present in person or by proxy at a meeting of shareholders (a “quorum”), and the percentage of such shares present in person or by proxy which must vote in favor of matters presented. Because shares of the underlying fund held in the VAA are owned by us, and because under the 1940 Act we will vote all such shares in the same proportion as the voting instructions which we receive, it is important that each Contractowner provide their voting instructions to us. For funds un-affiliated with Lincoln, even though Contractowners may choose not to provide voting instruction, the shares of a fund to which such Contractowners would have been entitled to provide voting instruction will be voted by us in the same proportion as the voting instruction which we actually receive. For funds affiliated with Lincoln, shares of a fund to which such Contractowners would have been entitled to provide voting instruction will, once we receive a sufficient number of instructions we deem appropriate to ensure a fair representation of Contractowners eligible to vote, be voted by us in the same proportion as the voting instruction which we actually receive. As a result, the instruction of a small number of Contractowners could determine the outcome of matters subject to shareholder vote. All shares voted by us will be counted when the underlying fund determines whether any requirement for a minimum number of shares be present at such a meeting to satisfy a quorum requirement has been met. Voting instructions to abstain on any item to be voted on will be applied proportionately to reduce the number of votes eligible to be cast.

Whenever a shareholders meeting is called, we will provide or make available to each person having a voting interest in a Subaccount proxy voting material, reports and other materials relating to the funds. Since the funds engage in shared funding, other persons or entities besides Lincoln Life may vote fund shares. See Investments of the Variable Annuity Account – Fund Shares.

Return Privilege

Within the free-look period after you receive the contract, you may cancel it for any reason by delivering or mailing it postage prepaid, to The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company at PO Box 2348, Fort Wayne, IN 46801-2348. A contract canceled under this provision will be void. Except as explained in the following paragraph, we will return the Contract Value as of the Valuation Date on which we receive the cancellation request, plus any premium taxes which had been deducted. No surrender charges or Interest Adjustment will apply. A purchaser who participates in the VAA is subject to the risk of a market loss on the Contract Value during the free-look period.

For contracts written in those states whose laws require that we assume this market risk during the free-look period, a contract may be canceled, subject to the conditions explained before, except that we will return the greater of the Purchase Payment(s) or Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we receive the cancellation request, plus any premium taxes that had been deducted. IRA purchasers will also receive the greater of Purchase Payments or Contract Value as of the Valuation Date on which we receive the cancellation request.

State Regulation

As a life insurance company organized and operated under Indiana law, we are subject to provisions governing life insurers and to regulation by the Indiana Commissioner of Insurance. Our books and accounts are subject to review and examination by the Indiana Department of Insurance at all times. A full examination of our operations is conducted by that Department at least every five years.

Records and Reports

As presently required by the 1940 Act and applicable regulations, we are responsible for maintaining all records and accounts relating to the VAA. We have entered into an agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, 801 Pennsylvania Ave, Kansas City, MO 64105, to provide accounting services to the VAA. We will mail to you, at your last known address of record at the Home Office, at least semi-annually after the first Contract Year, reports containing information required by that Act or any other applicable law or regulation.

A written (or electronic, if elected) confirmation of each transaction will be provided to you on the next Valuation Date, except for the following transactions, which are mailed quarterly:

•	deduction of any account fee or rider charges;
•	crediting of persistency credits, if applicable;

106

•	any rebalancing event under Asset Allocation Models, Investment Requirements or the portfolio rebalancing service;
•	any transfer or withdrawal under any applicable additional service: dollar cost averaging, AWS, or the cross-reinvestment service; and
•	Regular Income Payments from i4LIFE^® Advantage.

Cyber Security

We rely heavily on interconnected computer systems and digital data to conduct our annuity products business. Because our business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners, our business is vulnerable to disruptions from utility outages, and susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from information systems failure (e.g., hardware and software malfunctions), and cyber-attacks. These risks include, among other things, the theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained online or digitally, interference with or denial of service, attacks on websites and other operational disruption and unauthorized release of confidential customer information. Such systems failures and cyber-attacks affecting us, any third-party administrator, the underlying funds, intermediaries and other affiliated or third-party service providers may adversely affect us and your Contract Value. For instance, systems failures and cyber-attacks may interfere with our processing of contract transactions, including the processing of orders from our website or with the underlying funds, impact our ability to calculate Accumulation Unit value, cause the release and possible destruction of confidential customer or business information, impede order processing, subject us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines and financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. Cyber security risks may also impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying funds invest, which may cause the funds underlying your contract to lose value. There can be no assurance that we or the underlying funds or our service providers will avoid losses affecting your contract due to cyber-attacks or information security breaches in the future.

Other Information

You may elect to receive your prospectus, prospectus supplements, quarterly statements, and annual and semiannual reports electronically over the Internet, if you have an e-mail account and access to an Internet browser. Once you select eDelivery, via the Internet Service Center, all documents available in electronic format will no longer be sent to you in hard copy. You will receive an e-mail notification when the documents become available online. It is your responsibility to provide us with your current e-mail address. You can resume paper mailings at any time without cost, by updating your profile at the Internet Service Center, or contacting us. To learn more about this service, please log on to www.LincolnFinancial.com, select service centers and continue on through the Internet Service Center.

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of its business and otherwise, the Company and its subsidiaries or its separate accounts and Principal Underwriter may become or are involved in various pending or threatened legal proceedings, including purported class actions, arising from the conduct of its business. In some instances, the proceedings include claims for unspecified or substantial punitive damages and similar types of relief in addition to amounts for alleged contractual liability or requests for equitable relief.

After consultation with legal counsel and a review of available facts, it is management’s opinion that the proceedings, after consideration of any reserves and rights to indemnification, ultimately will be resolved without materially affecting the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries, or the financial position of its separate accounts or Principal Underwriter. However, given the large and indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these proceedings and the inherent difficulty in predicting the outcome of such legal proceedings, it is reasonably possible that an adverse outcome in certain matters could be material to the Company's operating results for any particular reporting period. Please refer to the Statement of Additional Information for possible additional information regarding legal proceedings.

107

Appendix A—Condensed Financial Information

Accumulation Unit Values

The following information relates to Accumulation Unit values and Accumulation Units for funds in the periods ended December 31. It should be read along with the VAA’s financial statement and notes which are included in the SAI.

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio - Class B
2009	6.983	10.487	6	7.023	10.552	18	7.033	10.574	9	7.111	10.706	73	2.674	4.030	58
2010	10.487	12.195	6	10.552	12.278	8	10.574	12.309	9	10.706	12.482	50	4.030	4.704	17
2011	12.195	9.160	5	12.278	9.226	7	12.309	9.254	9	12.482	9.398	41	4.704	3.545	14
2012	9.160	10.172	5	9.226	10.251	2	9.254	10.288	9	9.398	10.467	36	3.545	3.951	9
2013	10.172	12.263	5	10.251	12.365	2	10.288	12.415	1*	10.467	12.649	30	3.951	4.780	9
2014	12.263	12.604	4	12.365	12.715	2	12.415	12.773	1*	12.649	13.034	24	4.780	4.930	8
2015	12.604	12.688	3	12.715	12.806	2	12.773	12.870	1*	13.034	13.154	23	4.930	4.980	5
2016	12.688	12.334	1*	12.806	12.455	2	12.870	12.524	1*	13.154	12.819	18	4.980	4.858	6
2017	12.334	16.487	1*	12.455	16.659	2	12.524	16.755	1*	12.819	17.177	15	4.858	6.517	5
2018	16.487	14.554	1*	16.659	14.713	2	16.755	14.806	1*	17.177	15.202	12	6.517	5.773	5
AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio - Class B⁽¹⁾
2009	8.582	10.129	24	8.613	10.170	87	8.645	10.213	55	8.740	10.341	641	8.013	9.490	324
2010	10.129	11.205	19	10.170	11.256	64	10.213	11.309	47	10.341	11.468	537	9.490	10.535	251
2011	11.205	11.655	35	11.256	11.715	57	11.309	11.776	48	11.468	11.959	359	10.535	10.997	191
2012	11.655	13.401	31	11.715	13.476	48	11.776	13.554	43	11.959	13.785	286	10.997	12.689	170
2013	13.401	15.646	26	13.476	15.736	46	13.554	15.829	25	13.785	16.109	265	12.689	14.833	161
AB VPS International Value Portfolio - Class B⁽²⁾
2009	5.607	7.387	8	5.614	7.401	28	N/A	N/A	N/A	5.643	7.454	80	5.659	7.482	55
2010	7.387	7.556	8	7.401	7.574	34	N/A	N/A	N/A	7.454	7.644	66	7.482	7.680	41
2011	7.556	5.97	2	7.574	5.987	28	7.591	6.003	3	7.644	6.054	45	7.68	6.089	37
2012	5.97	6.685	1*	5.987	6.708	29	6.003	6.730	3	6.054	6.797	43	6.089	6.843	31
2013	6.685	7.349	1*	6.708	7.374	27	6.730	7.400	3	6.797	7.478	37	6.843	7.532	30
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio - Class B
2009	7.516	10.105	11	7.543	10.147	15	7.570	10.188	20	7.654	10.317	130	4.026	5.432	159
2010	10.105	10.885	10	10.147	10.935	11	10.188	10.985	12	10.317	11.140	120	5.432	5.872	135
2011	10.885	10.325	9	10.935	10.378	10	10.985	10.430	14	11.140	10.594	85	5.872	5.590	91
2012	10.325	11.759	8	10.378	11.825	9	10.430	11.891	10	10.594	12.097	70	5.590	6.389	88
2013	11.759	15.799	5	11.825	15.895	7	11.891	15.992	9	12.097	16.294	55	6.389	8.615	70
2014	15.799	17.638	4	15.895	17.754	7	15.992	17.872	9	16.294	18.236	46	8.615	9.651	54
2015	17.638	19.175	3	17.754	19.311	6	17.872	19.448	10	18.236	19.875	44	9.651	10.529	45
2016	19.175	19.247	3	19.311	19.394	6	19.448	19.541	8	19.875	20.000	35	10.529	10.606	38
2017	19.247	24.854	4	19.394	25.056	5	19.541	25.259	4	20.000	25.891	30	10.606	13.743	38
2018	24.854	24.940	4	25.056	25.155	4	25.259	25.373	4	25.891	26.046	24	13.743	13.839	34
AB VPS Small/Mid Cap Value Portfolio - Class B
2009	12.918	18.073	13	12.964	18.146	15	13.012	18.223	6	13.154	18.449	176	13.250	18.602	68
2010	18.073	22.436	12	18.146	22.539	15	18.223	22.645	7	18.449	22.961	163	18.602	23.174	65
2011	22.436	20.106	6	22.539	20.208	14	22.645	20.313	2	22.961	20.627	112	23.174	20.840	56
2012	20.106	23.359	4	20.208	23.490	14	20.313	23.624	2	20.627	24.025	83	20.840	24.297	38
2013	23.359	31.530	5	23.490	31.722	18	23.624	31.919	1*	24.025	32.510	74	24.297	32.910	35
2014	31.530	33.687	4	31.722	33.909	15	31.919	34.137	1*	32.510	34.821	62	32.910	35.285	32
2015	33.687	31.155	4	33.909	31.376	15	34.137	31.603	1*	34.821	32.284	60	35.285	32.748	28
2016	31.155	38.129	3	31.376	38.419	14	31.603	38.716	1*	32.284	39.610	52	32.748	40.218	22
2017	38.129	42.198	3	38.419	42.540	14	38.716	42.901	1*	39.610	43.946	45	40.218	44.666	20
2018	42.198	35.053	3	42.540	35.355	14	42.901	35.673	1*	43.946	36.597	34	44.666	37.234	18
ALPS/Stadion Core ETF Portfolio - Class III
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Century VP Balanced Fund - Class II
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.715	10.956	2	11.906	10.985	14

A-1

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
American Century VP Inflation Protection Fund - Class II⁽³⁾
2009	10.678	11.544	14	10.702	11.576	94	10.727	11.608	24	10.802	11.707	398	10.851	11.772	183
2010	11.544	11.898	7	11.576	11.938	93	11.608	11.977	5	11.707	12.096	367	11.772	12.176	141
2011	11.898	13.039	8	11.938	13.089	86	11.977	13.138	4	12.096	13.289	307	12.176	13.39	119
2012	13.039	13.732	8	13.089	13.791	89	13.138	13.850	2	13.289	14.030	264	13.39	14.151	96
2013	13.732	13.419	3	13.791	13.479	79	13.850	13.540	2	14.030	13.724	241	14.151	13.847	91
American Century VP Large Company Value Fund - Class II
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
American Funds Global Growth Fund - Class 2
2009	10.111	14.111	11	10.135	14.151	51	10.158	14.190	9	10.228	14.310	444	10.275	14.390	214
2010	14.111	15.464	5	14.151	15.515	44	14.190	15.566	9	14.310	15.721	391	14.390	15.825	155
2011	15.464	13.818	4	15.515	13.870	39	15.566	13.923	9	15.721	14.083	305	15.825	14.190	136
2012	13.818	16.608	4	13.870	16.680	35	13.923	16.752	10	14.083	16.969	239	14.190	17.116	107
2013	16.608	21.040	3	16.680	21.141	24	16.752	21.243	3	16.969	21.551	196	17.116	21.759	85
2014	21.040	21.111	3	21.141	21.223	21	21.243	21.336	2	21.551	21.678	170	21.759	21.909	79
2015	21.111	22.140	2	21.223	22.268	20	21.336	22.398	5	21.678	22.791	157	21.909	23.057	67
2016	22.140	21.847	2	22.268	21.985	20	22.398	22.124	2	22.791	22.546	150	23.057	22.832	58
2017	21.847	28.168	2	21.985	28.360	19	22.124	28.553	2	22.546	29.142	137	22.832	29.541	50
2018	28.168	25.126	2	28.360	25.310	17	28.553	25.495	2	29.142	26.060	121	29.541	26.443	49
American Funds Global Small Capitalization Fund - Class 2
2009	14.374	22.737	26	14.428	22.834	52	14.482	22.931	16	14.640	23.215	344	8.385	13.311	298
2010	22.737	27.296	23	22.834	27.426	47	22.931	27.557	14	23.215	27.940	279	13.311	16.036	222
2011	27.296	21.643	21	27.426	21.758	39	27.557	21.872	12	27.940	22.210	221	16.036	12.760	185
2012	21.643	25.084	21	21.758	25.229	32	21.872	25.375	9	22.210	25.805	174	12.760	14.840	139
2013	25.084	31.556	17	25.229	31.755	21	25.375	31.954	6	25.805	32.545	145	14.840	18.734	120
2014	31.556	31.604	16	31.755	31.818	13	31.954	32.034	5	32.545	32.675	121	18.734	18.828	107
2015	31.604	31.076	15	31.818	31.302	14	32.034	31.530	6	32.675	32.210	107	18.828	18.579	91
2016	31.076	31.115	15	31.302	31.358	12	31.530	31.602	5	32.210	32.331	98	18.579	18.667	76
2017	31.115	38.416	14	31.358	38.735	10	31.602	39.062	5	32.331	40.017	77	18.667	23.128	68
2018	38.416	33.700	13	38.735	33.997	9	39.062	34.301	5	40.017	35.193	65	23.128	20.360	53
American Funds Growth Fund - Class 2
2009	10.063	13.758	209	10.100	13.815	447	10.137	13.873	106	10.248	14.046	4,116	5.998	8.229	3,248
2010	13.758	16.013	189	13.815	16.088	371	13.873	16.163	81	14.046	16.390	3,471	8.229	9.612	2428
2011	16.013	15.032	165	16.088	15.110	299	16.163	15.188	68	16.390	15.424	2,715	9.612	9.055	1,984
2012	15.032	17.379	151	15.110	17.478	278	15.188	17.577	61	15.424	17.877	2,190	9.055	10.505	1,637
2013	17.379	22.174	138	17.478	22.311	226	17.577	22.450	43	17.877	22.867	1,828	10.505	13.451	1,314
2014	22.174	23.596	127	22.311	23.754	198	22.450	23.913	37	22.867	24.394	1559	13.451	14.363	1117
2015	23.596	24.728	118	23.754	24.905	184	23.913	25.085	23	24.394	25.628	1334	14.363	15.105	889
2016	24.728	26.551	114	24.905	26.755	165	25.085	26.962	20	25.628	27.586	1173	15.105	16.276	703
2017	26.551	33.405	105	26.755	33.679	153	26.962	33.956	20	27.586	34.794	1024	16.276	20.549	597
2018	33.405	32.679	101	33.679	32.963	144	33.956	33.251	15	34.794	34.123	878	20.549	20.173	508
American Funds Growth-Income Fund - Class 2
2009	9.371	12.061	369	9.405	12.111	579	9.440	12.162	174	9.543	12.313	5,150	8.940	11.547	3,171
2010	12.061	13.179	224	12.111	13.241	536	12.162	13.303	126	12.313	13.489	4,362	11.547	12.663	2,517
2011	13.179	12.688	194	13.241	12.754	446	13.303	12.820	101	13.489	13.019	3,527	12.663	12.233	2,099
2012	12.688	14.619	161	12.754	14.702	411	12.820	14.786	89	13.019	15.037	2,857	12.233	14.144	1,747
2013	14.619	19.139	146	14.702	19.258	338	14.786	19.377	59	15.037	19.736	2,366	14.144	18.583	1,418
2014	19.139	20.766	126	19.258	20.905	311	19.377	21.045	51	19.736	21.467	1994	18.583	20.233	1175
2015	20.766	20.661	113	20.905	20.810	293	21.045	20.960	34	21.467	21.412	1706	20.233	20.201	961
2016	20.661	22.596	109	20.810	22.771	245	20.960	22.946	32	21.412	23.476	1510	20.201	22.171	792
2017	22.596	27.120	104	22.771	27.343	227	22.946	27.568	31	23.476	28.247	1331	22.171	26.703	695
2018	27.120	26.121	99	27.343	26.349	217	27.568	26.579	26	28.247	27.274	1145	26.703	25.809	590

A-2

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
American Funds International Fund - Class 2
2009	13.005	18.248	66	13.053	18.323	176	13.102	18.402	57	13.243	18.628	1,366	7.628	10.740	1,053
2010	18.248	19.190	63	18.323	19.279	154	18.402	19.371	45	18.628	19.639	1,152	10.740	11.334	851
2011	19.190	16.191	52	19.279	16.274	128	19.371	16.360	44	19.639	16.612	921	11.334	9.596	652
2012	16.191	18.722	49	16.274	18.828	118	16.360	18.936	39	16.612	19.256	752	9.596	11.135	498
2013	18.722	22.333	42	18.828	22.470	85	18.936	22.611	31	19.256	23.028	628	11.135	13.329	403
2014	22.333	21.320	41	22.470	21.462	62	22.611	21.608	30	23.028	22.039	537	13.329	12.770	338
2015	21.320	19.962	37	21.462	20.105	59	21.608	20.251	17	22.039	20.686	472	12.770	11.998	282
2016	19.962	20.268	34	20.105	20.423	53	20.251	20.582	15	20.686	21.056	427	11.998	12.225	250
2017	20.268	26.266	33	20.423	26.481	47	20.582	26.701	14	21.056	27.356	378	12.225	15.898	216
2018	26.266	22.376	32	26.481	22.570	41	26.701	22.769	13	27.356	23.363	331	15.898	13.591	188
BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund - Class III
2009	10.747	11.548	1*	11.260	11.551	4	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.085	11.566	77	10.265	11.573	229
2010	11.548	12.430	3	11.551	12.440	15	11.555	12.450	5	11.566	12.481	250	11.573	12.501	296
2011	12.430	11.746	12	12.440	11.762	16	12.450	11.777	7	12.481	11.823	280	12.501	11.854	286
2012	11.746	12.668	4	11.762	12.690	11	11.777	12.713	3	11.823	12.783	277	11.854	12.829	247
2013	12.668	14.214	4	12.690	14.247	19	12.713	14.280	3	12.783	14.379	302	12.829	14.446	229
2014	14.214	14.209	4	14.247	14.249	14	14.280	14.289	2	14.379	14.410	276	14.446	14.491	209
2015	14.209	13.795	1*	14.249	13.840	33	14.289	13.887	2	14.410	14.025	217	14.491	14.118	178
2016	13.795	14.043	1*	13.840	14.097	32	13.887	14.151	2	14.025	14.313	198	14.118	14.423	159
2017	14.043	15.660	1*	14.097	15.728	32	14.151	15.796	2	14.313	16.001	181	14.423	16.140	132
2018	15.660	14.194	2	15.728	14.262	28	15.796	14.331	1*	16.001	14.539	146	16.140	14.680	120
ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Growth Portfolio - Class II
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.206	11.070	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
ClearBridge Variable Mid Cap Portfolio - Class II
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.359	10.536	8	N/A	N/A	N/A
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.967	10.530	2	10.927	10.538	1*	10.536	10.564	10	11.154	10.582	7
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.530	11.273	2	10.538	11.288	1*	10.564	11.332	9	10.582	11.362	7
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.273	12.449	2	11.288	12.471	1*	11.332	12.540	9	11.362	12.585	7
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.449	10.651	1*	12.471	10.675	1*	12.540	10.750	9	12.585	10.800	7
Delaware VIP^® Diversified Income Series - Service Class
2009	10.965	13.620	44	10.990	13.658	26	11.015	13.696	10	11.092	13.812	641	11.143	13.889	208
2010	13.620	14.407	27	13.658	14.455	24	13.696	14.503	9	13.812	14.647	583	13.889	14.744	200
2011	14.407	14.999	27	14.455	15.056	22	14.503	15.113	31	14.647	15.286	469	14.744	15.403	155
2012	14.999	15.720	24	15.056	15.788	21	15.113	15.856	7	15.286	16.062	430	15.403	16.201	121
2013	15.720	15.198	20	15.788	15.271	17	15.856	15.344	7	16.062	15.567	396	16.201	15.717	99
2014	15.198	15.647	20	15.271	15.730	16	15.344	15.814	7	15.567	16.067	348	15.717	16.238	82
2015	15.647	15.139	20	15.730	15.227	15	15.814	15.316	9	16.067	15.585	320	16.238	15.766	69
2016	15.139	15.334	21	15.227	15.431	14	15.316	15.529	9	15.585	15.825	281	15.766	16.026	58
2017	15.334	15.774	20	15.431	15.882	14	15.529	15.990	6	15.825	16.320	256	16.026	16.543	40
2018	15.774	15.116	19	15.882	15.226	11	15.990	15.338	6	16.320	15.678	224	16.543	15.908	44
Delaware VIP^® Emerging Markets Series - Service Class
2009	13.509	23.539	7	25.662	44.737	8	25.756	44.922	1*	13.666	23.871	143	19.608	34.285	62
2010	23.539	27.289	4	44.737	51.889	6	44.922	52.130	1*	23.871	27.743	128	34.285	39.886	62
2011	27.289	21.409	2	51.889	40.729	5	52.130	40.939	2	27.743	21.819	110	39.886	31.401	45
2012	21.409	23.974	2	40.729	45.632	5	40.939	45.890	2	21.819	24.495	99	31.401	35.287	33
2013	23.974	25.829	2	45.632	49.187	2	45.890	49.490	1*	24.495	26.456	80	35.287	38.150	30
2014	25.829	23.236	2	49.187	44.273	2	49.490	44.567	1*	26.456	23.861	61	38.150	34.442	29
2015	23.236	19.420	1*	44.273	37.020	3	44.567	37.285	1*	23.861	19.992	53	34.442	28.887	24
2016	19.420	21.651	1*	37.020	41.293	2	37.285	41.610	1*	19.992	22.344	46	28.887	32.318	20
2017	21.651	29.775	1*	41.293	56.815	2	41.610	57.280	1*	22.344	30.805	42	32.318	44.599	17
2018	29.775	24.520	1*	56.815	46.811	1*	57.280	47.217	1*	30.805	25.431	33	44.599	36.857	14

A-3

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
Delaware VIP^® High Yield Series - Service Class
2009	12.037	17.548	19	12.083	17.624	49	12.124	17.693	34	12.257	17.914	555	10.097	14.771	303
2010	17.548	19.775	15	17.624	19.871	47	17.693	19.959	29	17.914	20.238	494	14.771	16.705	269
2011	19.775	19.845	13	19.871	19.951	33	19.959	20.049	45	20.238	20.361	379	16.705	16.823	193
2012	19.845	22.840	11	19.951	22.973	25	20.049	23.098	24	20.361	23.492	320	16.823	19.429	163
2013	22.840	24.409	11	22.973	24.564	23	23.098	24.710	12	23.492	25.169	281	19.429	20.837	105
2014	24.409	23.810	10	24.564	23.972	23	24.710	24.127	11	25.169	24.612	230	20.837	20.396	83
2015	23.810	21.744	7	23.972	21.904	23	24.127	22.056	5	24.612	22.533	206	20.396	18.692	68
2016	21.744	24.078	6	21.904	24.267	17	22.056	24.448	5	22.533	25.014	177	18.692	20.771	58
2017	24.078	25.327	4	24.267	25.539	17	24.448	25.742	5	25.014	26.378	154	20.771	21.925	49
2018	25.327	23.656	4	25.539	23.865	16	25.742	24.067	5	26.378	24.699	137	21.925	20.550	43
Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series - Service Class
2009	10.092	11.143	5	10.110	11.168	8	10.522	11.196	5	10.182	11.271	105	10.220	11.323	68
2010	11.143	11.398	5	11.168	11.429	11	11.196	11.462	10	11.271	11.557	165	11.323	11.622	155
2011	11.398	11.463	4	11.429	11.500	17	11.462	11.540	41	11.557	11.653	153	11.622	11.730	139
2012	11.463	11.526	4	11.500	11.569	6	11.540	11.614	10	11.653	11.745	142	11.730	11.835	169
2013	11.526	11.153	4	11.569	11.200	23	11.614	11.250	8	11.745	11.394	124	11.835	11.493	156
2014	11.153	11.095	4	11.200	11.148	28	11.250	11.203	8	11.394	11.363	141	11.493	11.474	103
2015	11.095	10.950	5	11.148	11.007	20	11.203	11.067	7	11.363	11.242	128	11.474	11.363	85
2016	10.950	10.925	5	11.007	10.987	19	11.067	11.053	3	11.242	11.244	109	11.363	11.376	73
2017	10.925	10.919	5	10.987	10.987	19	11.053	11.058	2	11.244	11.267	86	11.376	11.410	53
2018	10.919	10.714	5	10.987	10.786	7	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.267	11.082	77	11.410	11.235	44
Delaware VIP^® REIT Series - Service Class
2009	13.410	16.207	15	13.458	16.273	23	13.510	16.344	17	13.654	16.543	283	14.668	17.790	107
2010	16.207	20.123	11	16.273	20.215	19	16.344	20.314	16	16.543	20.592	246	17.790	22.166	88
2011	20.123	21.830	20	20.215	21.941	18	20.314	22.059	16	20.592	22.395	186	22.166	24.131	75
2012	21.830	24.964	19	21.941	25.103	17	22.059	25.251	12	22.395	25.674	159	24.131	27.692	62
2013	24.964	24.953	9	25.103	25.104	19	25.251	25.265	12	25.674	25.727	138	27.692	27.776	46
2014	24.953	31.597	8	25.104	31.805	16	25.265	32.024	10	25.727	32.659	110	27.776	35.296	42
2015	31.597	32.079	6	31.805	32.306	16	32.024	32.545	9	32.659	33.240	96	35.296	35.959	32
2016	32.079	33.226	5	32.306	33.478	16	32.545	33.743	5	33.240	34.515	85	35.959	37.376	25
2017	33.226	32.997	4	33.478	33.264	15	33.743	33.543	4	34.515	34.362	72	37.376	37.248	22
2018	32.997	29.927	4	33.264	30.185	14	33.543	30.453	2	34.362	31.244	63	37.248	33.902	18
Delaware VIP^® Small Cap Value Series - Service Class
2009	13.715	17.695	25	13.765	17.769	38	13.816	17.844	18	13.967	18.066	519	15.424	19.970	194
2010	17.695	22.893	18	17.769	22.999	33	17.844	23.107	15	18.066	23.430	444	19.970	25.926	154
2011	22.893	22.093	16	22.999	22.207	28	23.107	22.323	11	23.430	22.669	353	25.926	25.109	111
2012	22.093	24.621	15	22.207	24.760	27	22.323	24.902	9	22.669	25.325	291	25.109	28.079	90
2013	24.621	32.155	14	24.760	32.352	22	24.902	32.554	7	25.325	33.158	231	28.079	36.800	71
2014	32.155	33.305	13	32.352	33.527	19	32.554	33.753	7	33.158	34.430	198	36.800	38.251	58
2015	33.305	30.551	11	33.527	30.770	18	33.753	30.992	5	34.430	31.662	184	38.251	35.211	49
2016	30.551	39.275	8	30.770	39.576	16	30.992	39.882	4	31.662	40.805	162	35.211	45.424	41
2017	39.275	43.046	7	39.576	43.397	14	39.882	43.755	3	40.805	44.834	139	45.424	49.959	35
2018	43.046	35.061	6	43.397	35.365	12	43.755	35.674	2	44.834	36.610	127	49.959	40.835	32
Delaware VIP^® Smid Cap Core Series - Service Class⁽⁴⁾
2009	8.980	13.595	13	9.013	13.652	33	9.045	13.707	13	9.145	13.879	330	4.650	7.065	226
2010	16.122	18.225	12	16.196	18.310	27	16.268	18.393	11	16.491	18.652	270	8.401	9.503	184
2011	18.225	19.285	21	18.310	19.384	18	18.393	19.483	9	18.652	19.786	233	9.503	10.091	168
2012	19.285	20.938	19	19.384	21.057	18	19.483	21.174	8	19.786	21.536	177	10.091	10.995	119
2013	20.938	28.948	7	21.057	29.126	19	21.174	29.303	6	21.536	29.849	141	10.995	15.254	101
2014	28.948	29.204	6	29.126	29.399	15	29.303	29.592	6	29.849	30.188	116	15.254	15.443	88
2015	29.204	30.733	4	29.399	30.954	15	29.592	31.173	6	30.188	31.849	111	15.443	16.309	80
2016	30.733	32.556	4	30.954	32.806	14	31.173	33.055	5	31.849	33.822	91	16.309	17.336	64
2017	32.556	37.796	3	32.806	38.106	13	33.055	38.414	4	33.822	39.364	79	17.336	20.198	60
2018	37.796	32.469	3	38.106	32.751	11	38.414	33.032	3	39.364	33.900	71	20.198	17.412	55

A-4

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
Delaware VIP^® U.S. Growth Series - Service Class
2009	6.843	9.593	3	6.865	9.629	13	6.899	9.682	2	6.967	9.792	142	7.017	9.872	64
2010	9.593	10.681	1*	9.629	10.727	13	9.682	10.791	2	9.792	10.930	115	9.872	11.031	49
2011	10.681	11.261	2	10.727	11.315	8	10.791	11.388	10	10.930	11.552	95	11.031	11.670	38
2012	11.261	12.806	1*	11.315	12.873	8	11.388	12.963	10	11.552	13.170	74	11.670	13.317	33
2013	12.806	16.884	1*	12.873	16.982	4	12.963	17.109	8	13.170	17.407	55	13.317	17.620	28
2014	16.884	18.625	1*	16.982	18.743	3	17.109	18.892	8	17.407	19.251	57	17.620	19.506	22
2015	18.625	19.193	1*	18.743	19.324	3	18.892	19.488	8	19.251	19.887	49	19.506	20.171	14
2016	19.193	17.788	1*	19.324	17.918	2	19.488	18.079	8	19.887	18.478	44	20.171	18.760	12
2017	17.788	22.348	1*	17.918	22.522	2	18.079	22.736	4	18.478	23.272	35	18.760	23.651	11
2018	22.348	21.194	1*	22.522	21.370	2	22.736	21.584	2	23.272	22.126	31	23.651	22.509	10
Delaware VIP^® Value Series - Service Class
2009	9.729	11.225	4	9.765	11.272	3	9.799	11.318	7	9.908	11.461	215	9.783	11.327	71
2010	11.225	12.696	4	11.272	12.755	3	11.318	12.813	6	11.461	12.994	183	11.327	12.855	57
2011	12.696	13.603	5	12.755	13.674	3	12.813	13.743	30	12.994	13.958	157	12.855	13.823	54
2012	13.603	15.266	4	13.674	15.353	3	13.743	15.439	8	13.958	15.704	137	13.823	15.567	41
2013	15.266	19.969	4	15.353	20.092	5	15.439	20.214	8	15.704	20.592	117	15.567	20.433	33
2014	19.969	22.266	4	20.092	22.415	5	20.214	22.562	8	20.592	23.019	110	20.433	22.864	35
2015	22.266	21.696	9	22.415	21.852	4	22.562	22.007	9	23.019	22.486	91	22.864	22.357	13
2016	21.696	24.324	9	21.852	24.511	3	22.007	24.697	8	22.486	25.273	68	22.357	25.153	13
2017	24.324	27.083	9	24.511	27.306	2	24.697	27.526	6	25.273	28.210	58	25.153	28.104	15
2018	27.083	25.764	10	27.306	25.988	2	27.526	26.211	4	28.210	26.902	50	28.104	26.828	13
DWS Alternative Asset Allocation VIP Portfolio - Class B
2009	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.468	12.626	2	11.479	12.657	4	11.491	12.683	3
2011	12.607	11.978	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.626	12.008	1*	12.657	12.056	6	12.683	12.093	4
2012	11.978	12.847	2	12.377	12.872	1*	12.008	12.892	1*	12.056	12.963	8	12.093	13.015	2
2013	12.847	12.693	1*	12.872	12.724	1*	12.892	12.750	1*	12.963	12.840	12	13.015	12.905	4
2014	12.693	12.851	1*	12.724	12.889	2	12.750	12.922	1*	12.840	13.032	5	12.905	13.111	5
2015	12.851	11.778	1*	12.889	11.819	1*	12.922	11.855	1*	13.032	11.974	4	13.111	12.059	5
2016	11.778	12.127	1*	11.819	12.175	1*	11.855	12.218	1*	11.974	12.360	2	12.059	12.460	5
2017	12.127	12.727	1*	12.175	12.783	1*	12.218	12.835	1*	12.360	13.003	2	12.460	13.121	4
2018	12.727	11.314	1*	12.783	11.370	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.003	11.589	1*	13.121	11.706	4
DWS Equity 500 Index VIP Portfolio - Class A⁽¹⁾
2009	8.664	10.733	4	8.695	10.777	15	8.728	10.824	10	8.824	10.958	294	6.080	7.558	178
2010	10.733	12.073	1*	10.777	12.129	8	10.824	12.188	11	10.958	12.358	293	7.558	8.532	157
2011	12.073	12.057	1*	12.129	12.119	7	12.188	12.184	10	12.358	12.373	171	8.532	8.551	131
2012	12.057	13.681	1*	12.119	13.758	10	12.184	13.838	9	12.373	14.074	146	8.551	9.736	115
2013	13.681	17.701	1*	13.758	17.809	5	13.838	17.922	9	14.074	18.254	94	9.736	12.641	68
2014	17.701	19.683	1*	17.809	19.814	5	17.922	19.950	9	18.254	20.349	82	12.641	14.106	56
2015	19.683	19.522	1*	19.814	19.661	3	19.950	19.805	6	20.349	20.233	66	14.106	14.039	58
2016	19.522	21.369	1*	19.661	21.531	3	19.805	21.700	5	20.233	22.202	61	14.039	15.421	48
2017	21.369	25.469	1*	21.531	25.676	1*	21.700	25.890	5	22.202	26.528	48	15.421	18.445	28
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	25.676	24.021	1*	25.890	24.234	4	26.528	24.868	46	18.445	17.308	24
DWS Small Cap Index VIP Portfolio - Class A⁽⁵⁾
2009	11.449	14.211	3	11.492	14.272	2	11.534	14.332	5	11.660	14.509	101	11.743	14.627	33
2010	14.211	17.615	2	14.272	17.699	2	14.332	17.783	4	14.509	18.030	78	14.627	18.195	29
2011	17.615	16.512	2	17.699	16.599	2	17.783	16.686	2	18.030	16.943	50	18.195	17.115	19
2012	16.512	18.825	2	16.599	18.934	1*	16.686	19.042	2	16.943	19.364	35	17.115	19.581	14
2013	18.825	25.595	1*	18.934	25.756	1*	19.042	25.916	1*	19.364	26.394	26	19.581	26.716	11
2014	25.595	26.291	1*	25.756	26.469	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	26.394	27.180	22	26.716	27.538	9
2015	26.291	24.598	1*	26.469	24.777	1*	27.642	24.958	1*	27.180	25.493	19	27.538	25.856	8
2016	24.598	29.196	1*	24.777	29.425	1*	24.958	29.652	1*	25.493	30.334	16	25.856	30.796	7
2017	29.196	32.735	1*	29.425	33.003	1*	29.652	33.279	1*	30.334	34.096	15	30.796	34.650	7
2018	32.735	28.497	1*	33.003	28.742	1*	33.279	29.000	1*	34.096	29.756	13	34.650	30.270	7
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio - Service Class 2⁽¹⁾
2009	8.500	10.827	35	8.532	10.873	32	8.563	10.918	15	8.657	11.054	481	7.958	10.172	220
2010	10.827	12.202	26	10.873	12.260	32	10.918	12.317	14	11.054	12.489	424	10.172	11.504	175
2011	12.202	12.044	15	12.26	12.108	24	12.317	12.17	14	12.489	12.359	306	11.504	11.396	140
2012	12.044	13.826	14	12.108	13.907	22	12.17	13.985	12	12.359	14.223	231	11.396	13.128	117
2013	13.826	16.142	13	13.907	16.239	19	13.985	16.333	9	14.223	16.621	224	13.128	15.347	111

A-5

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
Fidelity VIP Overseas Portfolio - Service Class 2⁽⁶⁾
2009	11.241	13.914	3	11.280	13.970	12	11.322	14.029	2	11.447	14.205	207	7.060	8.770	132
2010	13.914	15.397	3	13.970	15.466	10	14.029	15.539	2	14.205	15.757	187	8.770	9.738	102
2011	15.397	12.481	3	15.466	12.543	6	15.539	12.609	1*	15.757	12.805	136	9.738	7.921	82
2012	12.481	14.734	2	12.543	14.815	5	12.609	14.900	1*	12.805	15.155	104	7.921	9.384	68
2013	14.734	16.424	1*	14.815	16.517	3	14.900	16.615	1*	15.155	16.909	92	9.384	10.474	67
Fidelity^® VIP Contrafund^® Portfolio - Service Class 2
2009	11.118	14.771	26	11.158	14.830	83	11.204	14.899	9	11.325	15.083	1,265	11.406	15.206	474
2010	14.771	16.938	15	14.830	17.015	68	14.899	17.102	9	15.083	17.338	1,095	15.206	17.498	355
2011	16.938	16.148	13	17.015	16.229	58	17.102	16.321	5	17.338	16.571	836	17.498	16.741	298
2012	16.148	18.393	13	16.229	18.494	47	16.321	18.608	3	16.571	18.922	685	16.741	19.134	237
2013	18.393	23.621	12	18.494	23.763	44	18.608	23.921	2	18.922	24.361	575	19.134	24.659	215
2014	23.621	25.864	17	23.763	26.033	37	23.921	26.219	2	24.361	26.742	487	24.659	27.096	189
2015	25.864	25.470	16	26.033	25.649	34	26.219	25.846	2	26.742	26.400	418	27.096	26.777	168
2016	25.470	26.909	14	25.649	27.112	33	25.846	27.333	2	26.400	27.962	379	26.777	28.389	137
2017	26.909	32.087	13	27.112	32.345	28	27.333	32.625	2	27.962	33.425	335	28.389	33.970	115
2018	32.087	29.377	9	32.345	29.628	24	32.625	29.900	2	33.425	30.679	288	33.970	31.210	100
Fidelity^® VIP FundsManager^® 50% Portfolio - Service Class 2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Fidelity^® VIP Growth Portfolio - Service Class 2
2009	7.338	9.208	3	7.364	9.246	14	7.391	9.284	5	7.472	9.400	108	4.320	5.440	123
2010	9.208	11.185	3	9.246	11.237	10	9.284	11.289	5	9.400	11.447	91	5.440	6.631	94
2011	11.185	10.966	3	11.237	11.022	7	11.289	11.078	11	11.447	11.251	90	6.631	6.524	77
2012	10.966	12.303	3	11.022	12.372	5	11.078	12.442	1*	11.251	12.654	72	6.524	7.345	59
2013	12.303	16.409	1*	12.372	16.510	4	12.442	16.611	1*	12.654	16.920	59	7.345	9.831	52
2014	16.409	17.864	1*	16.510	17.983	4	16.611	18.102	1*	16.920	18.466	64	9.831	10.740	42
2015	17.864	18.729	1*	17.983	18.863	8	18.102	18.997	1*	18.466	19.409	54	10.740	11.299	34
2016	18.729	18.468	1*	18.863	18.609	7	18.997	18.751	1*	19.409	19.186	49	11.299	11.181	37
2017	18.468	24.418	1*	18.609	24.618	6	18.751	24.817	1*	19.186	25.431	48	11.181	14.835	33
2018	24.418	23.842	1*	24.618	24.049	6	24.817	24.257	1*	25.431	24.894	44	14.835	14.536	27
Fidelity^® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio - Service Class 2
2009	8.525	11.684	9	8.540	11.711	14	8.556	11.738	8	8.602	11.818	270	8.632	11.872	130
2010	11.684	14.732	1*	11.711	14.774	12	11.738	14.815	10	11.818	14.939	286	11.872	15.022	107
2011	14.732	12.880	1*	14.774	12.922	10	14.815	12.965	6	14.939	13.093	213	15.022	13.179	91
2012	12.880	14.470	1*	12.922	14.525	9	12.965	14.581	5	13.093	14.747	164	13.179	14.859	62
2013	14.470	19.281	1*	14.525	19.364	8	14.581	19.448	5	14.747	19.699	143	14.859	19.869	55
2014	19.281	20.050	1*	19.364	20.146	6	19.448	20.243	5	19.699	20.535	123	19.869	20.733	48
2015	20.050	19.342	2	20.146	19.445	5	20.243	19.548	3	20.535	19.860	105	20.733	20.071	39
2016	19.342	21.230	1*	19.445	21.353	5	19.548	21.478	3	19.860	21.853	97	20.071	22.108	34
2017	21.230	25.096	1*	21.353	25.255	4	21.478	25.414	4	21.853	25.897	92	22.108	26.225	28
2018	25.096	20.976	1*	25.255	21.119	4	25.414	21.263	2	25.897	21.700	81	26.225	21.996	21
First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio - Class I
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.647	11.567	1*
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.567	10.824	1*
Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 2
2009	7.863	10.456	15	7.873	10.475	45	7.883	10.494	6	7.914	10.550	328	7.935	10.589	127
2010	10.456	11.553	14	10.475	11.580	38	10.494	11.607	8	10.550	11.687	277	10.589	11.741	142
2011	11.553	11.600	23	11.580	11.633	27	11.607	11.666	5	11.687	11.764	227	11.741	11.830	111
2012	11.600	12.816	23	11.633	12.858	23	11.666	12.901	3	11.764	13.029	199	11.830	13.116	90
2013	12.816	14.320	21	12.858	14.375	35	12.901	14.430	3	13.029	14.595	190	13.116	14.707	94
2014	14.320	14.692	20	14.375	14.755	28	14.430	14.819	3	14.595	15.012	179	14.707	15.142	89
2015	14.692	13.392	13	14.755	13.456	33	14.819	13.521	2	15.012	13.718	177	15.142	13.850	84
2016	13.392	14.975	11	13.456	15.055	32	13.521	15.135	2	13.718	15.378	151	13.850	15.542	73
2017	14.975	16.107	18	15.055	16.200	27	15.135	16.295	2	15.378	16.581	135	15.542	16.775	61
2018	16.107	15.116	16	16.200	15.211	25	16.295	15.307	3	16.581	15.600	107	16.775	15.798	54

A-6

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2
2009	7.038	8.700	6	7.048	8.716	31	7.057	8.732	4	7.084	8.779	136	7.104	8.812	34
2010	8.700	9.488	7	8.716	9.510	27	8.732	9.531	3	8.779	9.598	139	8.812	9.643	29
2011	9.488	9.207	7	9.510	9.233	28	9.531	9.259	9	9.598	9.337	105	9.643	9.391	23
2012	9.207	10.316	6	9.233	10.350	23	9.259	10.384	9	9.337	10.488	84	9.391	10.558	17
2013	10.316	12.976	6	10.350	13.025	14	10.384	13.075	9	10.488	13.225	79	10.558	13.327	22
2014	12.976	13.631	6	13.025	13.690	13	13.075	13.749	9	13.225	13.928	82	13.327	14.050	21
2015	13.631	12.708	6	13.690	12.769	13	13.749	12.831	1*	13.928	13.017	74	14.050	13.144	18
2016	12.708	14.464	2	12.769	14.541	12	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.017	14.853	63	13.144	15.013	12
2017	14.464	15.369	2	14.541	15.458	12	N/A	N/A	N/A	14.853	15.822	48	15.013	16.008	11
2018	15.369	13.705	2	15.458	13.792	10	N/A	N/A	N/A	15.822	14.145	45	16.008	14.325	9
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund - Class 2⁽⁵⁾
2009	8.522	11.999	10	8.554	12.050	22	8.585	12.100	11	8.679	12.251	262	4.768	6.737	228
2010	11.999	15.019	8	12.050	15.089	14	12.100	15.160	11	12.251	15.372	208	6.737	8.461	165
2011	15.019	14.017	7	15.089	14.09	12	15.16	14.163	7	15.372	14.382	148	8.461	7.925	136
2012	14.017	15.238	6	14.09	15.325	11	14.163	15.412	6	14.382	15.674	119	7.925	8.645	122
2013	15.238	17.736	5	15.325	17.841	11	15.412	17.946	4	15.674	18.262	115	8.645	10.076	120
Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund - Series II Shares
2009	6.918	8.189	1*	6.943	8.223	3	N/A	N/A	N/A	7.046	8.363	17	7.098	8.432	8
2010	8.189	9.252	1*	8.223	9.296	3	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.363	9.472	17	8.432	9.560	6
2011	9.252	8.337	1*	9.296	8.380	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.472	8.556	15	9.560	8.645	5
2012	9.555	9.177	1*	9.607	9.229	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.815	9.442	13	9.919	9.549	5
2013	9.177	12.584	1*	9.229	12.660	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.442	12.977	10	9.549	13.138	4
2014	12.584	13.349	1*	12.660	13.436	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.977	13.801	6	13.138	13.985	3
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.436	13.809	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.801	14.212	6	13.985	14.417	3
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.809	13.823	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	14.212	14.255	5	14.417	14.474	2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.823	17.230	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	14.255	17.802	5	14.474	18.094	2
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	17.230	16.248	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	17.802	16.821	5	18.094	17.114	2
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund - Series II Shares
2009	8.226	10.324	3	8.255	10.366	7	8.286	10.411	6	8.377	10.540	55	8.438	10.628	3
2010	10.324	11.061	3	10.366	11.112	6	10.411	11.165	4	10.540	11.321	45	10.628	11.427	2
2011	11.061	10.816	2	11.112	10.871	5	11.165	10.928	5	11.321	11.097	35	11.427	11.212	1*
2012	10.816	12.051	2	10.871	12.118	5	10.928	12.188	3	11.097	12.396	31	11.212	12.536	1*
2013	12.051	15.238	1*	12.118	15.331	5	12.188	15.427	3	12.396	15.713	27	12.536	15.907	1*
2014	15.238	16.116	1*	15.331	16.222	4	15.427	16.333	3	15.713	16.660	21	N/A	N/A	N/A
2015	16.116	14.856	1*	16.222	14.961	3	16.333	15.071	3	16.660	15.396	18	N/A	N/A	N/A
2016	14.856	16.029	1*	14.961	16.151	2	15.071	16.277	3	15.396	16.653	18	N/A	N/A	N/A
2017	16.029	17.745	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	16.277	18.036	2	16.653	18.481	15	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	17.745	15.731	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	18.036	16.004	2	18.481	16.423	13	N/A	N/A	N/A
Invesco V.I. Equally-Weighted S&P 500 Fund - Series II Shares
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.114	12.314	1*
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.314	11.136	1*
Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund - Series II Shares
2009	12.675	16.770	2	12.725	16.845	1*	12.776	16.920	2	12.910	17.124	26	13.002	17.263	5
2010	16.770	18.520	2	16.845	18.612	1*	16.920	18.704	2	17.124	18.958	16	17.263	19.132	4
2011	18.520	16.892	1*	18.612	16.984	1*	18.704	17.077	2	18.958	17.335	15	19.132	17.511	4
2012	16.892	19.093	1*	16.984	19.207	1*	17.077	19.321	2	17.335	19.643	11	17.511	19.862	2
2013	19.093	22.230	1*	19.207	22.374	4	19.321	22.518	1*	19.643	22.926	9	19.862	23.206	2
2014	22.230	21.820	1*	22.374	21.973	4	22.518	22.125	1*	22.926	22.560	9	23.206	22.858	3
2015	21.820	20.839	1*	21.973	20.995	4	N/A	N/A	N/A	22.560	21.600	10	22.858	21.906	3
2016	20.839	20.294	1*	20.995	20.456	4	N/A	N/A	N/A	21.600	21.088	8	21.906	21.409	3
2017	20.294	24.425	1*	20.456	24.633	4	N/A	N/A	N/A	21.088	25.444	7	21.409	25.857	3
2018	24.425	20.311	1*	24.633	20.494	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	25.444	21.211	7	25.857	21.577	3

A-7

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio - Service Shares
2009	11.753	14.475	29	11.797	14.536	20	11.842	14.599	13	11.969	14.778	196	12.057	14.901	88
2010	14.475	15.348	28	14.536	15.421	18	14.599	15.495	14	14.778	15.709	160	14.901	15.855	79
2011	15.348	15.256	27	15.421	15.335	15	15.495	15.417	13	15.709	15.653	148	15.855	15.815	74
2012	15.256	16.962	25	15.335	17.059	12	15.417	17.159	10	15.653	17.447	128	15.815	17.646	50
2013	16.962	19.929	25	17.059	20.053	10	17.159	20.180	6	17.447	20.550	115	17.646	20.805	41
2014	19.929	21.154	15	20.053	21.296	10	20.180	21.442	6	20.550	21.868	90	20.805	22.161	38
2015	21.154	20.831	15	21.296	20.981	10	21.442	21.136	7	21.868	21.588	71	22.161	21.899	36
2016	20.831	21.312	15	20.981	21.477	9	21.136	21.645	6	21.588	22.142	65	21.899	22.483	25
2017	21.312	24.691	17	21.477	24.894	10	21.645	25.102	6	22.142	25.716	56	22.483	26.139	23
2018	24.691	24.318	18	24.894	24.531	9	25.102	24.748	6	25.716	25.392	41	26.139	25.835	30
Janus Henderson Enterprise Portfolio - Service Shares
2009	10.050	14.237	19	10.086	14.295	3	10.120	14.350	5	10.233	14.532	71	10.304	14.647	42
2010	14.237	17.525	19	14.295	17.605	3	14.350	17.683	4	14.532	17.933	53	14.647	18.094	25
2011	17.525	16.902	7	17.605	16.988	2	17.683	17.072	1*	17.933	17.339	33	18.094	17.512	35
2012	16.902	19.392	7	16.988	19.500	4	17.072	19.606	1*	17.339	19.943	25	17.512	20.162	23
2013	19.392	25.111	7	19.500	25.263	2	19.606	25.415	1*	19.943	25.889	21	20.162	26.199	15
2014	25.111	27.641	7	25.263	27.822	2	25.415	28.005	1*	25.889	28.568	19	26.199	28.940	14
2015	27.641	28.128	9	27.822	28.327	2	28.005	28.528	1*	28.568	29.145	18	28.940	29.553	11
2016	28.128	30.924	9	28.327	31.158	2	28.528	31.396	1*	29.145	32.122	21	29.553	32.605	10
2017	30.924	38.541	9	31.158	38.853	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	32.122	40.135	21	32.605	40.779	8
2018	38.541	37.545	9	38.853	37.868	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	40.135	39.195	12	40.779	39.864	9
Janus Henderson Global Research Portfolio - Service Shares
2009	7.241	9.757	6	7.266	9.796	4	7.294	9.839	3	7.374	9.962	11	7.429	10.046	3
2010	9.757	11.054	5	9.796	11.103	4	9.839	11.158	3	9.962	11.314	9	10.046	11.420	2
2011	11.054	9.324	5	11.103	9.370	3	11.158	9.421	3	11.314	9.567	8	11.420	9.667	1*
2012	9.324	10.960	4	9.370	11.020	3	9.421	11.085	1*	9.567	11.274	5	9.667	11.403	1*
2013	10.960	13.766	4	11.020	13.849	2	11.085	13.937	1*	11.274	14.196	7	11.403	14.373	1*
2014	13.766	14.470	3	13.849	14.564	3	13.937	14.664	1*	14.196	14.959	6	14.373	15.160	1*
2015	14.470	13.831	3	14.564	13.928	3	14.664	14.031	1*	14.959	14.334	5	15.160	14.542	1*
2016	13.831	13.810	3	13.928	13.914	3	14.031	14.024	1*	14.334	14.349	5	14.542	14.571	1*
2017	13.810	17.157	2	13.914	17.301	3	N/A	N/A	N/A	14.349	17.871	4	14.571	18.166	1*
2018	17.157	15.634	2	17.301	15.773	3	N/A	N/A	N/A	17.871	16.326	3	18.166	16.612	1*
JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio - Class 2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.775	9.902	1*
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.902	9.723	4
JPMorgan Insurance Trust Global Allocation Portfolio - Class 2
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP American Century Select Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.555	11.185	3	N/A	N/A	N/A
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.185	10.530	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.530	12.158	3	N/A	N/A	N/A
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.158	13.553	2	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.553	11.879	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund - Service Class
2009	N/A	N/A	N/A	6.423	8.718	11	6.432	8.733	1*	6.457	8.781	19	6.474	8.813	20
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.718	10.811	10	8.733	10.835	1*	8.781	10.911	21	8.813	10.961	14
2011	10.786	11.003	18	10.811	11.034	9	10.835	11.065	5	10.911	11.158	19	10.961	11.221	20
2012	11.003	12.759	17	11.034	12.801	7	11.065	12.844	5	11.158	12.972	29	11.221	13.058	27
2013	12.759	17.526	2	12.801	17.593	13	12.844	17.660	5	12.972	17.863	38	13.058	17.999	30
2014	17.526	18.022	1*	17.593	18.100	8	17.660	18.178	5	17.863	18.414	34	17.999	18.573	25
2015	18.022	16.831	1*	18.100	16.912	8	18.178	16.993	4	18.414	17.240	39	18.573	17.406	22
2016	16.831	17.425	1*	16.912	17.518	8	16.993	17.611	4	17.240	17.894	36	17.406	18.084	21
2017	17.425	21.743	1*	17.518	21.870	4	17.611	21.997	4	17.894	22.384	33	18.084	22.645	7
2018	21.743	20.485	1*	21.870	20.614	4	21.997	20.744	2	22.384	21.140	28	22.645	21.409	6

A-8

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
LVIP BlackRock Dividend Value Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class
2009	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	7.071	8.550	42	7.096	8.589	13
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.550	9.889	34	8.589	9.944	10
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.889	9.449	27	9.944	9.511	10
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.449	10.840	25	9.511	10.922	4
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.840	12.567	21	10.922	12.675	3
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.567	12.753	21	12.675	12.876	8
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.310	11.652	8	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.753	11.900	30	12.876	12.026	6
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.900	13.065	52	12.026	13.217	2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.065	14.919	50	13.217	15.107	2
2018	14.222	13.024	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	14.919	13.474	44	15.107	13.658	2
LVIP BlackRock Emerging Markets Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class⁽¹¹⁾
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.276	10.969	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.907	9.240	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
2015	9.270	7.638	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.240	7.702	2	N/A	N/A	N/A
2016	7.638	8.000	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	7.702	8.086	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Managed Risk Fund - Service Class
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.638	10.388	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.983	10.401	1*	9.857	10.408	1*
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.388	10.136	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.401	10.169	6	10.408	10.186	1*
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.136	9.482	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.169	9.532	49	10.186	9.557	1*
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.482	9.536	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.532	9.606	48	9.557	9.641	1*
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.606	10.653	46	9.641	10.703	1*
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.653	9.682	37	10.703	9.736	1*
LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund - Service Class
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.076	10.093	4	N/A	N/A	N/A
2011	10.077	11.056	1*	10.080	11.065	2	10.083	11.074	6	10.093	11.101	33	10.099	11.119	18
2012	11.056	11.520	1*	11.065	11.535	3	11.074	11.550	6	11.101	11.596	38	11.119	11.626	51
2013	11.520	10.329	6	11.535	10.348	28	11.550	10.367	9	11.596	10.423	238	11.626	10.461	95
2014	10.329	10.421	6	10.348	10.446	144	10.367	10.470	10	10.423	10.543	230	10.461	10.592	86
2015	10.421	9.912	8	10.446	9.940	67	10.470	9.968	8	10.543	10.053	196	10.592	10.109	70
2016	9.912	10.044	8	9.940	10.077	30	9.968	10.111	7	10.053	10.212	170	10.109	10.280	59
2017	10.044	10.040	8	10.077	10.079	24	10.111	10.117	9	10.212	10.234	165	10.280	10.312	41
2018	10.040	9.849	8	10.079	9.892	20	10.117	9.934	7	10.234	10.064	136	10.312	10.151	35
LVIP BlackRock Scientific Allocation Fund - Service Class
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP BlackRock U.S. Opportunities Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class⁽¹²⁾
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.259	8.984	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.984	9.368	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP Blended Core Equity Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.342	10.428	3
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.274	9.808	6	10.428	9.827	2
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.808	10.477	3	9.827	10.508	2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.477	12.423	3	10.508	12.473	2
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.423	11.830	1*	12.473	11.889	1*

A-9

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
LVIP Blended Large Cap Growth Managed Volatility Fund - Standard Class
2009	8.404	11.418	1*	8.434	11.464	7	8.464	11.510	1*	8.559	11.656	64	8.618	11.749	17
2010	11.418	12.468	1*	11.464	12.524	8	11.510	12.582	1*	11.656	12.760	59	11.749	12.874	15
2011	12.468	11.533	1*	12.524	11.590	7	12.582	11.649	1*	12.760	11.831	47	12.874	11.949	8
2012	11.533	13.164	1*	11.590	13.235	7	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.831	13.538	40	11.949	13.687	7
2013	13.164	16.202	1*	13.235	16.298	6	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.538	16.704	38	13.687	16.905	5
2014	16.202	16.740	1*	16.298	16.846	6	N/A	N/A	N/A	16.704	17.301	37	16.905	17.526	4
2015	16.740	16.637	1*	16.846	16.751	6	N/A	N/A	N/A	17.301	17.237	34	17.526	17.479	4
2016	16.637	16.101	1*	16.751	16.220	6	N/A	N/A	N/A	17.237	16.724	32	17.479	16.976	4
2017	16.101	19.917	1*	16.220	20.073	6	N/A	N/A	N/A	16.724	20.739	25	16.976	21.072	3
2018	19.917	18.689	1*	20.073	18.846	5	N/A	N/A	N/A	20.739	19.510	23	21.072	19.843	3
LVIP Blended Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class
2009	N/A	N/A	N/A	5.847	7.797	1*	5.427	7.887	3	5.385	7.838	11	N/A	N/A	N/A
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	7.797	9.712	3	7.887	9.828	3	7.838	9.782	10	N/A	N/A	N/A
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.712	8.783	1*	9.828	8.892	3	9.782	8.864	8	9.818	8.905	2
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.783	9.153	4	8.892	9.271	3	8.864	9.256	5	8.905	9.308	1*
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.153	11.183	1*	9.271	11.334	2	9.256	11.332	7	9.308	11.407	1*
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.183	10.144	1*	11.334	10.286	2	11.332	10.300	6	11.407	10.379	3
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.286	9.649	2	10.300	9.677	7	10.379	9.761	3
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.649	9.662	2	9.677	9.704	4	9.761	9.798	1*
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.662	11.880	2	9.704	11.949	3	9.798	12.077	1*
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.949	11.763	3	12.077	11.901	1*
LVIP Clarion Global Real Estate Fund - Service Class
2009	N/A	N/A	N/A	4.655	6.280	9	N/A	N/A	N/A	4.670	6.313	47	4.678	6.330	23
2010	6.272	7.237	1*	6.280	7.250	6	6.288	7.264	2	6.313	7.303	37	6.330	7.329	11
2011	7.237	6.465	1*	7.250	6.480	6	7.264	6.495	8	7.303	6.540	40	7.329	6.571	13
2012	6.465	7.887	1*	6.480	7.909	1*	6.495	7.932	4	6.540	7.999	41	6.571	8.044	12
2013	7.887	7.970	1*	7.909	7.996	1*	7.932	8.023	4	7.999	8.103	42	8.044	8.157	3
2014	7.970	8.879	1*	7.996	8.913	1*	8.023	8.947	4	8.103	9.050	33	8.157	9.119	3
2015	8.879	8.580	1*	8.913	8.617	1*	8.947	8.654	1*	9.050	8.767	30	9.119	8.843	2
2016	8.580	8.493	1*	8.617	8.534	5	8.654	8.575	1*	8.767	8.700	25	8.843	8.784	1*
2017	8.493	9.211	1*	8.534	9.260	5	8.575	9.309	1*	8.700	9.459	21	8.784	9.560	1*
2018	9.211	8.259	1*	9.260	8.307	4	9.309	8.355	1*	9.459	8.502	10	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP ClearBridge Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.582	10.865	3	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.865	10.054	3	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP Delaware Bond Fund - Standard Class
2009	12.079	14.085	173	12.123	14.143	292	12.166	14.200	149	12.299	14.377	2,735	13.949	16.323	1,146
2010	14.085	14.985	143	14.143	15.055	265	14.200	15.124	92	14.377	15.335	2,377	16.323	17.427	900
2011	14.985	15.819	133	15.055	15.900	254	15.124	15.981	66	15.335	16.228	1,668	17.427	18.461	691
2012	15.819	16.538	121	15.900	16.631	224	15.981	16.724	57	16.228	17.009	1,316	18.461	19.368	572
2013	16.538	15.844	110	16.631	15.942	163	16.724	16.039	55	17.009	16.336	1,141	19.368	18.621	469
2014	15.844	16.467	103	15.942	16.576	154	16.039	16.686	48	16.336	17.020	929	18.621	19.421	386
2015	16.467	16.212	90	16.576	16.327	148	16.686	16.443	48	17.020	16.798	836	19.421	19.186	299
2016	16.212	16.331	89	16.327	16.456	137	16.443	16.581	37	16.798	16.965	729	19.186	19.396	250
2017	16.331	16.716	78	16.456	16.853	116	16.581	16.989	33	16.965	17.408	679	19.396	19.923	187
2018	16.716	16.257	76	16.853	16.398	116	16.989	16.539	25	17.408	16.972	606	19.923	19.444	160
LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund - Service Class
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.021	10.021	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.021	9.785	10	10.025	9.793	6	10.034	9.817	19	10.040	9.833	32
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.785	9.981	9	9.793	9.994	6	9.817	10.034	29	9.833	10.060	52
2013	9.825	9.825	1*	9.981	9.843	20	9.994	9.860	6	10.034	9.914	60	10.060	9.950	63
2014	9.825	9.670	1*	9.843	9.692	19	9.860	9.715	6	9.914	9.783	37	9.950	9.828	86
2015	9.670	9.391	2	9.692	9.418	12	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.783	9.524	34	9.828	9.578	84
2016	9.391	9.395	2	9.418	9.426	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.524	9.551	27	9.578	9.615	72
2017	9.395	9.423	2	9.426	9.459	2	9.467	9.495	2	9.551	9.604	25	9.615	9.678	43
2018	9.423	9.243	2	9.459	9.283	2	9.495	9.323	1*	9.604	9.444	28	9.678	9.526	45

A-10

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
LVIP Delaware Social Awareness Fund - Standard Class
2009	9.863	12.574	6	9.899	12.627	31	9.936	12.680	1*	10.045	12.838	200	10.120	12.948	100
2010	12.574	13.758	6	12.627	13.823	30	12.680	13.888	1*	12.838	14.082	167	12.948	14.217	70
2011	13.758	13.579	5	13.823	13.649	24	13.888	13.720	1*	14.082	13.933	136	14.217	14.080	53
2012	13.579	15.352	5	13.649	15.439	24	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.933	15.792	102	14.080	15.974	46
2013	15.352	20.429	5	15.439	20.555	5	N/A	N/A	N/A	15.792	21.067	86	15.974	21.332	35
2014	20.429	23.079	4	20.555	23.234	5	N/A	N/A	N/A	21.067	23.860	75	21.332	24.184	28
2015	23.079	22.484	3	23.234	22.645	4	23.242	22.808	1*	23.860	23.303	67	24.184	23.643	21
2016	22.484	23.513	1*	22.645	23.694	4	N/A	N/A	N/A	23.303	24.431	53	23.643	24.812	18
2017	23.513	27.715	1*	23.694	27.943	4	N/A	N/A	N/A	24.431	28.870	45	24.812	29.350	14
2018	27.715	25.939	1*	27.943	26.166	4	N/A	N/A	N/A	28.870	27.088	43	29.350	27.566	13
LVIP Delaware Special Opportunities Fund - Service Class
2009	N/A	N/A	N/A	5.927	7.211	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	5.672	7.249	11	N/A	N/A	N/A
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	7.211	9.210	1*	7.220	9.227	1*	7.249	9.277	14	7.268	9.311	1*
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.210	8.537	1*	9.227	8.557	3	9.277	8.616	14	9.311	8.656	1*
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.557	9.621	3	8.616	9.702	7	8.656	9.757	1*
2013	9.567	12.509	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.621	12.591	3	9.702	12.717	7	9.757	12.801	1*
2014	12.509	13.157	2	12.550	13.207	1*	12.591	13.257	3	12.717	13.409	2	12.801	13.512	1*
2015	13.157	12.891	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.257	13.002	3	13.409	13.172	4	13.512	13.286	1*
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.287	15.242	1*	13.002	15.315	3	13.172	15.538	11	13.286	15.688	1*
2017	16.636	17.456	1*	15.242	17.548	1*	15.315	17.642	1*	15.538	17.925	8	15.688	18.116	1*
2018	17.456	14.543	1*	17.548	14.628	1*	17.642	14.712	1*	17.925	14.972	7	18.116	15.146	1*
LVIP Delaware Wealth Builder Fund - Standard Class⁽⁷⁾
2009	9.985	12.924	7	10.022	12.979	67	10.059	13.034	4	10.171	13.199	252	10.249	13.314	215
2010	12.924	14.257	6	12.979	14.324	62	13.034	14.393	4	13.199	14.596	229	13.314	14.738	156
2011	14.257	13.698	6	14.324	13.770	57	14.393	13.842	4	14.596	14.059	195	14.738	14.210	130
2012	13.698	15.219	5	13.770	15.306	58	13.842	15.395	4	14.059	15.660	133	14.210	15.843	112
2013	15.219	17.946	5	15.306	18.057	7	N/A	N/A	N/A	15.660	18.511	120	15.843	18.747	76
2014	17.946	18.363	5	18.057	18.487	7	N/A	N/A	N/A	18.511	18.990	84	18.747	19.251	34
2015	18.363	17.769	4	18.487	17.897	7	N/A	N/A	N/A	18.990	18.421	65	19.251	18.693	32
2016	17.769	18.405	4	17.897	18.547	7	N/A	N/A	N/A	18.421	19.128	58	18.693	19.430	28
2017	18.405	20.268	3	18.547	20.435	7	N/A	N/A	N/A	19.128	21.117	56	19.430	21.471	27
2018	20.268	18.839	3	20.435	19.004	7	N/A	N/A	N/A	21.117	19.677	45	21.471	20.028	25
LVIP Dimensional International Core Equity Fund - Service Class
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.888	9.156	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.225	9.186	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.156	11.411	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.186	11.471	2	11.290	11.502	1*
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.411	9.209	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.471	9.276	3	11.502	9.310	1*
LVIP Dimensional International Equity Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.028	8.295	3	N/A	N/A	N/A
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.295	9.662	3	N/A	N/A	N/A
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.662	10.908	4	N/A	N/A	N/A
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.908	9.895	10	N/A	N/A	N/A
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.895	9.318	13	N/A	N/A	N/A
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.318	9.319	9	N/A	N/A	N/A
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.319	11.529	10	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.529	9.489	8	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP Dimensional U.S. Core Equity 1 Fund - Service Class
2009	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	7.477	9.132	24	7.503	9.174	4
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.132	10.105	17	9.174	10.161	3
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.105	10.018	13	10.161	10.084	3
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.018	11.318	6	10.084	11.404	3
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.318	14.777	10	11.404	14.904	4
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	14.777	16.384	9	14.904	16.542	4
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	16.384	15.731	9	16.542	15.898	2
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	15.731	17.632	11	15.898	17.837	1*
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	17.632	20.881	6	17.837	21.145	1*
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	20.881	18.968	6	21.145	19.228	1*

A-11

with EEB and Step-Up

with EEB

with Step-Up

with EGMDB

with GOP

Accumulation unit value

Number of
accumulation
units

Accumulation unit value

Number of
accumulation
units

Accumulation unit value

Number of
accumulation
units

Accumulation unit value

Number of
accumulation
units

Accumulation unit value

Number of
accumulation
units

Beginning
of period

End of
period

Beginning
of period

End of
period

Beginning
of period

End of
period

Beginning
of period

End of
period

Beginning
of period

End of
period

(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)

LVIP Dimensional U.S. Core Equity 2 Fund - Service Class

2015

N/A

2016

N/A

2017

N/A

2018

N/A

12.238

11.016

N/A

LVIP Dimensional U.S. Equity Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class

2011

N/A

8.929

9.351

N/A

2012

N/A

9.351

10.767

N/A

2013

N/A

10.767

13.639

12.720

13.674

2014

N/A

13.639

14.004

13.674

14.054

2015

N/A

14.004

12.688

14.054

12.746

2016

N/A

12.688

13.829

12.746

13.905

2017

N/A

13.829

16.161

N/A

2018

N/A

16.161

14.615

N/A

LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund - Service Class

2011

N/A

10.314

10.324

N/A

10.194

10.337

10.056

10.344

2012

N/A

10.324

10.483

10.381

10.491

10.337

10.517

10.344

10.534

2013

N/A

10.483

9.976

10.491

9.990

10.517

10.029

10.534

10.055

2014

N/A

9.976

10.219

9.990

10.237

10.029

10.293

10.055

10.330

2015

N/A

10.219

10.033

10.237

10.056

10.293

10.126

10.330

10.173

2016

N/A

10.033

10.025

10.056

10.053

10.126

10.138

10.173

10.196

2017

N/A

10.025

10.101

10.053

10.134

10.138

10.235

10.196

10.304

2018

9.841

9.834

10.101

9.872

10.134

9.910

10.235

10.023

10.304

10.100

LVIP Fidelity Institutional AMSM Select Core Equity Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class

2013

N/A

2014

N/A

11.265

11.511

2015

11.570

10.647

N/A

11.371

10.717

N/A

2016

10.647

11.090

N/A

2017

11.090

12.902

N/A

2018

12.902

11.870

N/A

LVIP Franklin Templeton Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class

2009

N/A

5.957

7.470

N/A

5.976

7.509

5.986

7.529

2010

N/A

7.470

7.792

N/A

7.509

7.848

7.529

7.877

2011

N/A

7.792

7.390

7.806

7.407

7.848

7.458

7.877

7.493

2012

N/A

7.390

8.767

7.407

8.792

7.458

8.866

7.493

8.916

2013

N/A

8.767

10.291

8.792

10.325

8.866

10.428

8.916

10.497

2014

N/A

10.291

9.872

10.325

9.909

10.428

10.023

10.497

10.100

2015

10.293

8.848

9.872

8.886

9.909

8.925

10.023

9.041

10.100

9.119

2016

8.848

8.865

8.886

8.908

8.925

8.950

9.041

9.081

9.119

9.168

2017

8.865

10.528

8.908

10.584

N/A

9.081

10.811

9.168

10.927

2018

10.528

9.358

N/A

10.811

9.634

10.927

9.746

LVIP Franklin Templeton Multi-Asset Opportunities Fund - Service Class

2017

N/A

2018

N/A

LVIP Franklin Templeton Value Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class

2014

N/A

2015

10.461

9.229

N/A

10.227

9.270

N/A

2016

9.229

10.041

N/A

2017

10.041

10.913

N/A

2018

10.913

9.973

N/A

LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class

2018

N/A

A-12

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class
2009	9.207	11.246	4	9.224	11.271	74	9.240	11.297	4	9.290	11.375	246	9.323	11.427	141
2010	11.246	12.157	34	11.271	12.191	64	11.297	12.225	3	11.375	12.327	171	11.427	12.396	180
2011	12.157	12.331	13	12.191	12.371	59	12.225	12.412	2	12.327	12.535	179	12.396	12.617	117
2012	12.331	13.242	13	12.371	13.292	52	12.412	13.342	21	12.535	13.495	225	12.617	13.597	119
2013	13.242	14.216	8	13.292	14.277	48	13.342	14.338	2	13.495	14.524	109	13.597	14.649	63
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	14.277	14.769	44	14.338	14.840	2	14.524	15.054	118	14.649	15.199	36
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	14.769	14.168	40	14.840	14.243	1*	15.054	14.470	140	15.199	14.624	35
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	14.168	14.561	36	14.243	14.646	1*	14.470	14.902	128	14.624	15.076	17
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	14.561	15.748	33	14.646	15.847	1*	14.902	16.149	89	15.076	16.353	16
2018	16.031	14.627	4	15.748	14.727	29	15.847	14.827	1*	16.149	15.132	67	16.353	15.338	21
LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class
2009	8.303	10.481	4	8.318	10.505	32	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.378	10.601	703	8.408	10.650	349
2010	10.481	11.556	36	10.505	11.588	32	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.601	11.718	633	10.650	11.783	304
2011	11.556	11.305	3	11.588	11.342	8	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.718	11.492	451	11.783	11.568	131
2012	11.305	12.070	3	11.342	12.116	17	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.492	12.301	372	11.568	12.395	123
2013	12.070	13.407	2	12.116	13.465	17	13.171	13.523	32	12.301	13.698	370	12.395	13.816	128
2014	13.407	13.570	4	13.465	13.635	17	13.523	13.701	29	13.698	13.899	358	13.816	14.032	109
2015	13.570	12.785	4	13.635	12.853	13	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.899	13.127	304	14.032	13.267	109
2016	12.785	13.101	3	12.853	13.177	9	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.127	13.485	261	13.267	13.642	89
2017	13.101	14.819	3	13.177	14.912	9	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.485	15.292	235	13.642	15.485	87
2018	14.819	13.579	5	14.912	13.672	5	N/A	N/A	N/A	15.292	14.048	208	15.485	14.240	77
LVIP Global Income Fund - Service Class
2009	10.401	10.652	1*	10.767	10.652	1*	10.159	10.658	1*	10.113	10.668	36	10.446	10.673	12
2010	10.652	11.430	1*	10.652	11.436	6	10.658	11.448	1*	10.668	11.476	42	10.673	11.492	20
2011	11.430	11.302	1*	11.436	11.314	7	11.448	11.332	1*	11.476	11.376	42	11.492	11.404	17
2012	11.302	11.907	1*	11.314	11.925	6	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.376	12.015	40	11.404	12.056	17
2013	11.907	11.319	1*	11.925	11.342	7	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.015	11.450	42	12.056	11.501	21
2014	11.319	11.288	1*	11.342	11.316	7	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.450	11.447	41	11.501	11.509	20
2015	11.288	10.819	1*	11.316	10.851	7	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.447	10.999	41	11.509	11.070	10
2016	10.819	10.637	1*	10.851	10.675	6	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.999	10.841	39	11.070	10.922	9
2017	10.637	10.931	1*	10.675	10.975	6	10.741	11.026	1*	10.841	11.169	46	10.922	11.263	7
2018	10.931	10.897	1*	10.975	10.947	6	11.026	11.002	1*	11.169	11.162	44	11.263	11.268	5
LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class
2009	8.789	11.010	61	8.805	11.035	73	8.821	11.060	55	8.868	11.136	901	8.900	11.187	557
2010	11.010	12.058	27	11.035	12.092	72	11.060	12.126	30	11.136	12.227	785	11.187	12.296	454
2011	12.058	11.933	31	12.092	11.973	71	12.126	12.012	10	12.227	12.131	587	12.296	12.211	338
2012	11.933	12.794	24	11.973	12.842	70	12.012	12.891	29	12.131	13.038	530	12.211	13.137	262
2013	12.794	14.000	125	12.842	14.060	67	12.891	14.120	41	13.038	14.303	459	13.137	14.426	201
2014	14.000	14.263	120	14.060	14.331	66	14.120	14.400	28	14.303	14.608	417	14.426	14.748	190
2015	14.263	13.481	117	14.331	13.553	26	N/A	N/A	N/A	14.608	13.842	345	14.748	13.989	135
2016	13.481	13.760	101	13.553	13.839	25	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.842	14.163	330	13.989	14.328	112
2017	13.760	15.388	90	13.839	15.485	24	N/A	N/A	N/A	14.163	15.880	302	14.328	16.080	98
2018	15.388	14.235	81	15.485	14.332	22	N/A	N/A	N/A	15.880	14.726	229	16.080	14.927	86
LVIP Goldman Sachs Income Builder Fund - Service Class
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP Government Money Market Fund - Standard Class
2009	10.403	10.233	58	10.442	10.276	133	10.479	10.318	40	10.592	10.445	1,472	11.128	10.985	846
2010	10.233	10.040	36	10.276	10.088	94	10.318	10.134	47	10.445	10.274	952	10.985	10.815	393
2011	10.040	9.849	33	10.088	9.901	151	10.134	9.951	31	10.274	10.104	895	10.815	10.647	355
2012	9.849	9.661	24	9.901	9.717	102	9.951	9.771	12	10.104	9.936	929	10.647	10.481	360
2013	9.661	9.477	25	9.717	9.536	162	9.771	9.594	12	9.936	9.771	690	10.481	10.317	353
2014	9.477	9.296	22	9.536	9.359	161	9.594	9.421	12	9.771	9.609	602	10.317	10.156	232
2015	9.296	9.119	16	9.359	9.185	145	9.421	9.250	8	9.609	9.449	520	10.156	9.997	215
2016	9.119	8.945	16	9.185	9.015	138	9.250	9.083	8	9.449	9.292	483	9.997	9.841	192
2017	8.945	8.809	15	9.015	8.882	131	9.083	8.953	4	9.292	9.173	397	9.841	9.725	148
2018	8.809	8.759	7	8.882	8.836	148	8.953	8.912	3	9.173	9.144	387	9.725	9.704	94

A-13

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
LVIP Invesco Diversified Equity-Income Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.275	10.258	1*
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.258	9.573	1*
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.573	10.434	1*
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.484	11.322	2	10.434	11.372	1*
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.372	10.171	1*
LVIP Invesco Select Equity Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.834	10.283	2
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.548	9.200	1*	10.283	9.218	2
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.200	9.575	1*	9.218	9.603	2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.575	11.076	1*	9.603	11.120	2
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.076	9.861	1*	11.120	9.910	2
LVIP JPMorgan High Yield Fund - Service Class
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.785	10.850	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.798	10.885	21	10.805	10.903	1*
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.850	12.204	1*	11.155	12.220	1*	10.885	12.268	28	10.903	12.300	2
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.204	12.729	1*	12.220	12.752	1*	12.268	12.821	30	12.300	12.868	8
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.729	12.812	1*	12.752	12.841	1*	12.821	12.931	20	12.868	12.991	8
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.812	12.046	1*	12.841	12.080	1*	12.931	12.182	20	12.991	12.251	9
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.046	13.353	1*	12.080	13.397	3	12.182	13.531	18	12.251	13.621	7
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.353	13.955	2	13.397	14.008	2	13.531	14.169	19	13.621	14.278	5
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.955	13.268	1*	14.008	13.325	2	14.169	13.499	11	14.278	13.616	7
LVIP JPMorgan Retirement Income Fund - Service Class
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.192	12.290	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.290	11.507	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP JPMorgan Select Mid Cap Value Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class
2009	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	6.056	7.404	4	6.067	7.424	3
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	7.404	9.059	17	7.424	9.093	3
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.994	8.648	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.059	8.728	17	9.093	8.769	5
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.648	9.628	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.728	9.736	14	N/A	N/A	N/A
2013	9.601	11.663	1*	9.628	11.701	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.736	11.857	16	10.831	11.937	2
2014	11.663	12.335	1*	11.701	12.381	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.857	12.572	10	11.937	12.669	2
2015	12.335	11.133	2	12.381	11.181	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.572	11.375	11	12.669	11.475	1*
2016	11.133	11.980	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.375	12.271	11	11.475	12.391	1*
2017	11.980	13.441	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.271	13.802	10	12.391	13.951	1*
2018	13.441	11.597	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.802	11.938	10	13.951	12.079	1*
LVIP MFS International Equity Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.062	10.043	4	9.647	10.049	1*
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.043	9.148	9	N/A	N/A	N/A
2015	8.847	8.923	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.148	8.982	4	N/A	N/A	N/A
2016	8.923	8.615	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.982	8.694	2	N/A	N/A	N/A
2017	8.615	10.866	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.694	10.993	5	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	10.866	9.756	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.993	9.895	4	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP MFS International Growth Fund - Service Class
2009	5.557	7.384	6	5.561	7.394	4	5.566	7.404	3	5.579	7.433	38	5.588	7.452	18
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	7.394	8.185	5	7.404	8.200	3	7.433	8.245	32	7.452	8.275	15
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.185	7.220	1*	8.200	7.237	2	8.245	7.287	23	8.275	7.321	12
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	7.220	8.438	1*	7.237	8.462	4	7.287	8.533	20	7.321	8.581	1*
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.438	9.382	1*	8.462	9.413	2	8.533	9.507	13	8.581	9.570	1*
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.382	8.718	1*	9.413	8.752	2	9.507	8.852	7	9.570	8.920	2
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.718	8.644	1*	8.752	8.681	5	8.852	8.794	12	8.920	8.870	2
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.644	8.600	1*	8.681	8.642	2	8.794	8.767	9	8.870	8.852	2
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.600	11.100	1*	8.642	11.159	2	8.767	11.338	5	8.852	11.459	3
2018	10.381	9.911	1*	11.100	9.969	8	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.338	10.203	4	11.459	10.323	6

A-14

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
LVIP MFS Value Fund - Service Class
2009	6.417	7.594	2	6.039	7.604	10	6.428	7.614	4	6.443	7.644	200	6.454	7.664	33
2010	7.594	8.290	2	7.604	8.305	17	7.614	8.320	5	7.644	8.365	176	7.664	8.396	24
2011	8.290	8.101	2	8.305	8.120	15	8.320	8.139	1*	8.365	8.195	62	8.396	8.233	29
2012	8.101	9.219	2	8.120	9.245	5	8.139	9.271	1*	8.195	9.350	82	8.233	9.402	25
2013	9.219	12.262	2	9.245	12.303	16	9.271	12.344	1*	9.350	12.467	91	9.402	12.549	40
2014	12.262	13.256	2	12.303	13.306	16	12.344	13.357	1*	12.467	13.511	73	12.549	13.614	34
2015	13.256	12.897	4	13.306	12.952	15	13.357	13.008	1*	13.511	13.178	71	13.614	13.292	31
2016	12.897	14.391	3	12.952	14.460	19	13.008	14.530	1*	13.178	14.741	74	13.292	14.883	26
2017	14.391	16.559	1*	14.460	16.647	17	N/A	N/A	N/A	14.741	17.004	57	14.883	17.186	22
2018	16.559	14.579	1*	16.647	14.664	15	N/A	N/A	N/A	17.004	15.009	46	17.186	15.184	21
LVIP Mondrian International Value Fund - Standard Class
2009	15.177	18.044	12	15.231	18.117	19	15.289	18.196	11	15.456	18.423	353	15.559	18.564	139
2010	18.044	18.132	11	18.117	18.214	17	18.196	18.302	9	18.423	18.558	304	18.564	18.719	110
2011	18.132	17.032	10	18.214	17.118	10	18.302	17.209	5	18.558	17.476	247	18.719	17.645	88
2012	17.032	18.309	10	17.118	18.411	9	17.209	18.518	5	17.476	18.834	200	17.645	19.035	76
2013	18.309	21.877	9	18.411	22.010	14	18.518	22.149	6	18.834	22.561	169	19.035	22.825	70
2014	21.877	20.910	9	22.010	21.047	13	22.149	21.191	6	22.561	21.617	151	22.825	21.892	61
2015	20.910	19.728	8	21.047	19.868	9	21.191	20.014	6	21.617	20.447	129	21.892	20.727	47
2016	19.728	20.123	8	19.868	20.276	9	20.014	20.435	5	20.447	20.909	114	20.727	21.217	43
2017	20.123	23.947	8	20.276	24.140	3	20.435	24.342	4	20.909	24.943	96	21.217	25.336	41
2018	23.947	20.789	8	24.140	20.967	3	24.342	21.153	2	24.943	21.708	88	25.336	22.072	31
LVIP Multi-Manager Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund - Service Class
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.981	9.893	8	10.004	9.900	3
2015	9.832	9.824	1*	9.835	9.832	2	9.847	9.840	3	9.893	9.864	32	9.900	9.880	4
2016	9.824	9.863	1*	9.832	9.876	5	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.864	9.928	41	9.880	9.954	24
2017	9.863	9.811	1*	9.876	9.828	13	9.891	9.846	3	9.928	9.900	40	9.954	9.936	35
2018	9.811	9.708	1*	9.828	9.731	43	9.846	9.753	10	9.900	9.821	38	9.936	9.867	35
LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund - Service Class
2009	10.440	10.675	44	10.443	10.683	77	10.446	10.691	139	10.454	10.716	216	10.459	10.732	144
2010	10.675	11.066	23	10.683	11.080	95	10.691	11.094	138	10.716	11.136	263	10.732	11.164	196
2011	11.066	11.627	21	11.080	11.647	23	11.094	11.668	4	11.136	11.729	236	11.164	11.771	105
2012	11.627	11.812	20	11.647	11.839	21	11.668	11.866	4	11.729	11.946	225	11.771	12.001	94
2013	11.812	11.258	22	11.839	11.289	16	11.866	11.321	3	11.946	11.415	191	12.001	11.478	85
2014	11.258	11.647	22	11.289	11.685	14	11.321	11.723	3	11.415	11.838	163	11.478	11.915	82
2015	11.647	11.422	21	11.685	11.465	5	11.723	11.508	2	11.838	11.639	133	11.915	11.726	83
2016	11.422	11.429	23	11.465	11.478	5	11.508	11.527	5	11.639	11.675	125	11.726	11.775	73
2017	11.429	11.536	33	11.478	11.591	4	11.527	11.646	2	11.675	11.814	130	11.775	11.927	61
2018	11.536	11.248	23	11.591	11.307	4	11.646	11.367	2	11.814	11.548	111	11.927	11.670	50
LVIP SSGA Conservative Index Allocation Fund - Service Class
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.081	11.245	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.634	11.718	4	11.245	11.778	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.718	12.017	4	11.778	12.097	1*	11.740	12.150	1*
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.017	11.657	6	12.097	11.751	6	12.150	11.815	1*
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.657	11.986	3	11.751	12.101	7	11.815	12.179	3
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.986	12.994	3	12.101	13.139	11	12.179	13.237	3
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.994	12.172	3	13.139	12.326	9	13.237	12.431	3

A-15

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
LVIP SSGA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund - Service Class
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.390	10.474	11	10.394	10.489	7
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.474	11.130	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.130	11.687	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.687	12.096	1*	12.174	12.150	6
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.150	11.705	6
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.705	12.277	6
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP SSGA Developed International 150 Fund - Service Class
2009	8.350	8.844	2	7.583	8.851	3	6.252	8.858	29	6.257	8.878	51	6.260	8.892	23
2010	8.844	9.281	3	8.851	9.292	3	8.858	9.304	28	8.878	9.339	23	8.892	9.363	23
2011	9.281	7.977	4	9.292	7.991	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.339	8.047	24	9.363	8.076	11
2012	7.977	8.868	3	7.991	8.888	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.047	8.969	24	8.076	9.010	10
2013	8.868	10.438	3	8.888	10.466	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.969	10.583	21	9.010	10.641	10
2014	10.438	10.302	3	10.466	10.336	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.583	10.472	24	10.641	10.540	10
2015	10.302	9.645	3	10.336	9.681	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.472	9.828	20	10.540	9.902	9
2016	9.645	10.354	3	9.681	10.398	12	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.828	10.577	23	9.902	10.668	8
2017	10.354	12.516	6	10.398	12.575	9	10.839	12.636	3	10.577	12.817	20	10.668	12.940	7
2018	12.516	10.378	5	12.575	10.433	9	12.636	10.488	2	12.817	10.655	18	12.940	10.768	7
LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets 100 Fund - Service Class
2009	8.414	11.225	19	8.934	11.233	3	6.044	11.242	22	6.049	11.267	67	6.052	11.285	25
2010	11.225	14.028	19	11.233	14.051	3	11.242	14.065	17	11.267	14.118	58	11.285	14.154	32
2011	14.028	11.672	2	14.051	11.697	2	14.065	11.714	2	14.118	11.776	48	14.154	11.818	24
2012	11.672	12.865	2	11.697	12.899	2	11.714	12.924	2	11.776	13.012	50	11.818	13.071	14
2013	12.865	12.228	2	12.899	12.266	2	12.924	12.296	1*	13.012	12.399	52	13.071	12.468	14
2014	12.228	11.559	2	12.266	11.601	2	12.296	11.635	1*	12.399	11.749	48	12.468	11.827	13
2015	11.559	9.380	3	11.601	9.419	1*	11.635	9.451	1*	11.749	9.559	49	11.827	9.631	11
2016	9.380	10.593	3	9.419	10.642	3	9.451	10.684	1*	9.559	10.822	50	9.631	10.915	13
2017	10.593	12.831	6	10.642	12.897	3	10.684	12.955	2	10.822	13.141	49	10.915	13.267	10
2018	12.831	11.006	4	12.897	11.068	1*	12.955	11.123	1*	13.141	11.300	27	13.267	11.420	8
LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund - Service Class
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP SSGA Global Tactical Allocation Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class⁽⁸⁾
2009	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	7.903	10.137	13	7.932	10.184	48
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.137	10.811	10	10.184	10.872	45
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.692	10.486	4	10.721	10.521	17	10.811	10.625	20	10.872	10.695	90
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.486	11.408	4	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.625	11.582	32	10.695	11.670	44
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.408	12.261	4	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.582	12.473	29	11.670	12.580	35
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.261	12.476	5	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.473	12.717	26	12.580	12.840	34
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.476	11.415	4	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.717	11.659	17	12.840	11.783	20
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.415	11.801	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.659	12.077	15	11.783	12.217	18
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.077	13.598	13	12.217	13.770	17
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.598	12.246	12	13.770	12.413	16
LVIP SSGA International Index Fund - Service Class
2009	6.376	7.986	6	6.926	7.992	3	6.388	7.998	32	6.393	8.016	69	6.397	8.028	42
2010	7.986	8.362	4	7.992	8.373	20	7.998	8.384	31	8.016	8.415	58	8.028	8.436	42
2011	8.362	7.168	4	8.373	7.181	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.415	7.232	60	8.436	7.257	29
2012	7.168	8.282	7	7.181	8.301	2	7.864	8.320	1*	7.232	8.376	67	7.257	8.414	22
2013	8.282	9.803	10	8.301	9.830	8	8.320	9.857	3	8.376	9.939	227	8.414	9.994	70
2014	9.803	9.029	10	9.830	9.059	7	9.857	9.089	3	9.939	9.178	188	9.994	9.238	49
2015	9.029	8.725	10	9.059	8.758	5	9.089	8.791	2	9.178	8.891	171	9.238	8.958	40
2016	8.725	8.620	10	8.758	8.657	5	8.791	8.694	1*	8.891	8.806	157	8.958	8.881	37
2017	8.620	10.515	14	8.657	10.565	5	8.694	10.615	1*	8.806	10.768	146	8.881	10.871	31
2018	10.515	8.876	10	10.565	8.923	5	10.615	8.970	1*	10.768	9.113	136	10.871	9.209	27
LVIP SSGA International Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.694	8.670	2	N/A	N/A	N/A
2016	8.179	8.138	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.670	8.200	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
2017	8.138	9.893	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.200	9.993	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	9.893	8.496	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.993	8.604	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A

A-16

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
LVIP SSGA Large Cap 100 Fund - Service Class
2009	8.139	9.212	5	7.438	9.219	6	6.964	9.226	66	6.969	9.247	84	6.973	9.261	52
2010	9.212	10.741	8	9.219	10.754	5	9.226	10.768	57	9.247	10.809	58	9.261	10.836	45
2011	10.741	10.751	7	10.754	10.770	4	10.768	10.789	2	10.809	10.846	46	10.836	10.884	29
2012	10.751	11.803	5	10.770	11.830	3	10.789	11.857	2	10.846	11.937	43	10.884	11.991	25
2013	11.803	15.684	5	11.830	15.727	3	11.857	15.771	2	11.937	15.902	42	11.991	15.990	24
2014	15.684	17.910	4	15.727	17.968	3	15.771	18.027	2	15.902	18.204	40	15.990	18.323	18
2015	17.910	16.701	4	N/A	N/A	N/A	18.027	16.827	2	18.204	17.018	28	18.323	17.147	19
2016	16.701	19.855	4	N/A	N/A	N/A	16.827	20.025	2	17.018	20.283	31	17.147	20.456	17
2017	19.855	23.068	7	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	20.283	23.623	23	20.456	23.849	16
2018	23.068	20.059	5	N/A	N/A	N/A	23.339	20.271	1*	23.623	20.593	18	23.849	20.811	15
LVIP SSGA Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.345	10.877	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.716	11.212	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.212	13.315	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.315	12.451	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP SSGA Mid-Cap Index Fund - Service Class
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.495	12.499	1*
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.499	10.874	1*
LVIP SSGA Moderate Index Allocation Fund - Service Class
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2011	10.637	10.381	32	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.652	10.433	22
2012	10.381	11.344	30	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.433	11.441	22
2013	11.344	12.481	27	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.441	12.631	22
2014	12.481	12.748	25	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.631	12.947	22
2015	12.748	12.288	23	13.019	12.321	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.236	12.455	3	12.947	12.523	22
2016	12.288	12.818	21	12.321	12.860	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.455	13.026	3	12.523	13.110	22
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.860	14.417	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.026	14.633	1*	13.110	14.742	22
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	14.417	13.226	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	14.633	13.451	1*	14.742	13.565	22
LVIP SSGA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund - Service Class
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.551	10.377	1*	10.555	10.392	10
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.377	11.249	7	10.392	11.276	9
2013	11.892	12.340	74	11.909	12.361	103	11.926	12.382	33	11.249	12.446	826	11.276	12.488	389
2014	12.340	12.742	65	12.361	12.770	101	12.382	12.798	28	12.446	12.884	611	12.488	12.941	312
2015	12.742	12.128	59	12.770	12.161	95	12.798	12.194	20	12.884	12.293	552	12.941	12.360	243
2016	12.128	12.965	60	12.161	13.007	93	12.194	13.048	12	12.293	13.175	483	12.360	13.260	204
2017	12.965	14.350	51	13.007	14.403	87	13.048	14.457	11	13.175	14.618	426	13.260	14.727	177
2018	14.350	13.037	48	14.403	13.092	82	14.457	13.148	11	14.618	13.315	354	14.727	13.427	143
LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund - Service Class
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.777	10.279	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.279	11.354	3	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.354	12.758	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.758	12.988	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.613	13.161	2
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.988	12.452	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.452	13.086	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.432	13.255	6	N/A	N/A	N/A
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.255	15.205	5	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	15.205	13.804	5	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund - Service Class
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.738	12.464	16	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.071	12.600	8	N/A	N/A	N/A
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.464	13.477	16	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.600	13.651	10	N/A	N/A	N/A
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.477	15.155	16	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.651	15.382	10	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	15.155	13.617	16	N/A	N/A	N/A	15.382	13.848	10	N/A	N/A	N/A

A-17

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
LVIP SSGA S&P 500 Index Fund - Service Class
2009	5.695	8.514	15	6.915	8.533	7	6.927	8.553	72	6.957	8.603	235	6.990	8.653	78
2010	8.514	9.556	8	8.533	9.583	29	8.553	9.609	68	8.603	9.679	103	8.653	9.746	72
2011	9.556	9.521	7	9.583	9.552	4	9.609	9.584	3	9.679	9.668	94	9.746	9.744	42
2012	9.521	10.771	10	9.552	10.812	3	9.584	10.853	3	9.668	10.965	93	9.744	11.063	35
2013	10.771	13.909	49	10.812	13.969	79	10.853	14.029	48	10.965	14.195	874	11.063	14.336	380
2014	13.909	15.434	45	13.969	15.508	72	14.029	15.582	46	14.195	15.791	717	14.336	15.963	336
2015	15.434	15.275	44	15.508	15.356	63	15.582	15.437	35	15.791	15.667	639	15.963	15.853	268
2016	15.275	16.699	43	15.356	16.796	66	15.437	16.893	24	15.667	17.170	550	15.853	17.393	215
2017	16.699	19.860	41	16.796	19.985	57	16.893	20.111	25	17.170	20.471	499	17.393	20.757	186
2018	19.860	18.527	36	19.985	18.653	57	20.111	18.779	19	20.471	19.145	425	20.757	19.431	165
LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund - Service Class
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.996	10.031	7	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP SSGA Small-Cap Index Fund - Service Class
2009	5.895	7.268	6	6.147	7.277	1*	5.905	7.287	21	5.919	7.315	49	5.929	7.335	25
2010	7.268	8.972	2	7.277	8.988	10	7.287	9.004	18	7.315	9.053	43	7.335	9.086	21
2011	8.972	8.376	2	8.988	8.395	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.053	8.473	40	9.086	8.512	14
2012	8.376	9.496	3	8.395	9.523	4	9.255	9.550	1*	8.473	9.630	42	8.512	9.685	11
2013	9.496	12.811	11	9.523	12.854	19	9.550	12.896	5	9.630	13.025	206	9.685	13.111	111
2014	12.811	13.118	11	12.854	13.168	18	12.896	13.218	5	13.025	13.370	179	13.111	13.472	90
2015	13.118	12.227	7	13.168	12.280	16	13.218	12.333	5	13.370	12.494	156	13.472	12.602	75
2016	12.227	14.435	7	12.280	14.505	13	12.333	14.575	3	12.494	14.786	113	12.602	14.929	63
2017	14.435	16.128	6	14.505	16.213	13	14.575	16.300	3	14.786	16.561	95	14.929	16.738	54
2018	16.128	13.983	5	16.213	14.065	11	16.300	14.146	3	16.561	14.395	81	16.738	14.563	33
LVIP SSGA Small-Mid Cap 200 Fund - Service Class
2009	9.276	10.698	1*	8.260	10.706	1*	7.214	10.714	15	7.220	10.739	58	7.224	10.755	11
2010	10.698	13.370	2	10.706	13.386	1*	10.714	13.403	12	10.739	13.454	43	10.755	13.488	8
2011	13.370	12.789	1*	13.386	12.812	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.454	12.902	38	13.488	12.948	4
2012	12.789	14.241	1*	12.812	14.273	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.902	14.403	35	12.948	14.468	3
2013	14.241	18.737	1*	14.273	18.788	2	14.306	18.840	1*	14.403	18.997	35	14.468	19.102	4
2014	18.737	19.118	1*	18.788	19.180	2	18.840	19.242	1*	18.997	19.432	38	19.102	19.559	5
2015	19.118	17.421	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	19.242	17.553	1*	19.432	17.752	38	19.559	17.886	4
2016	17.421	22.170	1*	19.082	22.265	2	17.553	22.360	1*	17.752	22.648	37	17.886	22.841	6
2017	22.170	23.062	2	22.265	23.171	2	22.360	23.282	1*	22.648	23.618	35	22.841	23.843	5
2018	23.062	19.524	1*	23.171	19.627	2	23.282	19.731	1*	23.618	20.045	17	23.843	20.257	4
LVIP SSGA SMID Cap Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.854	11.144	1*	10.859	11.151	1*
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.144	10.778	1*	11.151	10.795	2
2015	10.775	9.589	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.778	9.652	2	10.795	9.678	2
2016	9.589	10.824	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.652	10.923	1*	9.678	10.963	2
2017	10.824	12.088	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.923	12.229	2	10.963	12.286	2
2018	12.088	10.745	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.229	10.897	1*	12.286	10.959	2
LVIP T. Rowe Price 2010 Fund - Service Class
2009	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	7.784	9.496	7	7.796	9.521	2
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.496	10.380	8	9.521	10.418	2
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.380	10.307	8	10.418	10.354	2
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.307	10.971	8	N/A	N/A	N/A
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.971	11.721	8	11.687	11.798	4
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.721	12.043	12	11.798	12.135	4
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.043	11.621	11	12.135	11.722	4
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.621	11.902	10	11.722	12.017	52
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.902	12.797	19	12.017	12.934	55
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.797	12.021	18	12.934	12.161	53

A-18

with EEB and Step-Up

with EEB

with Step-Up

with EGMDB

with GOP

Accumulation unit value

Number of
accumulation
units

Accumulation unit value

Number of
accumulation
units

Accumulation unit value

Number of
accumulation
units

Accumulation unit value

Number of
accumulation
units

Accumulation unit value

Number of
accumulation
units

Beginning
of period

End of
period

Beginning
of period

End of
period

Beginning
of period

End of
period

Beginning
of period

End of
period

Beginning
of period

End of
period

(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)

LVIP T. Rowe Price 2020 Fund - Service Class

2009

N/A

7.369

9.081

N/A

2010

N/A

9.081

9.977

N/A

2011

N/A

9.977

9.804

N/A

2012

N/A

9.804

10.420

N/A

2013

N/A

10.420

11.356

11.096

11.431

2014

N/A

11.356

11.625

11.431

11.714

2015

N/A

11.625

11.148

11.714

11.245

2016

N/A

11.148

11.421

11.245

11.531

2017

N/A

11.421

12.547

11.531

12.681

2018

N/A

12.547

11.618

12.681

11.753

LVIP T. Rowe Price 2030 Fund - Service Class

2009

N/A

7.060

8.869

2010

N/A

2011

N/A

2012

N/A

2013

N/A

2014

N/A

2015

N/A

2016

N/A

2017

N/A

2018

N/A

LVIP T. Rowe Price 2040 Fund - Service Class

2009

N/A

2010

N/A

2011

N/A

2012

N/A

2013

N/A

2014

N/A

2015

N/A

2016

N/A

2017

N/A

2018

N/A

LVIP T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund - Service Class

2009

N/A

5.656

7.937

5.665

7.958

2010

N/A

7.937

9.085

7.958

9.119

2011

N/A

9.037

8.703

9.085

8.763

9.119

8.804

2012

N/A

8.703

10.083

8.763

10.168

8.804

10.225

2013

N/A

10.083

13.729

10.168

13.865

10.225

13.958

2014

N/A

13.729

14.615

13.865

14.782

13.958

14.895

2015

16.018

15.710

15.901

15.778

14.615

15.846

14.782

16.052

14.895

16.191

2016

15.710

15.583

15.778

15.658

15.846

15.733

16.052

15.962

16.191

16.116

2017

15.583

20.380

15.658

20.489

15.733

20.598

15.962

20.928

16.116

21.152

2018

20.380

19.714

20.489

19.829

20.598

19.944

20.928

20.294

21.152

20.532

LVIP T. Rowe Price Structured Mid-Cap Growth Fund - Standard Class

2009

8.870

12.729

8.900

12.779

N/A

9.027

12.987

9.096

13.100

2010

12.729

16.025

12.779

16.097

N/A

12.987

16.391

13.100

16.550

2011

16.025

15.108

16.097

15.183

N/A

16.391

15.491

16.550

15.657

2012

15.108

17.232

15.183

17.325

17.245

17.416

15.491

17.713

15.657

17.921

2013

17.232

22.779

17.325

22.915

N/A

17.713

23.475

17.921

23.773

2014

22.779

24.928

22.915

25.088

N/A

23.475

25.753

23.773

26.107

2015

24.928

24.960

25.088

25.133

25.358

25.303

25.753

25.851

26.107

26.232

2016

24.960

26.328

25.133

26.524

N/A

25.851

27.336

26.232

27.767

2017

26.328

32.209

26.524

32.465

N/A

27.336

33.525

27.767

34.088

2018

32.209

30.615

32.465

30.874

N/A

33.525

31.946

34.088

32.515

LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk - Service Class

2018

N/A

LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class

2015

N/A

9.482

9.511

N/A

2016

N/A

9.511

9.707

N/A

2017

N/A

9.707

10.970

10.109

10.999

2018

N/A

10.970

10.261

10.999

10.298

A-19

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
LVIP Vanguard Domestic Equity ETF Fund - Service Class
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.900	9.344	4	N/A	N/A	N/A
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.344	10.553	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.553	13.509	2	12.480	13.544	4
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.509	14.866	13	13.544	14.920	2
2015	13.995	14.366	1*	15.193	14.400	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	14.866	14.534	14	14.920	14.601	3
2016	14.366	15.760	1*	14.400	15.804	1*	15.441	15.849	3	14.534	15.983	18	14.601	16.073	6
2017	15.760	18.527	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	15.983	18.837	12	16.073	18.962	5
2018	18.527	17.230	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	18.837	17.562	11	18.962	17.696	5
LVIP Vanguard International Equity ETF Fund - Service Class
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.919	8.337	4	N/A	N/A	N/A
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.337	9.757	4	9.050	9.773	4
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.757	10.980	4	9.773	11.009	4
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.980	10.268	4	11.009	10.305	4
2015	9.618	9.661	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.268	9.773	3	10.305	9.818	1*
2016	9.661	9.801	1*	9.794	9.829	3	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.773	9.940	3	9.818	9.996	1*
2017	9.801	12.303	1*	9.829	12.344	3	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.940	12.508	4	9.996	12.591	3
2018	12.303	10.265	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.508	10.462	4	12.591	10.543	3
LVIP VIP Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class⁽¹²⁾
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.544	9.475	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.475	10.238	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A
LVIP Wellington Capital Growth Fund - Service Class
2009	N/A	N/A	N/A	6.916	8.062	6	N/A	N/A	N/A	6.128	8.105	2	6.138	8.126	2
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.062	9.387	5	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.105	9.456	2	8.126	9.490	3
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.387	8.359	4	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.456	8.437	2	9.490	8.476	5
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.437	9.852	7	8.476	9.907	4
2013	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.742	12.967	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.852	13.140	4	9.907	13.227	4
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.967	14.135	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.140	14.352	3	13.227	14.462	3
2015	14.649	15.072	1*	14.135	15.138	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	14.352	15.401	9	14.462	15.534	2
2016	15.072	14.759	1*	15.138	14.831	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	15.401	15.119	6	15.534	15.265	2
2017	14.759	19.617	1*	14.831	19.721	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	15.119	20.145	6	15.265	20.360	2
2018	19.617	19.450	1*	19.721	19.564	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	20.145	20.023	7	20.360	20.258	4
LVIP Wellington Mid-Cap Value Fund - Service Class
2009	N/A	N/A	N/A	5.195	6.976	1*	6.654	6.985	2	5.020	7.012	35	5.028	7.031	11
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	6.976	8.459	1*	6.985	8.475	2	7.012	8.521	18	7.031	8.551	10
2011	N/A	N/A	N/A	8.459	7.507	1*	8.475	7.525	5	8.521	7.577	17	8.551	7.612	12
2012	N/A	N/A	N/A	7.507	9.120	1*	7.525	9.146	5	7.577	9.223	27	7.612	9.275	12
2013	9.095	11.935	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.146	12.014	5	9.223	12.134	25	9.275	12.215	6
2014	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.014	12.740	5	12.134	12.886	33	12.215	12.985	6
2015	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.740	12.286	1*	12.886	12.446	28	12.985	12.554	5
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.739	13.537	2	12.286	13.603	1*	12.446	13.800	26	12.554	13.934	6
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.537	15.029	2	13.603	15.110	1*	13.800	15.352	22	13.934	15.516	5
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	15.110	12.645	1*	15.352	12.867	18	15.516	13.017	5
LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund - Service Class
2017	10.109	10.107	3	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.091	10.123	5	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	10.107	9.786	3	9.751	9.794	3	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.123	9.826	5	N/A	N/A	N/A
MFS^® VIT Growth Series - Service Class
2009	9.067	12.212	2	N/A	N/A	N/A	9.133	12.313	2	9.233	12.466	32	4.091	5.529	43
2010	12.212	13.775	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.313	13.903	2	12.466	14.097	31	5.529	6.259	41
2011	13.775	13.434	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.903	13.572	2	14.097	13.782	23	6.259	6.125	41
2012	13.434	15.424	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	13.572	15.598	2	13.782	15.864	14	6.125	7.057	24
2013	15.424	20.647	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	15.598	20.901	2	15.864	21.288	12	7.057	9.480	26
2014	20.647	22.007	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	20.901	22.299	2	21.288	22.747	11	9.480	10.139	14
2015	22.007	23.157	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	22.299	23.489	2	22.747	23.996	10	10.139	10.707	13
2016	23.157	23.205	1*	22.668	23.382	1*	23.489	23.561	2	23.996	24.106	9	10.707	10.767	5
2017	23.205	29.831	1*	23.382	30.076	1*	23.561	30.319	1*	24.106	31.067	8	10.767	13.889	5
2018	29.831	29.960	1*	30.076	30.219	1*	30.319	30.480	1*	31.067	31.280	7	13.889	13.999	5

A-20

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
MFS^® VIT II Core Equity Portfolio - Service Class⁽¹⁰⁾
2009	8.028	10.411	4	8.057	10.454	5	8.086	10.496	2	8.176	10.629	62	8.236	10.718	7
2010	10.411	11.932	4	10.454	11.987	5	10.496	12.041	2	10.629	12.212	52	10.718	12.327	7
2011	11.932	11.552	3	11.987	11.611	5	12.041	11.670	2	12.212	11.853	38	12.327	11.976	6
2012	11.552	13.136	3	11.611	13.209	5	11.670	13.283	2	11.853	13.511	36	11.976	13.665	5
2013	13.136	17.292	1*	13.209	17.397	5	13.283	17.502	2	13.511	17.830	36	13.665	18.052	5
2014	17.292	18.818	1*	17.397	18.942	5	17.502	19.067	1*	17.830	19.453	27	18.052	19.714	1*
2015	18.818	18.377	1*	18.942	18.507	4	19.067	18.638	1*	19.453	19.044	10	19.714	19.319	1*
2016	18.377	20.016	1*	18.507	20.169	4	18.638	20.322	1*	19.044	20.796	10	19.319	21.117	1*
2017	20.016	24.441	1*	20.169	24.639	4	20.322	24.839	1*	20.796	25.455	10	21.117	25.875	1*
2018	24.441	22.994	2	24.639	23.191	4	24.839	23.392	1*	25.455	24.008	6	25.875	24.428	1*
MFS^® VIT Total Return Series - Service Class
2016	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	18.312	18.362	2	18.460	18.784	3	19.536	19.645	3
2017	18.832	19.864	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	18.784	20.688	10	19.645	21.658	2
2018	19.864	18.336	1*	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	20.688	19.145	9	21.658	20.063	1*
MFS^® VIT Total Return Series -Service Class⁽⁹⁾
2009	10.450	12.065	82	10.490	12.117	133	10.528	12.167	51	10.642	12.317	1,309	11.041	12.792	591
2010	12.065	12.972	75	12.117	13.035	114	12.167	13.095	36	12.317	13.276	1,112	12.792	13.801	460
2011	12.972	12.923	70	13.035	12.992	102	13.095	13.059	29	13.276	13.259	855	13.801	13.797	376
2012	12.923	14.059	64	12.992	14.141	87	13.059	14.221	28	13.259	14.461	707	13.797	15.063	334
2013	14.059	15.549	54	14.141	15.644	86	14.221	15.735	25	14.461	16.009	661	15.063	16.682	306
MFS^® VIT Utilities Series - Service Class
2009	14.108	18.383	5	14.169	18.472	16	14.211	18.536	10	14.366	18.766	217	10.818	14.146	119
2010	18.383	20.464	5	18.472	20.573	14	18.536	20.655	7	18.766	20.943	194	14.146	15.803	104
2011	20.464	21.374	3	20.573	21.499	13	20.655	21.595	2	20.943	21.929	164	15.803	16.563	89
2012	21.374	23.731	8	21.499	23.881	11	21.595	24.000	2	21.929	24.408	143	16.563	18.454	63
2013	23.731	27.977	6	23.881	28.169	10	24.000	28.323	2	24.408	28.848	122	18.454	21.833	59
2014	27.977	30.858	5	28.169	31.084	10	28.323	31.271	2	28.848	31.897	97	21.833	24.165	52
2015	30.858	25.795	5	31.084	25.998	10	31.271	26.167	1*	31.897	26.731	86	24.165	20.271	39
2016	25.795	28.140	4	25.998	28.375	7	26.167	28.573	3	26.731	29.234	81	20.271	22.191	37
2017	28.140	31.596	1*	28.375	31.876	5	28.573	32.115	1*	29.234	32.907	63	22.191	25.004	34
2018	31.596	31.237	1*	31.876	31.529	4	32.115	31.782	1*	32.907	32.614	49	25.004	24.807	31
Neuberger Berman AMT Mid Cap Growth Portfolio - I Class⁽¹⁾
2009	9.969	12.866	7	10.006	12.919	36	10.042	12.973	21	10.151	13.134	314	10.225	13.243	108
2010	12.866	16.289	6	12.919	16.365	23	12.973	16.441	17	13.134	16.669	271	13.243	16.825	77
2011	16.289	16.05	7	16.365	16.133	21	16.441	16.216	10	16.669	16.466	195	16.825	16.636	68
2012	16.05	17.694	7	16.133	17.794	21	16.216	17.894	3	16.466	18.198	165	16.636	18.405	55
2013	17.694	20.179	3	17.794	20.298	21	17.894	20.416	3	18.198	20.774	156	18.405	21.018	53
Neuberger Berman AMT Mid Cap Intrinsic Value Portfolio - I Class
2009	10.074	14.479	4	10.110	14.538	24	10.145	14.597	3	10.257	14.779	270	10.330	14.899	87
2010	14.479	17.918	3	14.538	18.000	22	14.597	18.081	2	14.779	18.335	226	14.899	18.502	64
2011	17.918	16.430	2	18.000	16.513	19	18.081	16.596	2	18.335	16.854	186	18.502	17.025	48
2012	16.430	18.615	2	16.513	18.719	18	16.596	18.822	2	16.854	19.144	156	17.025	19.356	44
2013	18.615	25.020	2	18.719	25.172	17	18.822	25.323	1*	19.144	25.795	132	19.356	26.107	36
2014	25.020	27.932	2	25.172	28.115	16	25.323	28.299	1*	25.795	28.869	115	26.107	29.248	31
2015	27.932	25.108	2	28.115	25.286	16	28.299	25.464	1*	28.869	26.016	100	29.248	26.384	24
2016	25.108	28.605	1*	25.286	28.822	15	25.464	29.039	1*	26.016	29.713	87	26.384	30.163	22
2017	28.605	32.747	1*	28.822	33.012	14	29.039	33.278	1*	29.713	34.101	76	30.163	34.652	19
2018	32.747	27.209	1*	33.012	27.443	11	33.278	27.677	1*	34.101	28.405	70	34.652	28.893	16
PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn^® Strategy Portfolio - Advisor Class
2009	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.001	12.484	1*	9.619	12.495	11	10.475	12.503	3
2010	N/A	N/A	N/A	12.479	15.214	4	12.484	15.227	1*	12.495	15.263	15	12.503	15.288	4
2011	15.202	13.783	3	15.214	13.803	9	15.227	13.820	17	15.263	13.874	44	15.288	13.910	16
2012	13.783	14.210	3	13.803	14.237	10	13.820	14.262	9	13.874	14.339	40	13.910	14.391	9
2013	14.210	11.885	1*	14.237	11.914	9	14.262	11.940	8	14.339	12.023	31	14.391	12.079	11
2014	11.885	9.485	1*	11.914	9.513	9	11.940	9.539	8	12.023	9.619	25	12.079	9.673	10
2015	9.485	6.914	1*	9.513	6.938	8	9.539	6.961	1*	9.619	7.030	6	9.673	7.077	8
2016	6.914	7.789	1*	6.938	7.820	7	6.961	7.849	1*	7.030	7.939	10	7.077	8.000	10
2017	7.789	7.795	1*	7.820	7.830	4	7.849	7.863	1*	7.939	7.965	6	8.000	8.034	7
2018	7.795	6.559	1*	7.830	6.591	3	N/A	N/A	N/A	7.965	6.719	4	8.034	6.784	6

A-21

	with EEB and Step-Up			with EEB			with Step-Up			with EGMDB			with GOP
	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units	Accumulation unit value		Number of accumulation units
	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units	Beginning of period	End of period	Number of accumulation units

	(Accumulation unit value in dollars and Number of accumulation units in thousands)
Putnam VT Equity Income Fund - Class IB
2017	18.467	20.526	2	18.617	20.699	1*	18.766	20.871	1*	19.208	21.383	12	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	20.526	18.421	2	20.699	18.584	1*	20.871	18.750	1*	21.383	19.238	8	N/A	N/A	N/A
Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund - Class IB
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	10.670	11.601	1*
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	11.601	11.057	1*
Putnam VT Global Health Care Fund - Class IB
2009	8.923	11.027	2	8.959	11.077	4	8.992	11.122	6	9.088	11.258	46	9.155	11.353	16
2010	11.027	11.080	2	11.077	11.136	3	11.122	11.188	4	11.258	11.342	41	11.353	11.448	16
2011	11.080	10.738	20	11.136	10.798	1*	11.188	10.853	5	11.342	11.019	34	11.448	11.134	13
2012	10.738	12.876	20	10.798	12.954	1*	10.853	13.027	5	11.019	13.246	31	11.134	13.397	12
2013	12.876	17.889	2	12.954	18.006	1*	13.027	18.116	1*	13.246	18.448	34	13.397	18.678	12
2014	17.889	22.393	2	18.006	22.551	1*	18.116	22.701	1*	18.448	23.151	31	18.678	23.463	11
2015	22.393	23.670	2	22.551	23.850	1*	22.701	24.020	1*	23.151	24.533	23	23.463	24.888	11
2016	23.670	20.578	2	23.850	20.744	1*	24.020	20.903	1*	24.533	21.381	20	24.888	21.713	10
2017	20.578	23.268	2	20.744	23.468	1*	20.903	23.659	1*	21.381	24.237	18	21.713	24.637	10
2018	23.268	22.683	2	23.468	22.889	1*	23.659	23.087	1*	24.237	23.687	16	24.637	24.102	9
Putnam VT Growth & Income Fund - Class IB⁽¹³⁾
2009	7.626	9.708	4	7.656	9.751	4	7.685	9.793	6	7.767	9.913	44	7.823	9.995	3
2010	9.708	10.889	4	9.751	10.943	4	9.793	10.996	6	9.913	11.147	42	9.995	11.250	2
2011	10.889	10.183	4	10.943	10.238	3	10.996	10.293	6	11.147	10.451	24	11.250	10.558	1*
2012	10.183	11.898	3	10.238	11.968	3	10.293	12.038	6	10.451	12.241	22	10.558	12.378	1*
2013	11.898	15.831	1*	11.968	15.933	3	12.038	16.034	2	12.241	16.328	23	12.378	16.528	1*
2014	15.831	17.192	1*	15.933	17.311	3	16.034	17.429	2	16.328	17.776	18	16.528	18.012	1*
2015	17.192	15.591	1*	17.311	15.706	2	17.429	15.821	2	17.776	16.160	17	N/A	N/A	N/A
2016	15.591	17.586	1*	15.706	17.725	1*	15.821	17.864	2	16.160	18.274	14	N/A	N/A	N/A
QS Variable Conservative Growth - Class II
2017	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
2018	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund - Class 2
2009	12.358	14.384	14	12.381	14.417	41	12.403	14.451	6	12.470	14.550	348	12.514	14.616	116
2010	14.384	16.144	7	14.417	16.190	31	14.451	16.236	10	14.550	16.372	325	14.616	16.463	113
2011	16.144	15.695	9	16.190	15.747	31	16.236	15.799	7	16.372	15.955	261	16.463	16.060	96
2012	15.695	17.711	9	15.747	17.779	26	15.799	17.846	6	15.955	18.050	239	16.060	18.187	78
2013	17.711	17.651	8	17.779	17.728	26	17.846	17.805	6	18.050	18.035	220	18.187	18.190	66
2014	17.651	17.628	7	17.728	17.713	20	17.805	17.799	5	18.035	18.056	189	18.190	18.229	55
2015	17.628	16.543	5	17.713	16.632	19	17.799	16.720	3	18.056	16.987	161	18.229	17.168	46
2016	16.543	16.700	5	16.632	16.798	16	16.720	16.896	3	16.987	17.192	130	17.168	17.391	39
2017	16.700	16.693	4	16.798	16.799	16	16.896	16.906	2	17.192	17.227	124	17.391	17.445	23
2018	16.693	16.688	4	16.799	16.803	13	16.906	16.917	3	17.227	17.265	118	17.445	17.501	19
Templeton Growth VIP Fund - Class 2
2009	9.525	12.247	21	9.560	12.297	62	9.595	12.349	8	9.702	12.505	419	8.669	11.185	230
2010	12.247	12.899	23	12.297	12.958	58	12.349	13.019	7	12.505	13.203	356	11.185	11.821	188
2011	12.899	11.767	17	12.958	11.827	54	13.019	11.889	6	13.203	12.075	271	11.821	10.822	163
2012	11.767	13.971	16	11.827	14.049	46	11.889	14.130	6	12.075	14.372	223	10.822	12.894	135
2013	13.971	17.924	13	14.049	18.033	43	14.130	18.146	4	14.372	18.485	205	12.894	16.600	104
2014	17.924	17.083	12	18.033	17.196	42	18.146	17.312	4	18.485	17.662	174	16.600	15.877	84
2015	17.083	15.666	12	17.196	15.778	38	17.312	15.892	3	17.662	16.238	152	15.877	14.611	69
2016	15.666	16.842	8	15.778	16.970	36	15.892	17.102	3	16.238	17.500	137	14.611	15.763	57
2017	16.842	19.572	8	16.970	19.731	35	17.102	19.894	3	17.500	20.388	119	15.763	18.382	52
2018	19.572	16.344	8	19.731	16.485	36	19.894	16.629	3	20.388	17.067	104	18.382	15.404	35

*	The numbers of accumulation units less than 1000 were rounded up to one.

(1) On May 17, 2013, this Subaccount was closed and the values were transferred to the LVIP SSGA S&P 500 Index Fund Subaccount.

(2) On May 17, 2013, this Subaccount was closed and the values were transferred to the LVIP Mondrian International Value Fund Subaccount.

(3) On May 17, 2013, this Subaccount was closed and the values were transferred to the LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund Subaccount.

(4) Effective October 9, 2010, the Delaware VIP^® Trend Series was reorganized into the Delaware VIP^® Smid Cap Core Series. The values in the table for periods prior to the date of the reorganization reflect investments in the Delaware VIP^® Trend Series.

(5) On May 17, 2013, this Subaccount was closed and the values were transferred to the LVIP SSGA Small-Cap Index Fund Subaccount.

(6) On May 17, 2013, this Subaccount was closed and the values were transferred to the LVIP SSGA International Index Fund Subaccount.

A-22

Appendix B — Discontinued Death Benefits and Living Benefit Riders

The Death Benefits and Living Benefit Riders described in this Appendix are no longer available. This Appendix contains important information for Contractowners who purchased their contract and one of the following Death Benefits or Living Benefit Riders.

Death Benefits

5% Step-Up Death Benefit. This Death Benefit option is no longer available unless you had elected it prior to January 15, 2003. If the 5% Step-Up Death Benefit is in effect, the Death Benefit paid will be the greater of the Death Benefit under the EGMDB or the accumulation of all Purchase Payments minus the accumulation of all withdrawals. These Purchase Payments and withdrawals are accumulated at an annual rate of 5% from the date of the transaction to the earlier of the date of death of the deceased person or the contract anniversary immediately preceding the deceased person's 81^st birthday. Each transaction is accumulated separately to a maximum of 200% of the transaction. The accumulation as of the contract anniversary immediately preceding the 81^st birthday of the deceased Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant will then be increased by Purchase Payments made on or subsequent to that contract anniversary and decreased by withdrawals on or subsequent to the contract anniversary.

After a contract is issued, the Contractowner may discontinue the 5% Step-Up Death Benefit at any time by completing the Change of Death Benefit form and sending it to us. The benefit will be discontinued as of the Valuation Date we receive the request, and the Death Benefit will be the EGMDB. We will stop deducting the charge for the 5% Step-Up as of that date. See Charges and Other Deductions. If you discontinue the benefit, it cannot be reinstated. There is an additional charge for this Death Benefit.

Estate Enhancement Benefit Rider (EEB Rider). The amount of Death Benefit payable under this rider is the greatest of the following amounts:

•	the current Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim; or
•	the sum of all Purchase Payments decreased by withdrawals in the same proportion that withdrawals reduced the Contract Value. For contracts purchased prior to June 2, 2003 (or later, depending on your state) the sum of all Purchase Payments will be reduced by the sum of all withdrawals (withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount or the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount under applicable Living Benefit Riders (except Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage) may reduce the sum of all Purchase Payment amounts on a dollar for dollar basis. See Living Benefit Riders – Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage), Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage, Lincoln IRA Income Plus^SM; or
•	the highest Contract Value on any contract anniversary (including the inception date) (determined before the allocation of any Purchase Payments on that contract anniversary) prior to the 81^st birthday of the deceased Contractowner, joint owner (if applicable), or Annuitant and prior to the death of the Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant for whom a death claim is approved for payment. The highest Contract Value is adjusted for certain transactions. It is increased by Purchase Payments made on or after that contract anniversary on which the highest Contract Value is obtained. It is decreased by withdrawals subsequent to that contract anniversary date in the same proportion that withdrawals reduced the Contract Value; or
•	(Only if this rider is elected in combination with the 5% Step-up Death Benefit): The accumulation of all Purchase Payments minus the accumulation of all withdrawals at an annual rate of 5% from the date of the transaction to the earlier of the date of death of the deceased person or the contract anniversary immediately preceding the deceased person’s 81^st birthday. Each transaction is accumulated separately to a maximum of 200% of the transaction. The accumulation as of the contract anniversary immediately preceding the 81^st birthday of the deceased Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant will then be increased by Purchase Payments made on or subsequent to that contract anniversary and decreased by withdrawals on or subsequent to the contract anniversary; or
•	the current Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim plus an amount equal to the Enhancement Rate times the lesser of:

•	the contract earnings; or
•	the covered earnings limit.

Note: If there are no contract earnings, there will not be an amount provided under this item.

The Enhancement Rate is based on the age of the oldest Contractowner, joint owner (if applicable), or Annuitant on the date when the rider becomes effective. If the oldest is under age 70, the rate is 40%. If the oldest is age 70 to 75, the rate is 25%. The EEB rider is not available if the oldest Contractowner, joint owner (if applicable), or Annuitant is age 76 or older at the time the rider would become effective.

Contract earnings equal:

B-1

•	the Contract Value as of the date of death of the individual for whom a death claim is approved by us for payment; minus
•	the Contract Value as of the effective date of this rider (determined before the allocation of any Purchase Payments on that date); minus
•	each Purchase Payment that is made to the contract on or after the effective date of the rider, and prior to the date of death of the individual for whom a death claim is approved for payment; plus
•	any contractual basis that has previously been withdrawn, which is the amount by which each withdrawal made on or after the effective date of the rider, and prior to the date of death of the individual for whom a death claim is approved for payment, exceeded the contract earnings immediately prior to the withdrawal.

The previously withdrawn contractual basis associated with each withdrawal made on or after the effective date of the rider is an amount equal to the greater of $0 and (A), where

(A)	is the amount of the withdrawal minus the greater of $0 and (B); where
(B)	is the result of [(i) - (ii)]; where

(i)	is the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal; and
(ii)	is the amount of Purchase Payments made into the contract prior to the withdrawal.

The covered earnings limit equals 200% of:

•	the Contract Value as of the effective date of this rider (determined before the allocation of any Purchase Payments on that date); plus
•	each Purchase Payment that is made to the contract on or after the effective date of the rider, and prior to the date of death of the individual for whom a death claim is approved for payment, and prior to the contract anniversary immediately preceding the 76^th birthday of the oldest of the Contractowner, joint owner (if applicable) or Annuitant; minus
•	any contractual basis that has previously been withdrawn, which is the amount by which each withdrawal made on or after the effective date of the rider, and prior to the date of death of the individual for whom a death claim is approved for payment, exceeded the contract earnings immediately prior to the withdrawal.

The previously withdrawn contractual basis associated with each withdrawal made on or after the effective date of the rider is an amount equal to the greater of $0 and (A), where

(A)	is the amount of the withdrawal minus the greater of $0 and (B); where
(B)	is the result of [(i) - (ii)]; where

(i)	is the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal; and
(ii)	is the amount of Purchase Payments made into the contract prior to the withdrawal.

The EEB rider may not be terminated unless you surrender the contract or the contract is in the Annuity Payout period.

Accumulated Benefit Enhancement (ABE^SM).

Whenever this ABE^SM Death Benefit is in effect, the Death Benefit amount will be greater than the Death Benefit chosen under the contract and this ABE^SM Death Benefit. Any Death Benefit will be paid in a manner defined within the contract (see the discussions on Death Benefits Before the Annuity Commencement Date and General Death Benefit Information in this prospectus).

Upon the death of any Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant, the ABE^SM Death Benefit will be equal to the sum of all Purchase Payments made under the new contract, plus the Enhancement Amount minus all withdrawals, including any applicable charges and any premium tax incurred. However, if the death occurs in the first Contract year, only 75% of the Enhancement Amount will be used to calculate the ABE^SM Death Benefit.

The ABE^SM Enhancement Amount is equal to the excess of the prior contract’s documented Death Benefit(s) over the actual cash surrender value received by us. However, we will impose a limit on the prior contract’s Death Benefit equal to the lesser of:

•	140% of the prior contract’s cash value; or
•	the prior contract’s cash value plus $400,000.

In addition, if the actual cash surrender value received by us was less than 95% of the documented cash value from the prior insurance company, the prior contract’s Death Benefit was reduced proportionately according to the reduction in cash value amounts.

Under the new contract, upon the death of any Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant who was not a Contractowner or Annuitant on the effective date of the new contract, the ABE^SM Death Benefit will be equal to the Contract Value under the new contract as of the date the death claim is approved by use for payment (unless the change occurred because of the death of a Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant). If any Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant is changed due to a death and the new Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant is age 76 or older when added to the contract, then the ABE^SM Death Benefit for this new Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant will be equal to the Contract Value as of the date the death claim is approved by us for payment.

B-2

The ABE^SM Death Benefit will terminate on the earliest of:

•	the Valuation Date the selected Death Benefit option of the contract is changed; or
•	the Annuity Commencement Date.

It is important to realize that even with the ABE^SM Enhancement Amount, your Death Benefit will in many cases be less than the Death Benefit from your prior company.

Charges and Deductions for Discontinued Living Benefit Riders

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 is an older version of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) which is still currently available. For more information about Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 please see Living Benefit Riders – Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk).

The charge rates for the riders listed above are:

	Current Initial Annual Charge Rate		Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge Rate
	Single Life	Joint Life	Single Life	Joint Life
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0	1.05% (0.2625% quarterly)	1.25% (0.3125% quarterly)	2.00%	2.00%

The charge:

•	is based on the Income Base (initial Purchase Payment if purchased at contract issue, or Contract Value at the time of election) as increased for subsequent Purchase Payments, Automatic Annual Step-ups, Enhancements, and as decreased for Excess Withdrawals; and
•	may increase every Benefit Year upon an Automatic Annual Step-up or an Enhancement. (You may opt out of this increase – see details below.)

The charge rate can change each time there is an Automatic Annual Step-up. Since the Automatic Annual Step-up could increase your Income Base every Benefit Year (if all conditions are met), the charge rate could also increase every Benefit Year, but the rate will never exceed the stated guaranteed maximum annual charge rate. If your charge rate is increased, you may opt out of the Automatic Annual Step-up by giving us notice within 30 days after the Benefit Year anniversary if you do not want your rate to change. If you opt out of the step-up, the charge rate and the Income Base will return to the value they were immediately prior to the step-up, adjusted for any additional Purchase Payments or Excess Withdrawals. This opt out will only apply for this particular Automatic Annual Step-up. You will need to notify us each time the charge rate increases if you want to opt out of subsequent Automatic Annual Step-ups.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge for Contractowners who transition from a Prior Rider. If you have elected Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (a “Prior Rider”), you may carry over certain features of that Prior Rider to transition to the applicable version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. If you make this transition, your current charge rate of the Prior Rider will be the initial charge rate for your i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit rider.

B-3

If your Prior Rider is...	you will transition to...	and the current initial charge rate for your Guaranteed Income Benefit rider is…
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0	i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4)	1.05% (0.2625% quarterly) single life option 1.25% (0.3125% quarterly) joint life option

See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit for Contractowners who transition from a Prior Rider in the prospectus for an example of how the initial i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge for purchasers of a Prior Rider could be calculated.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage Charge. While this rider is in effect, there is a charge for Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage. The current annual rider charge rate is 0.90% of the Guaranteed Amount (0.225% quarterly) for the Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage single life or joint life option. For riders purchased before January 20, 2009, the current annual charge rate will increase from 0.75% to 0.90% upon the earlier of (a) the next Automatic Annual Step-up of the Guaranteed Amount or (b) the next Benefit Year anniversary if cumulative Purchase Payments received after the first Benefit Year anniversary equal or exceed $100,000. If the Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage Plus is purchased, an additional 0.15% is added, for a total current cost of 1.05% of the Guaranteed Amount. See Appendix B – Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage – Guaranteed Amount for a description of the calculation of the Guaranteed Amount.

The charge is based on the Guaranteed Amount as increased for subsequent Purchase Payments, Automatic Annual Step-ups, 5% Enhancements, and the 200% step-up and decreased for withdrawals. The 200% step-up is not available for riders purchased on and after October 5, 2009. We will deduct the cost of this rider from the Contract Value on a quarterly basis, with the first deduction occurring on the Valuation Date on or next following the three-month anniversary of the effective date of the rider. This deduction will be made in proportion to the value in each Subaccount of the contract on the Valuation Date the rider charge is assessed. For riders purchased on and after March 2, 2009, the charge is also deducted in proportion to the value in the fixed account used for dollar cost averaging purposes. The amount we deduct will increase or decrease as the Guaranteed Amount increases or decreases, because the charge is based on the Guaranteed Amount. Refer to Appendix B – Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage – Guaranteed Amount for a discussion and example of the impact of the changes to the Guaranteed Amount.

Since the Automatic Annual Step-up could increase your Guaranteed Amount every Benefit Year (if all conditions are met), the charge rate could also increase every Benefit Year, but the rate will never exceed the guaranteed maximum annual charge rate of 1.50%. If your charge rate is increased, you may opt out of the Automatic Annual Step-up by giving us notice within 30 days after the Benefit Year anniversary if you do not want your rate to change. If you opt out of the step-up, the charge rate and the Guaranteed Amount will return to the value they were immediately prior to the step-up, adjusted for additional Purchase Payments or Excess Withdrawals, if any. This opt-out will only apply for this particular Automatic Annual Step-up and is not available if additional Purchase Payments would cause your charge to increase. You will need to notify us each time the charge rate increases if you want to opt out of subsequent Automatic Annual Step-ups.

An increase in the Guaranteed Amount as a result of the 5% Enhancement or 200% step-up will not cause an increase in the annual rider charge rate but will increase the dollar amount of the charge.

Once cumulative additional Purchase Payments into your annuity contract after the first Benefit Year equal or exceed $100,000, any additional Purchase Payment will cause the charge rate for your rider to change to the current charge rate in effect on the next Benefit Year anniversary, but the charge rate will never exceed the guaranteed maximum annual charge rate. The new charge rate will become effective on the Benefit Year anniversary.

B-4

The rider charge will be discontinued upon termination of the rider. A portion of the rider charge, based on the number of days the rider was in effect that quarter, will be deducted upon termination of the rider (except for death) or surrender of the contract.

If the Guaranteed Amount is reduced to zero while the Contractowner is receiving a lifetime Maximum Annual Withdrawal, no rider charge will be deducted.

If you purchased Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage Plus Option, an additional 0.15% of the Guaranteed Amount will be added to the Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage charge for a total current charge rate of 1.05% applied to the Guaranteed Amount. This total charge rate (which may change as discussed above) is in effect until the seventh Benefit Year anniversary. If you exercise your Plus Option, this entire rider and its charge will terminate. If you do not exercise the Plus Option, after the seventh Benefit Year anniversary, the 0.15% charge for the Plus Option will be removed and the Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage rider and charge will continue. If you make a withdrawal prior to the seventh Benefit Year anniversary, you will not be able to exercise the Plus Option, but the additional 0.15% charge will remain on your contract until the seventh Benefit Year anniversary.

Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge for Lincoln Lifetime Income^SMAdvantage purchasers. For purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage who terminate their rider and purchase i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 2 or 3), the Guaranteed Income Benefit which is purchased with i4LIFE^® Advantage is subject to a current annual charge rate of 0.50% of the Account Value, which is added to the i4LIFE^®Advantage charge rate for a total current charge rate of the Account Value, computed daily as follows: 2.45% for the i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value Death Benefit; 2.50% for the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit; and 2.65% for the i4LIFE^® Advantage EGMDB.

Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage are guaranteed that in the future the guaranteed maximum charge for the Guaranteed Income Benefit will be the guaranteed maximum charge then in effect at the time that they purchase Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage.

The Guaranteed Income Benefit charge rate will not change unless you elect an additional step-up period during which the Guaranteed Income Benefit is stepped-up to 75% of the current Regular Income Payment (described later). At the time you elect a new step-up period, the charge rate will change to the current charge rate in effect at that time (if the current charge rate has changed) up to the guaranteed maximum annual charge rate of 1.50% of the Account Value. If we automatically administer the step-up period election for you and your charge rate is increased, you may ask us to reverse the step-up period election by giving us notice within 30 days after the date on which the step-up period election occurred. If we receive this notice, we will decrease the charge rate, on a going forward basis, to the charge rate in effect before the step-up period election occurred. Any increased charges paid between the time of the step-up and the date we receive your notice to reverse the step-up will not be reimbursed. You will have no more step-ups unless you notify us that you wish to start a new step-up period (described in the i4LIFE^® Advantage section of this prospectus).

After the Periodic Income Commencement Date, if the Guaranteed Income Benefit is terminated, the Guaranteed Income Benefit annual charge will also terminate but the i4LIFE^® Advantage charge will continue.

Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage Charge. While this rider is in effect, there is a charge for Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage. The current annual charge rate is:

1.	0.85% of the Guaranteed Amount (0.2125% quarterly) for Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 5 Year Elective Step-up option (the current annual charge rate will increase to 0.85% upon the next election of a step-up of the Guaranteed Amount); or
2.	0.85% of the Guaranteed Amount (0.2125% quarterly) for Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up, single life option (and also the prior version of Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up) (for riders purchased prior to December 3, 2012, the current annual charge rate will increase from 0.65% to 0.85% at the end of the 10-year annual step-up period if a new 10-year period is elected); or
3.	1.00% of the Guaranteed Amount (0.25% quarterly) for Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up, joint life option (for riders purchased prior to December 3, 2012, the current annual charge rate will increase from 0.80% to 1.00% at the end of the 10-year annual step-up period if a new 10-year period is elected). See Appendix B – Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – Guaranteed Amount for a description of the calculation of the Guaranteed Amount.

The charge is based on the Guaranteed Amount (initial Purchase Payment if purchased at contract issue, or Contract Value at the time of election) as increased for subsequent Purchase Payments and step-ups and decreased for withdrawals. We will deduct the cost of this rider from the Contract Value on a quarterly basis, with the first deduction occurring on the Valuation Date on or next following the three-month anniversary of the effective date of the rider. This deduction will be made in proportion to the value in each Subaccount and any fixed account of the contract on the Valuation Date the rider charge is assessed. In Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 5 Year Elective Step-up option and the prior version of the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up (without the single or joint life option), the charge may be deducted in proportion to the value in the fixed account as well. The amount we deduct will increase or decrease as the Guaranteed Amount increases or decreases, because the charge is based on the Guaranteed Amount. Refer to Appendix B – Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – Guaranteed Amount for a discussion and example of the impact of changes to the Guaranteed Amount.

B-5

Under the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up option, the Guaranteed Amount will automatically step-up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary up to and including the 10^th Benefit Year if conditions are met as described in the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage section. Additional 10-year periods of step-ups may be elected. The annual rider charge rate will not change upon each automatic step-up of the Guaranteed Amount within the 10-year period.

If you elect to step-up the Guaranteed Amount for another 10-year step-up period (including if we administer the step-up election for you or if you make a change from a joint life to a single life option after a death or divorce), a portion of the rider charge, based on the number of days prior to the step-up, will be deducted on the Valuation Date of the step-up based on the Guaranteed Amount immediately prior to the step-up. This deduction covers the cost of the rider from the time of the previous deduction to the date of the step-up. After a Contractowner's step-up, we will deduct the rider charge for the stepped-up Guaranteed Amount on a quarterly basis, beginning on the Valuation Date on or next following the three-month anniversary of the step-up. At the time of the elected step-up, the rider charge rate will change to the current charge rate in effect at that time (if the current charge rate has changed), but it will never exceed the guaranteed maximum annual charge rate of 0.95% of the Guaranteed Amount for the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 5 Year Elective Step-up option or 1.50% of the Guaranteed Amount for the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up option. If you never elect to step-up your Guaranteed Amount, your rider charge rate will never change, although the amount we deduct will change as the Guaranteed Amount changes. The rider charge will be discontinued upon the earlier of the Annuity Commencement Date, election of i4LIFE^® Advantage or termination of the rider. A portion of the rider charge, based on the number of days the rider was in effect that quarter, will be deducted upon termination of the rider (except upon death) or surrender of the contract.

Rider Charge Waiver. For the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 5 Year Elective Step-up option, after the later of the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the rider or the fifth anniversary of the most recent step-up of the Guaranteed Amount, the rider charge may be waived. For the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up option, no rider charge waiver is available with the single life and joint life options. The earlier version of the Lincoln SmartSecurity^®Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up option has a waiver charge provision which may occur after the fifth Benefit Year anniversary following the last automatic step-up opportunity.

Whenever the above conditions are met, on each Valuation Date the rider charge is to be deducted, if the total withdrawals from the contract have been less than or equal to 10% of the sum of: (1) the Guaranteed Amount on the effective date of this rider or on the most recent step-up date; and (2) Purchase Payments made after the step-up, then the quarterly rider charge will be waived. If the withdrawals have been more than 10%, then the rider charge will not be waived.

4LATER^® Advantage Charge. Prior to the Periodic Income Commencement Date (which is defined as the Valuation Date the initial Regular Income Payment under i4LIFE^® Advantage is determined), the annual 4LATER^® charge rate is currently 0.65% of the Income Base. For riders purchased before January 20, 2009, the current annual charge rate will increase from 0.50% to 0.65% upon the next election to reset the Income Base. The Income Base (an amount equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at contract issue, or Contract Value at the time of election if elected after the contract effective date), as adjusted, is a value that will be used to calculate the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit. The Income Base is increased for subsequent Purchase Payments, automatic 15% enhancements and resets, and decreased for withdrawals. An amount equal to the quarterly 4LATER^® rider charge rate multiplied by the Income Base will be deducted from the Subaccounts on every three-month anniversary of the later of the 4LATER^® rider effective date or the most recent reset of the Income Base. This deduction will be made in proportion to the value in each Subaccount on the Valuation Date the 4LATER^® rider charge is assessed. The amount we deduct will increase as the Income Base increases, because the charge is based on the Income Base. As described in more detail below, the only time the Income Base will change is when there are additional Purchase Payments, withdrawals, automatic enhancements at the end of the 3-year waiting periods or in the event of a reset to the current Account Value.

Upon a reset of the Income Base, a portion of the rider charge, based on the number of days prior to the reset, will be deducted on the Valuation Date of the reset based on the Income Base immediately prior to the reset. This deduction covers the cost of the 4LATER^® rider from the time of the previous deduction to the date of the reset. After the reset, we will deduct the 4LATER^® rider charge for the reset Income Base on a quarterly basis, beginning on the Valuation Date on or next following the three-month anniversary of the reset. At the time of the reset, the annual charge rate will be the current charge rate in effect at the time of reset. At the time of each reset (whether you elect the reset or we administer the reset for you), the annual charge rate will change to the current charge rate in effect at the time of the reset, not to exceed the guaranteed maximum charge rate of 1.50% of the Income Base. At the time of reset, a new Waiting Period will begin. Subsequent resets may be elected at the end of each new Waiting Period. The reset will be effective on the next Valuation Date after notice of the reset is approved by us. If you never elect to reset your Income Base, your 4LATER^® rider charge rate will never change, although the amount we deduct will change as your Income Base changes.

Prior to the Periodic Income Commencement Date, a portion of the 4LATER^® rider charge, based on the number of days the rider was in effect that quarter, will be deducted upon termination of the 4LATER^® rider for any reason other than death. On the Periodic Income Commencement Date, a portion of the 4LATER^® rider charge, based on the number of days the rider was in effect that quarter, will be made to cover the cost of 4LATER^® since the previous deduction.

B-6

i4LIFE^® Advantage with 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge for Contractowners who transition from 4LATER^® Advantage. The 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit current annual rider charge rate for purchasers who previously purchased 4LATER^® Advantage is 0.65% of the Account Value, which is added to the i4LIFE^® Advantage charge rate for a total current charge rate of the Account Value, computed daily as follows: 2.60% for the i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value Death Benefit; 2.65% for the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit; and 2.80% for the i4LIFE^® Advantage EGMDB. (For riders purchased before January 20, 2009, the current annual charge rate is 0.50%, but will increase to 0.65% upon the next election to reset the Income Base.) These charges apply only during the i4LIFE^® Advantage payout phase.

On and after the Periodic Income Commencement Date, the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit charge will be added to the i4LIFE^® Advantage charge rate as a daily percentage of average Account Value. This is a change to the calculation of the 4LATER^® charge because after the Periodic Income Commencement Date, when the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit is established, the Income Base is no longer applicable. The 4LATER^® charge rate is the same immediately before and after the Periodic Income Commencement Date; however, the charge is multiplied by the Income Base (on a quarterly basis) prior to the Periodic Income Commencement Date and then multiplied by the average daily Account Value after the Periodic Income Commencement Date.

After the Periodic Income Commencement Date, the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit charge rate will not change unless the Contractowner elects additional 15-year step-up periods during which the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit is stepped-up to 75% of the current Regular Income Payment. At the time of a reset of the 15-year step-up period, the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit charge rate will change to the current charge rate in effect at that time (if the current charge rate has changed) up to the guaranteed maximum annual charge rate of 1.50% of Account Value. After we administer this election, you have 30 days to notify us if you wish to reverse the election (because you do not wish to incur the additional cost). If we receive this notice, we will decrease the charge rate, on a going forward basis, to the charge rate in effect before the step-up occurred.

After the Periodic Income Commencement Date, if the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit is terminated, the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit annual charge will also terminate but the i4LIFE^® Advantage charge will continue.

Discontinued Living Benefit Riders

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage

The Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage rider provides minimum, guaranteed, periodic withdrawals for your life as Contractowner/Annuitant (single life option) or for the lives of you as Contractowner/Annuitant and your spouse as joint owner or primary Beneficiary (joint life option) regardless of the investment performance of the contract, provided that certain conditions are met. The Contractowner, Annuitant or Secondary Life may not be changed while this rider is in effect (except if the Secondary Life assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the Contractowner), including any sale or assignment of the contract as collateral. A minimum guaranteed amount (Guaranteed Amount) is used to calculate the periodic withdrawals from your contract, but is not available as a separate benefit upon death or surrender. The Guaranteed Amount is equal to the initial Purchase Payment (or Contract Value if elected after contract issue) increased by subsequent Purchase Payments, Automatic Annual Step-ups, 5% Enhancements and the step-up to 200% of the initial Guaranteed Amount (if applicable to your contract) and decreased by withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Home Office approval. No additional Purchase Payments are allowed if the Contract Value decreases to zero for any reason.

This rider provides annual withdrawals of 5% of the initial Guaranteed Amount called Maximum Annual Withdrawal amounts. With the single life option, you may receive Maximum Annual Withdrawal amounts for your lifetime. If you purchased the joint life option, Maximum Annual Withdrawal amounts for the lifetimes of you and your spouse are available. Withdrawals in excess of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount and any withdrawals prior to age 59 (for the single life option) or age 65 (for the joint life option) may significantly reduce your Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. Withdrawals will also negatively impact the availability of the 5% Enhancement, the 200% step-up (if applicable to your contract) and Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage Plus. These options are discussed below in detail.

An additional option, Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage Plus, provides that on the seventh Benefit Year anniversary, provided you have not made any withdrawals, you may choose to cancel your Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage rider and receive an increase in your Contract Value of an amount equal to the excess of your initial Guaranteed Amount (and Purchase Payments made within 90 days of rider election) over your Contract Value. This option guarantees at least a return of your initial Purchase Payment after 7 years. Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage Plus must have been purchased with Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage. Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage Plus is discussed in detail below.

If you purchased this rider, you are limited in how you can invest in the Subaccounts in your contract. In addition, the fixed account is not available except for use with dollar cost averaging. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements – Option 3 if you purchased Lincoln Lifetime Income^SMAdvantageon or after January 20, 2009. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements – Option 2 if you purchased Lincoln Lifetime Income^SMAdvantage prior to January 20, 2009.

B-7

We have designed the rider to protect you from outliving your Contract Value. If the rider terminates or you (and your spouse, if applicable) die before your Contract Value is reduced to zero, neither you nor your estate will receive any lifetime withdrawals from us under the rider. We limit your withdrawals to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount and impose Investment Requirements in order to minimize the risk that your Contract Value will be reduced to zero before your (or your spouse’s) death.

If the rider was elected at contract issue, then the rider was effective on the contract’s effective date. If the rider was elected after the contract was issued the rider became effective on the next Valuation Date following approval by us. You cannot simultaneously elect Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage with any other Living Benefit Rider.

Benefit Year. The Benefit Year is the 12-month period starting with the effective date of the rider and starting with each anniversary of the rider effective date after that. If your Benefit Year anniversary falls on a day that the New York Stock Exchange is closed, any benefit calculation scheduled to occur on that anniversary will occur on the next Valuation Date.

Guaranteed Amount. The Guaranteed Amount is a value used to calculate your withdrawal benefit under this rider. The Guaranteed Amount is not available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or a Death Benefit. The initial Guaranteed Amount varies based on when you elect the rider. If you elected the rider at the time you purchased the contract, the initial Guaranteed Amount equals your initial Purchase Payment . If you elected the rider after we issued the contract, the initial Guaranteed Amount equals the Contract Value on the effective date of the rider. The maximum Guaranteed Amount is $10 million. This maximum takes into consideration the total guaranteed amounts under the Living Benefit Riders from all Lincoln Life contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) in which you (or spouse if joint life option) are the covered life.

Additional Purchase Payments automatically increase the Guaranteed Amount by the amount of the Purchase Payment (not to exceed the maximum Guaranteed Amount); for example, a $10,000 additional Purchase Payment will increase the Guaranteed Amount by $10,000. After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Home Office approval. Additional Purchase Payments will not be allowed if the Contract Value decreases to zero for any reason including market loss.

The following example demonstrates the impact of additional Purchase Payments on the Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage charge:

Initial Purchase Payment	$100,000
Additional Purchase Payment in Year 2	$95,000	No change to charge
Additional Purchase Payment in Year 3	$50,000	Charge will be the then current charge
Additional Purchase Payment in Year 4	$25,000	Charge will be the then current charge

Each withdrawal reduces the Guaranteed Amount as discussed below.

5% Enhancement to the Guaranteed Amount. On each Benefit Year anniversary, the Guaranteed Amount, minus Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year, will be increased by 5% if the Contractowner/Annuitant (as well as the spouse if the joint life option is in effect) is under 86 and the rider is within the 10 year period described below. Additional Purchase Payments must be invested in the contract at least one Benefit Year before the 5% Enhancement will be made on the portion of the Guaranteed Amount equal to that Purchase Payment. Any Purchase Payments made within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider will be included in the Guaranteed Amount for purposes of receiving the 5% Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary.

Note: The 5% Enhancement is not available in any Benefit Year there is a withdrawal from Contract Value including a Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. A 5% Enhancement will occur in subsequent years after a withdrawal only under certain conditions. If you are eligible (as defined below) for the 5% Enhancement in the next year, the enhancement will not occur until the Benefit Year anniversary of that year.

The following is an example of the impact of the 5% Enhancement on the Guaranteed Amount :

Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000; Guaranteed Amount = $100,000

Additional Purchase Payment on day 30 = $15,000; Guaranteed Amount = $115,000

Additional Purchase Payment on day 95 = $10,000; Guaranteed Amount = $125,000

On the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Guaranteed Amount is $130,750 (= $115,000 x 1.05 + $10,000). The $10,000 Purchase Payment on day 95 is not eligible for the 5% Enhancement until the second Benefit Year anniversary.

The 5% Enhancement will be in effect for 10 years from the effective date of the rider. The 5% Enhancement will cease upon the death of the Contractowner/Annuitant or upon the death of the survivor of the Contractowner or spouse (if joint life option is in effect) or when the oldest of these individuals reaches age 86. A new 10-year period will begin each time an Automatic Annual Step-up to the Contract Value occurs as described below. As explained below, the 5% Enhancement and Automatic Annual Step-up will not occur in the same year. If the Automatic Annual Step-up provides a greater increase to the Guaranteed Amount, you will not receive the 5% Enhancement. The 5% Enhancement cannot increase the Guaranteed Amount above the maximum Guaranteed Amount of $10 million.

B-8

For riders purchased prior to January 20, 2009, the 5% Enhancement will be in effect for 15 years from the effective date of the rider, and a new 15-year period will begin following each Automatic Annual Step-up.

Any withdrawal from the Contract Value limits the 5% Enhancement as follows:

The 5% Enhancement will not occur on any Benefit Year anniversary in which there is a withdrawal, including a Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, from the contract during that Benefit Year. The 5% Enhancement will occur on the following Benefit Year anniversary if no other withdrawals are made from the contract and the rider is within the 10-year period as long as the Contractowner/Annuitant (single life option) is 59 or older or the Contractowner and spouse (joint life option) are age 65 or older.

If the Contractowner/Annuitant (single life option) is under age 59 or the Contractowner or spouse (joint life option) is under age 65, and a withdrawal is made from the contract, the 5% Enhancement will not occur again until an Automatic Annual Step-Up to the Contract Value (as described below) occurs.

An example of the impact of a withdrawal on the 5% Enhancement is included in the Withdrawals section below.

If your Guaranteed Amount is increased by the 5% Enhancement on the Benefit Year anniversary, your charge rate for the rider will not change. However, the amount you pay for the rider will increase since the charge for the rider is based on the Guaranteed Amount.

Automatic Annual Step-ups of the Guaranteed Amount. The Guaranteed Amount will automatically step-up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a.	the Contractowner/Annuitant (single life option), or the Contractowner and spouse (joint life option) are both still living and under age 86; and
b.	the Contract Value on that Benefit Year anniversary, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including surrender charges, the rider charge and account fee), plus any Purchase Payments made on that date and Persistency Credits, if any, added on that date, is greater than the Guaranteed Amount after the 5% Enhancement (if any) or 200% step-up (if any, as described below).

Following is an example of how the Automatic Annual Step-ups and the 5% Enhancement will work (assuming no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments and issue age above 59 (single life) or 65 (joint life)):

	Contract Value	Guaranteed Amount	Potential for Charge to Change	Length of 5% Enhancement Period
Initial Purchase Payment $50,000	$50,000	$50,000	No	10
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$54,000	$54,000	Yes	10
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$53,900	$56,700	No	9
3^rd Benefit Year anniversary	$57,000	$59,535	No	8
4^th Benefit Year anniversary	$64,000	$64,000	Yes	10

On the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Automatic Annual Step-up increased the Guaranteed Amount to the Contract Value of $54,000 since the increase in the Contract Value is greater than the 5% Enhancement amount of $2,500 (5% of $50,000). On the second Benefit Year anniversary, the 5% Enhancement provided a larger increase (5% of $54,000 = $2,700). On the third Benefit Year anniversary, the 5% Enhancement provided a larger increase (5% of $56,700 = $2,835). On the fourth Benefit Year anniversary, the Automatic Annual Step-up to the Contract Value was greater than the 5% Enhancement amount of $2,977 (5% of $59,535) and a new 10-year Enhancement Period began.

An Automatic Annual Step-up cannot increase the Guaranteed Amount beyond the maximum Guaranteed Amount of $10 million.

Step-up to 200% of the initial Guaranteed Amount. If you purchased Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage on or after October 5, 2009, the 200% step-up will not be available. For Contractowners who purchased Lincoln Lifetime Income^SMAdvantage on or after January 20, 2009 but before October 5, 2009, on the Benefit Year anniversary after you (single life) or the younger of you and your spouse (joint life) reach age 65, or the rider has been in effect for 10 years, whichever event is later, we will step-up your Guaranteed Amount to 200% of your initial Guaranteed Amount (plus any Purchase Payments made within 90 days of rider election), less any withdrawals, if this would increase your Guaranteed Amount to an amount higher than that provided by the 5% Enhancement or the Automatic Annual Step-up for that year, if applicable. (You will not also receive the 5% Enhancement or Automatic Annual Step-up if the 200% step-up applies.) This step-up will not occur if:

1.	any withdrawal was made prior to age 59 (single life) or age 65 (joint life);
2.	an Excess Withdrawal (defined below) has occurred; or
3.	cumulative withdrawals totaling more than 10% of the initial Guaranteed Amount (plus Purchase Payments within 90 days of rider election) have been made (even if these withdrawals were within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount).

B-9

For example, assume the initial Guaranteed Amount is $200,000. A $10,000 Maximum Annual Withdrawal was made at age 65 and at age 66. If one more $10,000 Maximum Annual Withdrawal was made at age 67, the step-up would not be available since withdrawals cannot exceed $20,000 (10% of $200,000).

If you purchased Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage prior to January 20, 2009, you will not be eligible to receive the 200% step-up of the Guaranteed Amount until the Benefit Year anniversary after you (single life) or the younger of you and your spouse (joint life) reach age 70, or the rider has been in effect for 10 years, whichever event is later.

This Step-up is only available one time and it will not occur if, on the applicable Benefit Year anniversary, your Guaranteed Amount exceeds 200% of your initial Guaranteed Amount (plus Purchase Payments within 90 days of rider election). Required minimum distributions (RMDs) from qualified contracts may adversely impact this benefit because you may have to withdraw more than 10% of your initial Guaranteed Amount. See the terms governing RMDs in the Maximum Annual Withdrawal Amount section below.

The following example demonstrates the impact of this step-up on the Guaranteed Amount:

Initial Purchase Payment at age 55 = $200,000; Guaranteed Amount = $200,000; Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount = $10,000.

After 10 years, at age 65, the Guaranteed Amount is $272,339 (after applicable 5% Enhancements and two $10,000 Maximum Annual Withdrawal Amounts) and the Contract Value is $250,000. Since the Guaranteed Amount is less than $360,000 ($200,000 initial Guaranteed Amount reduced by the two $10,000 withdrawals x 200%), the Guaranteed Amount is increased to $360,000.

The 200% step-up (if applicable to your contract) cannot increase the Guaranteed Amount beyond the maximum Guaranteed Amount of $10 million.

Maximum Annual Withdrawal Amount. You may make periodic withdrawals up to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount each Benefit Year for your (Contractowner) lifetime (single life option) or the lifetimes of you and your spouse (joint life option) as long as you are at least age 59 (single life option) or you and your spouse are both at least age 65 (joint life option) and your Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is greater than zero.

On the effective date of the rider, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is equal to 5% of the initial Guaranteed Amount. If you do not withdraw the entire Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount during a Benefit Year, there is no carryover of the extra amount into the next Benefit Year.

If your Contract Value is reduced to zero because of market performance, withdrawals equal to the remaining Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount for that Benefit Year will be paid in a lump sum. On the next rider anniversary, the scheduled amount will resume and continue automatically for your life (and your spouse if applicable under joint life option) under the Maximum Annual Withdrawal Amount Annuity Payment Option (discussed later). You may not withdraw the remaining Guaranteed Amount in a lump sum.

Note: if any withdrawal is made, the 5% Enhancement is not available during that Benefit Year and Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage Plus is not available (see below). Withdrawals may also negatively impact the 200% step-up (see above).

The tax consequences of withdrawals are discussed in Federal Tax Matters section of this prospectus.

All withdrawals you make, whether or not within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, will decrease your Contract Value. Surrender charges are waived on cumulative withdrawals less than or equal to the Guaranteed Annual Income amount.

The Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will be doubled, called the Nursing Home Enhancement, during a Benefit Year when the Contractowner/Annuitant is age 59 or older or the Contractowner and spouse (joint life option), are both age 65 or older, and one is admitted into an accredited nursing home or equivalent health care facility. The Nursing Home Enhancement applies if the admittance into such facility occurs 60 months or more after the effective date of the rider (36 months or more for Contractowners who purchased this rider prior to January 20, 2009), the individual was not in the nursing home in the year prior to the effective date of the rider, and upon entering the nursing home, the person has been then confined for at least 90 consecutive days. Proof of nursing home confinement will be required each year. If you leave the nursing home, your Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will be reduced by 50% starting after the next Benefit Year anniversary.

The requirements of an accredited nursing home or equivalent health care facility are set forth in the Nursing Home Enhancement Claim Form. The criteria for the facility include, but are not limited to: providing 24 hour a day nursing services; an available physician; an employed nurse on duty or call at all times; maintains daily clinical records; and able to dispense medications. This does not include an assisted living or similar facility. For riders purchased on or after January 20, 2009, the admittance to a nursing home must be pursuant to a plan of care provided by a licensed health care practitioner, and the nursing home must be located in the United States.

The remaining references to the 5% Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount also include the Nursing Home Enhancement Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount.

The Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is increased by 5% of any additional Purchase Payments . For example, if the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount of $2,500 (5% of $50,000 Guaranteed Amount) is in effect and an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 is made , the new Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is $3,000 ($2,500 + 5% of $10,000).

B-10

5% Enhancements, Automatic Annual Step-ups and the 200% step-up (if applicable to your contract) will cause a recalculation of the eligible Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to the greater of:

a.	the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount immediately prior to the 5% Enhancement, Automatic Annual Step-up or 200% step-up; or
b.	5% of the Guaranteed Amount on the Benefit Year anniversary.

See the chart below for examples of the recalculation.

The Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount from both Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage and Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage under all Lincoln Life contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) applicable to you (or your spouse if joint life option) can never exceed 5% of the maximum Guaranteed Amount.

Withdrawals after age 59 (Single Life Option) or age 65 (Joint Life Option). If the cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) after age 59 (single life) or age 65 (joint life) are within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, then:

1.	the withdrawal will reduce the Guaranteed Amount by the amount of the withdrawal on a dollar-for-dollar basis, and
2.	the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will remain the same.

The impact of withdrawals prior to age 59 or age 65 will be discussed later in this section. The following example illustrates the impact of Maximum Annual Withdrawals on the Guaranteed Amount and the recalculation of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount (assuming no additional Purchase Payments and the Contractowner (single life) is older than 59 and the Contractowner and spouse (joint life) are both older than 65):

	Contract Value	Guaranteed Amount	Maximum Annual Withdrawal Amount
Initial Purchase Payment $50,000	$50,000	$50,000	$2,500
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$54,000	$54,000	$2,700
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$51,000	$51,300	$2,700
3^rd Benefit Year anniversary	$57,000	$57,000	$2,850
4^th Benefit Year anniversary	$64,000	$64,000	$3,200

The initial Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is equal to 5% of the Guaranteed Amount. Since withdrawals occurred each year (even withdrawals within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount), the 5% Enhancement of the Guaranteed Amount was not available. However, each year the Automatic Annual Step-up occurred (first, third and fourth Benefit Year anniversaries), the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount was recalculated to 5% of the current Guaranteed Amount.

Withdrawals within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount are not subject to surrender charges. Withdrawals from Individual Retirement Annuity contracts will be treated as within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount (even if they exceed the 5% Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount) only if the withdrawals are taken in systematic installments of the amount needed to satisfy the RMD rules under Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(9). In addition, in order for this exception for RMDs to apply, the following must occur:

1.	Lincoln’s automatic withdrawal service is used to calculate and pay the RMD;
2.	The RMD calculation must be based only on the value in this contract;
3.	No withdrawals other than RMDs are made within that Benefit Year (except as described in next paragraph);
4.	This contract is not a beneficiary IRA; and
5.	You are over age 59 (age 65 of the youngest life for joint life option).

If your RMD withdrawals during a Benefit Year are less than the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, an additional amount up to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount may be withdrawn and will not be subject to surrender charges. If a withdrawal, other than an RMD is made during the Benefit Year, then all amounts withdrawn in excess of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, including amounts attributed to RMDs, will be treated as Excess Withdrawals (see below).

Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals are the cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) that exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. When Excess Withdrawals occur:

B-11

1.	The Guaranteed Amount is reduced by the same proportion that the Excess Withdrawal reduces the Contract Value. This means that the reduction in the Guaranteed Amount could be more than a dollar-for-dollar reduction.
2.	The Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will be immediately recalculated to 5% of the new (reduced) Guaranteed Amount (after the proportionate reduction for the Excess Withdrawal); and
3.	The 200% step-up will never occur.

The following example demonstrates the impact of an Excess Withdrawal on the Guaranteed Amount and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. A $12,000 withdrawal caused a $15,182 reduction in the Guaranteed Amount.

Prior to Excess Withdrawal:
Contract Value = $60,000
Guaranteed Amount = $85,000
Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount = $5,000 (5% of the initial Guaranteed Amount of $100,000)

After a $12,000 Withdrawal ($5,000 is within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, $7,000 is the Excess Withdrawal):

The Contract Value and Guaranteed Amount are reduced dollar for dollar for the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount of $5,000:

Contract Value = $55,000
Guaranteed Amount = $80,000

The Contract Value is reduced by the $7,000 Excess Withdrawal and the Guaranteed Amount is reduced by 12.73%, the same proportion that the Excess Withdrawal reduced the $55,000 Contract Value ($7,000 / $55,000)

Contract Value = $48,000

Guaranteed Amount = $69,818 ($80,000 x 12.73% = $10,182; $80,000 - $10,182 = $69,818)
Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount = $3,491 (5% of $69,818)

In a declining market, withdrawals that exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount may substantially deplete or eliminate your Guaranteed Amount and reduce or deplete your Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value.

Excess Withdrawals will be subject to surrender charges unless one of the waiver of surrender charge provisions set forth in your prospectus is applicable. Continuing with the prior example of the $12,000 withdrawal: the $5,000 Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is not subject to surrender charges; the $7,000 Excess Withdrawal may be subject to surrender charges. See Charges and Other Deductions - Surrender Charge.

Withdrawals before age 59/65. If any withdrawal is made prior to the time the Contractowner is age 59 (single life) or the Contractowner and spouse (joint life) are both age 65, including withdrawals equal to Maximum Annual Withdrawal amounts, the following will occur:

1.	The Guaranteed Amount will be reduced in the same proportion that the entire withdrawal reduced the Contract Value (this means that the reduction in the Guaranteed Amount could be more than a dollar-for-dollar reduction);
2.	The Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will be immediately recalculated to 5% of the new (reduced) Guaranteed Amount;
3.	The 5% Enhancement to the Guaranteed Amount is not available until after an Automatic Annual Step-up to the Contract Value occurs. This Automatic Annual Step-up will not occur until the Contract Value exceeds the Guaranteed Amount on a Benefit Year anniversary (see the 5% Enhancement section above); and
4.	The 200% step-up will never occur.

The following is an example of the impact of a withdrawal prior to age 59 for single or age 65 for joint:

•	$100,000 Purchase Payment
•	$100,000 Guaranteed Amount
•	A 10% market decline results in a Contract Value of $90,000
•	$5,000 Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount

If a $5,000 withdrawal is made before age 59, the Guaranteed Amount will be $94,444 ($100,000 reduced by 5.56% ($5,000/$90,000) and the new Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is $4,722 (5% x $94,444). Surrender charges will apply unless one of the waiver of surrender charge provisions is applicable. See Charges and Other Deductions - Surrender Charge.

In a declining market, withdrawals prior to age 59 (or 65 if Joint Life) may substantially deplete or eliminate your Guaranteed Amount and reduce or deplete your Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount.

B-12

Guaranteed Amount (plus any Purchase Payments made within 90 days of the rider effective date), over your current Contract Value. Making this election will terminate the Plus Option as well as Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage and the total charge for this rider and you will have no further rights to Maximum Annual Withdrawal amounts or any other benefits under this rider. You have 30 days after the seventh Benefit Year anniversary to make this election, but you will receive no more than the difference between the Contract Value and the initial Guaranteed Amount (plus any Purchase Payments within 90 days of the rider effective date) on the seventh Benefit Year anniversary. If you choose to surrender your contract at this time, any applicable surrender charges will apply.

You may not elect to receive an increase in Contract Value if any withdrawal is made, including Maximum Annual Withdrawal amounts or RMDs, prior to the seventh Benefit Year anniversary. If you make a withdrawal prior to the seventh Benefit Year anniversary, the charge for this Plus Option (in addition to the Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage charge) will continue until the seventh Benefit Year anniversary. After the seventh Benefit Year anniversary, the 0.15% charge for the Plus Option will be removed from your contract and the charge for your Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage will continue.

If you do not elect to exercise the Plus Option, after the seventh Benefit Year anniversary, your Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage and its charge will continue and the Plus Option 0.15% charge will be removed from your contract.

The following example illustrates the Plus Option upon the seventh Benefit Year anniversary:

Initial Purchase Payment of $100,000; Initial Guaranteed Amount of $100,000.

On the seventh Benefit Year anniversary, if the current Contract Value is $90,000; the Contractowner may choose to have $10,000 placed in the contract and the Plus Option (including the right to continue Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage) will terminate at that time.

If you purchased the Lincoln Lifetime Income^SMAdvantage Plus option, you have limited investment options until the seventh Benefit Year anniversary as set forth in the Investment Requirements section of this prospectus. After the seventh Benefit Year anniversary, if your contract continues, you may invest in other Subaccounts in your contract, subject to the Investment Requirements applicable to your purchase date of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage.

Maximum Annual Withdrawal Amount Annuity Payout Option. If you are required to annuitize your Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount because you have reached the Annuity Commencement Date, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal Amount Annuity Payout Option is available.

The Maximum Annual Withdrawal Amount Annuity Payout Option is a fixed annuitization in which the Contractowner (and spouse if applicable) will receive annual annuity payments equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount for life (this option is different from other annuity payment options discussed in your prospectus, including i4LIFE^® Advantage, which are based on your Contract Value). Payment frequencies other than annual may be available. You will have no other contract features other than the right to receive annuity payments equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount (including the Nursing Home Enhancement if you qualify) for your life or the life of you and your spouse for the joint life option.

If the Contract Value is zero and you have a remaining Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, you will receive the Maximum Annual Withdrawal Amount Annuity Payment Option.

If you are receiving the Maximum Annual Withdrawal Amount Annuity Payout Option, your Beneficiary may be eligible for a final payment upon death of the single life or surviving joint life.

The final payment is equal to the sum of all Purchase Payments, decreased by withdrawals in the same proportion as the withdrawals reduce the Contract Value; withdrawals less than or equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount and payments under the Maximum Annual Withdrawal Annuity Payout Option will reduce the sum of the Purchase Payments dollar for dollar. If your Death Benefit option in effect immediately prior to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal Amount Annuity Payout Option provided for deduction for withdrawals on a dollar for dollar basis, then any withdrawals that occurred prior to the election of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage will reduce the sum of all Purchase Payments on a dollar for dollar basis.

Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage has no provision for a payout of the Guaranteed Amount upon death of the Contractowners or Annuitant. In addition, Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage provides no increase in value to the Death Benefit over and above what the Death Benefit provides in the base contract. At the time of death, if the Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit options (as described in the Death Benefit section of this prospectus) will be in effect. Election of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage does not impact the Death Benefit options available for purchase with your annuity contract. All Death Benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable as amended from time to time. See The Contracts – Death Benefit.

Upon the death of the single life, Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage will end and no further Maximum Annual Withdrawal amounts are available (even if there was a Guaranteed Amount in effect at the time of the death). Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage Plus will also terminate, if in effect. If the Beneficiary elects to continue the contract after the death of the single life (through a separate provision of the contract), the Beneficiary may purchase a new Living Benefit Rider if available under the terms and charge in effect at the time of the new purchase. There is no carryover of the Guaranteed Amount.

B-13

Upon the first death under the joint life option, the lifetime payout of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will continue for the life of the surviving spouse. The 5% Enhancement, 200% Step-up, Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage Plus and Automatic Annual Step-up will continue if applicable as discussed above. Upon the death of the surviving spouse, Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage will end and no further Maximum Annual Withdrawal amounts are available (even if there was a Guaranteed Amount in effect at the time of the death). Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage Plus will also terminate, if in effect.

As an alternative, after the first death, the surviving spouse may choose to terminate the joint life option and purchase a new single life option, if available, under the terms and charge in effect at the time for a new purchase. The surviving spouse must be under age 65. In deciding whether to make this change, the surviving spouse should consider: 1) if the change will cause the Guaranteed Amount and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to decrease and 2) if the single life rider option for new issues will provide an earlier age (59) to receive Maximum Annual Withdrawal amounts.

Impact of Divorce on Joint Life Option. In the event of a divorce, the Contractowner may terminate the joint life option and purchase a single life option, if available, (if the Contractowner is under age 65) at the current rider charge and the terms in effect for new sales of the single life option.

After a divorce, the Contractowner may keep the joint life option to have the opportunity to receive lifetime payouts for the lives of the Contractowner and a new spouse. This is only available if no withdrawals were made from the contract after the effective date of the rider up to and including the date the new spouse is added to the rider.

Termination. After the seventh anniversary of the effective date of the rider, the Contractowner may terminate the rider by notifying us in writing. Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage will automatically terminate:

•	Upon exercise of the Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage Plus option to receive an increase in the Contract Value equal to the excess of your initial Guaranteed Amount over the Contract Value;
•	on the Annuity Commencement Date (except payments under the Maximum Annual Withdrawal Amount Annuity Payment Option will continue if applicable);
•	upon the death under the single life option or the death of the surviving Secondary Life under the joint life option;
•	when the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is reduced to zero; or
•	upon termination of the underlying annuity contract.

The termination will not result in any increase in Contract Value equal to the Guaranteed Amount. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefits and charges within this rider will terminate.

If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can elect any Living Benefit Rider available for purchase at that time. If you have elected to receive an increase in your Contract Value under Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage Plus (after the seventh Benefit Year), you may elect a new Living Benefit Rider at any time.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Option. Contractowners who previously elected Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage may decide to later carry over their Guaranteed Amount to the applicable version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. This decision must be made prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 3) is available for Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage riders purchased on or after October 6, 2008 and prior to October 31, 2010. Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 2) is available for Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage riders purchased prior to October 6, 2008. You cannot have both i4LIFE^® Advantage and another Living Benefit Rider in effect on your contract at the same time.

Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage

This benefit provides a minimum guaranteed amount (Guaranteed Amount) that you will be able to withdraw, in installments, from your contract. The Guaranteed Amount is equal to the initial Purchase Payment (or Contract Value if elected after contract issue) adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments, step-ups and withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. There are two options that step-up the Guaranteed Amount to a higher level (the Contract Value at the time of the step-up):

Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 5 Year Elective Step-up or

Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up

Under the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 5 Year Elective Step-up, the Contractowner has the option to step-up the Guaranteed Amount after five years. With the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up option, the Guaranteed Amount will automatically step up to the Contract Value, if higher, on each Benefit Year anniversary through the tenth anniversary. With the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up, the Contractowner can also initiate additional 10-year periods of automatic step-ups.

You may access this Guaranteed Amount through periodic withdrawals which are based on a percentage of the Guaranteed Amount. With the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up single life or joint life options, you also have the option to receive periodic withdrawals for your lifetime or for the lifetimes of you and your spouse. These options are discussed below in detail.

B-14

If you purchased this rider, you are limited in how much you can invest in certain Subaccounts. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements.

Benefit Year. The Benefit Year is the 12-month period starting with the effective date of the rider and starting with each anniversary of the rider effective date after that. If the Contractowner elects to step up the Guaranteed Amount (this does not include Automatic Annual Step-ups within a 10-year period), the Benefit Year will begin on the effective date of the step-up and each anniversary of the effective date of the step-up after that. The step-up will be effective on the next Valuation Date after notice of the step-up is approved by us. If your Benefit Year anniversary falls on a day that the New York Stock Exchange is closed, any benefit calculations scheduled to occur on that anniversary will occur on the next Valuation Date.

Guaranteed Amount. The Guaranteed Amount is a value used to calculate your withdrawal benefit under this rider. The Guaranteed Amount is not available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or a Death Benefit. The initial Guaranteed Amount varies based on when and how you elect the benefit. If you elected the benefit at the time you purchased the contract, the Guaranteed Amount equals your initial Purchase Payment. If you elected the benefit after we issued the contract, the Guaranteed Amount equals the Contract Value on the effective date of the rider. The maximum Guaranteed Amount is $5,000,000 under Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 5 Year Elective Step-up option and $10 million for Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up option. This maximum takes into consideration the combined guaranteed amounts under the Living Benefit Riders of all Lincoln Life contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) in which you (and/or spouse if joint life option) are the covered lives.

Additional Purchase Payments automatically increase the Guaranteed Amount by the amount of the Purchase Payment (not to exceed the maximum); for example, a $10,000 additional Purchase Payment will increase the Guaranteed Amount by $10,000. After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Home Office approval. Additional Purchase Payments will not be allowed if the Contract Value is zero.

Each withdrawal reduces the Guaranteed Amount as discussed below.

Step-ups of the Guaranteed Amount. Under the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up option, the Guaranteed Amount will automatically step up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary up to and including the tenth Benefit Year if:

a.	the Contractowner or joint owner is still living; and
b.	the Contract Value as of the Valuation Date, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including surrender charges and Interest Adjustments), the rider charge and account fee plus any Purchase Payments made on that date is greater than the Guaranteed Amount immediately preceding the Valuation Date.

After the tenth Benefit Year anniversary, you may initiate another 10-year period of automatic step-ups by electing (in writing) to step-up the Guaranteed Amount to the greater of the Contract Value or the current Guaranteed Amount if:

a.	each Contractowner and Annuitant is under age 81; and
b.	the Contractowner or joint owner is still living.

If you choose, we will administer this election for you automatically, so that a new 10-year period of step-ups will begin at the end of each prior 10-year step-up period.

Following is an example of how the step-ups work in the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up option, (assuming no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments):

	Contract Value	Guaranteed Amount
Initial Purchase Payment $50,000	$50,000	$50,000
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$54,000	$54,000
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$53,900	$54,000
3^rd Benefit Year anniversary	$57,000	$57,000

Annual step-ups, if the conditions are met, will continue until (and including) the tenth Benefit Year anniversary. If you had elected to have the next 10-year period of step-ups begin automatically after the prior 10-year period, annual step-ups, if conditions are met, will continue beginning on the eleventh Benefit Year anniversary.

Under the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 5 Year Elective Step-up option, after the fifth anniversary of the rider, you may elect (in writing) to step-up the Guaranteed Amount to an amount equal to the Contract Value on the effective date of the step-up. Additional step-ups are permitted, but you must wait at least 5 years between each step-up.

B-15

after we receive your request and a new Benefit Year will begin. Purchase Payments and withdrawals made after a step-up adjust the Guaranteed Amount. In the future, we may limit your right to step up the Guaranteed Amount to your Benefit Year anniversary dates. All step-ups are subject to the maximum Guaranteed Amount.

Withdrawals. You will have access to your Guaranteed Amount through periodic withdrawals up to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount each Benefit Year until the Guaranteed Amount equals zero.

On the effective date of the rider, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is:

•	7% of the Guaranteed Amount under the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 5 Year Elective Step-up option; and
•	5% of the Guaranteed Amount under the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up option.

If you do not withdraw the entire Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount during a Benefit Year, there is no carryover of the extra amount into the next Benefit Year. The Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is increased by 7% or 5% (depending on your option) of any additional Purchase Payments. For example, if the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up option with a Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount of $2,500 (5% of $50,000 Guaranteed Amount) is in effect and an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 is made the new Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is $3,000 ($2,500 + 5% of $10,000). Step-ups of the Guaranteed Amount (both automatic step-ups and step-ups elected by you) will step up the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to the greater of:

a.	the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount immediately prior to the step-up; or
b.	7% or 5% (depending on your option) of the new (stepped up) Guaranteed Amount.

If the cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) are within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, then:

1.	the withdrawal will reduce the Guaranteed Amount by the amount of the withdrawal on a dollar-for-dollar basis; and
2.	the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will remain the same.

Withdrawals within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount are not subject to surrender charges or the Interest Adjustment on the amount withdrawn from the fixed account, if applicable. See The Contracts - Fixed Side of the Contract.

If the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up option is in effect, withdrawals from IRA contracts will be treated as within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount (even if they exceed the 5% Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount) only if:

•	Lincoln’s automatic withdrawal service is used to calculate and pay the RMD;
•	the RMD calculation must be based only on the value in this contract;
•	no withdrawals other than RMD’s are made within the Benefit Year; and
•	this contract is not a beneficiary IRA.

When cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount:

1.	The Guaranteed Amount is reduced to the lesser of:

•	the Contract Value immediately following the withdrawal; or
•	the Guaranteed Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal.

2.	The Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will be the lesser of:

•	the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount immediately prior to the withdrawal; or
•	the greater of:

•	7% or 5% (depending on your option) of the reduced Guaranteed Amount immediately following the withdrawal (as specified above when withdrawals exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount); or
•	7% or 5% (depending on your option) of the Contract Value immediately following the withdrawal; or

•	the new Guaranteed Amount.

The following example of the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up option demonstrates the impact of an Excess Withdrawal on the Guaranteed Amount and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. A $7,000 Excess Withdrawal caused a $32,000 reduction in the Guaranteed Amount.

Prior to Excess Withdrawal:
Contract Value = $60,000

B-16

Guaranteed Amount = $85,000
Maximum Annual Withdrawal = $5,000 (5% of the initial Guaranteed Amount of $100,000)

After a $7,000 Withdrawal:
Contract Value = $53,000
Guaranteed Amount = $53,000
Maximum Annual Withdrawal = $2,650

The Guaranteed Amount was reduced to the lesser of the Contract Value immediately following the withdrawal ($53,000) or the Guaranteed Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal ($85,000 - $7,000 = $78,000).

The Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount was reduced to the lesser of:

1.	Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount prior to the withdrawal ($5,000); or
2.	The greater of 5% of the new Guaranteed Amount ($2,650) or 5% of the Contract Value following the withdrawal ($2,650); or
3.	The new Guaranteed Amount ($53,000).

The lesser of these three items is $2,650.

In a declining market, Excess Withdrawals may substantially deplete or eliminate your Guaranteed Amount and reduce your Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount.

Under the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 5 Year Elective Step-up option for IRA contracts, the annual amount available for withdrawal within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount may not be sufficient to satisfy your required minimum distributions under the Internal Revenue Code. This is particularly true for individuals over age 84. Therefore, you may have to make withdrawals that exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. Withdrawals over the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount may quickly and substantially decrease your Guaranteed Amount and Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, especially in a declining market. You should consult your tax advisor to determine if there are ways to limit the risks associated with those withdrawals. Such methods may involve the timing of withdrawals or foregoing step-ups of the Guaranteed Amount.

Excess Withdrawals will be subject to surrender charges (to the extent that total withdrawals exceed the free amount of withdrawals allowed during a Contract Year) and an Interest Adjustment on the amount withdrawn from the fixed account. Refer to the Statement of Additional Information for an example of the Interest Adjustment calculation.

Lifetime Withdrawals. (Available only with the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up single or joint life options and not the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 5 Year Elective Step-up option or the prior version of the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up option). Payment of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will be guaranteed for your (Contractowner) lifetime (single life option) or for the lifetimes of you (Contractowner) and your spouse (joint life option), as long as:

1.	No withdrawals are made before you (and your spouse if a joint life) are age 65; and
2.	An Excess Withdrawal (described above) has not reduced the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to zero.

If the lifetime withdrawal is not in effect, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will last only until the Guaranteed Amount equals zero.

If any withdrawal is made prior to the time you (or both spouses) are age 65, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will not last for the lifetime(s), except in the two situations described below:

If a step-up of the Guaranteed Amount after age 65 causes the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to equal or increase from the immediately prior Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. This typically occurs if the Contract Value equals or exceeds the highest, prior Guaranteed Amount. If this happens, the new Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will automatically be available for the specified lifetime(s); or

The Contractowner makes a one-time election to reset the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to 5% of the current Guaranteed Amount. This reset will occur on the first Valuation Date following the Benefit Year anniversary and will be based on the Guaranteed Amount as of that Valuation Date. This will reduce your Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. A Contractowner would only choose this if the above situation did not occur. To reset the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, the following must occur:

a.	the Contractowner (and spouse if applicable) is age 65;
b.	the contract is currently within a 10-year automatic step-up period described above (or else a Contractowner submits a step-up request to start a new 10-year automatic step-up period) (the Contractowner must be eligible to elect a step-up; i.e., all Contractowners and the Annuitant must be alive and under age 81); and
c.	you have submitted this request to us in writing at least 30 days prior to the end of the Benefit Year.

B-17

As an example of these two situations, if you purchased the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up single life with $100,000, your initial Guaranteed Amount is $100,000 and your initial Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is $5,000. If you make a $5,000 withdrawal at age 62, your Guaranteed Amount will decrease to $95,000. Since you did not satisfy the age 65 requirement, you do not have a lifetime Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. If a step-up of the Guaranteed Amount after age 65 (either automatic or Contractowner-elected) causes the Guaranteed Amount to equal or exceed $100,000, then the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount of $5,000 (or greater) will become a lifetime payout. This is the first situation described above. However, if the Guaranteed Amount has not been reset to equal or exceed the highest prior Guaranteed Amount, then you can choose the second situation described above if you are age 65 and the contract is within a 10-year automatic step-up period. This will reset the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to 5% of the current Guaranteed Amount; 5% of $95,000 is $4,750. This is your new Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount which can be paid for your lifetime unless Excess Withdrawals are made.

The tax consequences of withdrawals and annuity payments are discussed in Federal Tax Matters.

All withdrawals you make, whether or not within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, will decrease your Contract Value. If the contract is surrendered, the Contractowner will receive the Contract Value (less any applicable charges, fees, and taxes) and not the Guaranteed Amount.

If your Contract Value is reduced to zero because of market performance, withdrawals equal to the remaining Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount for that Benefit Year will be paid in a lump sum. On the next rider anniversary, the scheduled amount will resume and continue for the life of you (and your spouse if applicable) if the lifetime withdrawals are in effect. If not, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will continue until the Guaranteed Amount equals zero. You may not withdraw the remaining Guaranteed Amount in a lump sum.

Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payment Option. If you desire to annuitize your Guaranteed Amount, the Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payment Option is available.

The Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payment Option is a fixed annuitization in which the Contractowner (and spouse if applicable) will receive the Guaranteed Amount in annual annuity payments equal to the current 7% or 5% (depending on your option) Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, including the lifetime Maximum Annual Withdrawals if in effect (this option is different from other annuity payment options discussed in this prospectus, including i4LIFE^® Advantage, which are based on your Contract Value). Payment frequencies other than annual may be available. Payments will continue until the Guaranteed Amount equals zero and may continue until death if the lifetime Maximum Annual Withdrawal is in effect. This may result in a partial, final payment. You would consider this option only if your Contract Value is less than the Guaranteed Amount (and you don't believe the Contract Value will ever exceed the Guaranteed Amount) and you do not wish to keep your annuity contract in force other than to pay out the Guaranteed Amount. You will have no other contract features other than the right to receive annuity payments equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount until the Guaranteed Amount equals zero.

If the Contract Value is zero and you have a remaining Guaranteed Amount, you may not withdraw the remaining Guaranteed Amount in a lump sum, but must elect the Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payment Option.

Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. There is no provision for a lump sum payout of the Guaranteed Amount upon death of the Contractowners or Annuitant. In addition, Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage provides no increase in the Death Benefit value over and above what the Death Benefit provides in the base contract. At the time of death, if the Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit will be paid other than any applicable Maximum Annual Withdrawal amounts. All Death Benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable as amended from time to time. See The Contracts – Death Benefit.

Upon the death of the single life under the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up – single life option, the lifetime payout of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, if in effect, will end. If the contract is continued as discussed below, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will continue until the Guaranteed Amount, if any, is zero. In the alternative, the surviving spouse can choose to become the new single life, if the surviving spouse is under age 81. This will cause a reset of the Guaranteed Amount and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. The new Guaranteed Amount will equal the Contract Value on the date of the reset and the new Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will be 5% of the new Guaranteed Amount. This also starts a new 10-year period of automatic step-ups. At this time, the charge for the rider will become the current charge in effect for the single life option. The surviving spouse will need to be 65 before taking withdrawals to qualify for a lifetime payout. In deciding whether to make this change, the surviving spouse should consider:

1.	the change a reset would cause to the Guaranteed Amount and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount;
2.	whether it is important to have Maximum Annual Withdrawal amounts for life or only until the Guaranteed Amount is reduced to zero; and
3.	the cost of the single life option.

B-18

spouse, the lifetime payout of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will end. However, if the spouse's Beneficiary elects to take the annuity Death Benefit in installments over life expectancy, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will continue until the Guaranteed Amount, if any, is zero (see below for a non-spouse Beneficiary). As an alternative, after the first death, the surviving spouse may choose to change from the joint life option to the single life option, if the surviving spouse is under age 81. This will cause a reset of the Guaranteed Amount and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. The new Guaranteed Amount will equal the Contract Value on the date of the reset and the new Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will be 5% of the new Guaranteed Amount. This also starts a new 10-year period of automatic step-ups. At this time, the charge for the rider will become the current charge in effect for the single life option. In deciding whether to make this change, the surviving spouse should consider:

1.	if the reset will cause the Guaranteed Amount and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to decrease; and
2.	if the cost of the single life option is less than the cost of the joint life option.

If the surviving spouse of the deceased Contractowner continues the contract, the remaining automatic step-ups under the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up option, will apply to the spouse as the new Contractowner. Under the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 5 Year Elective Step-up option, the new Contractowner is eligible to elect to step up the Guaranteed Amount prior to the next available step-up date; however, all other conditions for the step-up apply and any subsequent step-up by the new Contractowner must meet all conditions for a step-up.

If a non-spouse Beneficiary elects to receive the Death Benefit in installments over life expectancy (thereby keeping the contract in force), the Beneficiary may continue the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage if desired. Automatic step-ups under the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – 1 Year Automatic Step-up option will not continue and elective step-ups of the Guaranteed Amount under both options will not be permitted. In the event the Contract Value declines below the Guaranteed Amount (as adjusted for withdrawals of Death Benefit payments), the Beneficiary is assured of receiving payments equal to the Guaranteed Amount (as adjusted). Deductions for the rider charge will continue on a quarterly basis and will be charged against the remaining Guaranteed Amount. Note: there are instances where the required installments of the Death Benefit, in order to be in compliance with the Internal Revenue Code as noted above, may exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, thereby reducing the benefit of this rider. If there are multiple Beneficiaries, each Beneficiary will be entitled to continue a share of the Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage equal to his or her share of the Death Benefit.

Impact of Divorce on Joint Life Option. In the event of a divorce, the Contractowner may change from a joint life option to a single life option (if available) (if the Contractowner is under age 81) at the current rider charge of the single life option. At the time of the change, the Guaranteed Amount will be reset to the current Contract Value and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will equal 5% of this new Guaranteed Amount.

Termination. After the later of the fifth Benefit Year anniversary of the effective date of the rider or the fifth Benefit Year anniversary of the most recent Contractowner-elected step-up, including any step-up we administered for you, of the Guaranteed Amount, the Contractowner may terminate the rider by notifying us in writing. After this time, the rider will also terminate if the Contractowner fails to adhere to the Investment Requirements. Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage will automatically terminate:

•	on the Annuity Commencement Date (except payments under the Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payment Option will continue if applicable);
•	upon the election of i4LIFE^® Advantage;
•	if the Contractowner or Annuitant is changed (except if the surviving Secondary Life assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the Contractowner) including any sale or assignment of the contract or any pledge of the contract as collateral;
•	upon the last payment of the Guaranteed Amount unless the lifetime Maximum Annual Withdrawal is in effect;
•	when the Maximum Annual Withdrawal or Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal; or
•	upon termination of the underlying annuity contract.

The termination will not result in any increase in Contract Value equal to the Guaranteed Amount. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefits and charges within this rider will terminate.

If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can purchase any Living Benefit Rider available for purchase at that time.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Option. Contractowners who previously elected Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage may decide to later carry over their Guaranteed Amount to i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit. The charge (see Expense Table B), Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages, Access Period requirements, and Investment Requirements will be those that currently apply to new elections of i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit. This decision must be made prior to the maximum age limit and prior to the Annuity Commencement date. You cannot have both i4LIFE^® Advantage and another Living Benefit Rider in effect on your contract at the same time.

B-19

Accumulated Benefit Enhancement (ABE^SM) (Nonqualified contracts only). This benefit is no longer available. The ABE^SM Enhancement Amount was provided to eligible Contractowners of nonqualified i4LIFE^® Advantage contracts only an ABE^SM Enhancement Amount, if requested at the time of application, at no additional charge, and if certain conditions were met.

Upon the death of any Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant, the ABE^SM Enhancement Amount is payable in accordance with the terms of the i4LIFE^® Advantage EGMDB Death Benefit.

•	140% of the prior contract’s cash value; or
•	the prior contract’s cash value plus $400,000.

In addition, if the actual cash surrender value we received was less than 95% of the documented cash value from the prior insurance company, the prior contract’s Death Benefit was reduced proportionately according to the reduction in cash value amounts.

Upon the death of any Contractowner or joint owner who was not a Contractowner on the effective date of the i4LIFE^® Advantage EGMDB Death Benefit, the ABE^SM Enhancement Amount will be equal to zero (unless the change occurred because of the death of a Contractowner or joint owner). If any Contractowner or joint owner is changed due to a death and the new Contractowner or joint owner is age 76 or older when added to the contract, then the ABE^SM Enhancement Amount for this new Contractowner or joint owner will be equal to zero.

The ABE^SM Enhancement Amount will terminate on the Valuation Date the i4LIFE^® Advantage EGMDB Death Benefit option of the contract is changed or terminated.

It is important to realize that even with the ABE^SM Enhancement Amount, your Death Benefit will in many cases be less than the Death Benefit from your prior company.

4LATER^® Advantage

4LATER^® Advantage (or “4LATER^®”) is a rider that protects against market loss by providing you with a method to receive a minimum payout from your annuity. The rider provides an Income Base (described below) prior to the time you begin taking payouts from your annuity. If you elected 4LATER^® Advantage, you must elect i4LIFE^® Advantage with the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit to receive a benefit from 4LATER^® Advantage. Election of this rider may limit how much you can invest in certain Subaccounts. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements.

4LATER^® Advantage Before Payouts Begin

The following discussion applies to 4LATER^® Advantage during the accumulation phase of your annuity, referred to as 4LATER^®. This is prior to the time any payouts begin under i4LIFE^® Advantage with the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit.

Income Base. The Income Base is a value established when you purchased a 4LATER^® and will only be used to calculate the minimum payouts available under your contract at a later date. The Income Base is not available for withdrawals or as a Death Benefit. If you elected 4LATER^® at the time you purchase the contract, the Income Base initially equals the Purchase Payments. If you elected 4LATER^® after we issue the contract, the Income Base will initially equal the Contract Value on the 4LATER^® effective date. Additional Purchase Payments automatically increase the Income Base by the amount of the Purchase Payments . After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Home Office approval. Additional Purchase Payments will not be allowed if the Contract Value is zero. Each withdrawal reduces the Income Base in the same proportion as the amount withdrawn reduces the Contract Value on the Valuation Date of the withdrawal.

As described below, during the accumulation phase, the Income Base will be automatically enhanced by 15% (adjusted for additional Purchase Payments and withdrawals as described in the Future Income Base section below) at the end of each Waiting Period. In addition, after the Initial Waiting Period, you may elect to reset your Income Base to the current Contract Value if your Contract Value has grown beyond the 15% enhancement. You may elect this reset on your own or you may choose to have Lincoln Life automatically reset the Income Base for you at the end of each Waiting Period. These reset options are discussed below. Then, when you are ready to elect i4LIFE^® Advantage and establish the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit, the Income Base (if higher than the Contract Value) is used in the 4LATER^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit calculation.

Waiting Period. The Waiting Period is each consecutive 3-year period which begins on the 4LATER^® Effective Date, or on the date of any reset of the Income Base to the Contract Value. At the end of each completed Waiting Period, the Income Base is increased by 15% (as adjusted for Purchase Payments and withdrawals) to equal the Future Income Base as discussed below. The Waiting Period is also the amount of time that must pass before the Income Base can be reset to the current Contract Value. A new Waiting Period begins after each reset and must be completed before the next 15% enhancement or another reset occurs.

B-20

Income Base. See Maximum Income Base. During the Waiting Period, the Future Income Base is established to provide the value of this 15% enhancement on the Income Base. After each 3-year Waiting Period is satisfied, the Income Base is increased to equal the value of the Future Income Base. The 4LATER^® charge will then be assessed on this newly adjusted Income Base, but the charge rate will not change.

Any Purchase Payment made after the 4LATER^® Effective Date, but within 90 days of the contract effective date, will increase the Future Income Base by the amount of the Purchase Payment, plus 15% of that Purchase Payment.

Example:

Initial Purchase Payment	$100,000
Purchase Payment 60 days later	$10,000
Income Base	$110,000
Future Income Base (during the 1^st Waiting Period)	$126,500	($110,000 x 115%)
Income Base (after 1^st Waiting Period)	$126,500
New Future Income Base (during 2^nd Waiting Period)	$145,475	($126,500 x 115%)

Any Purchase Payments made after the 4LATER^® Effective Date and more than 90 days after the contract effective date will increase the Future Income Base by the amount of the Purchase Payment plus 15% of that Purchase Payment proportionately for the number of full years remaining in the current Waiting Period.

Example:

Income Base	$100,000
Purchase Payment in Year 2	$10,000
New Income Base	$110,000
Future Income Base (during 1^st Waiting Period-Year 2)	$125,500	($100,000 x 115%) +
		($10,000 x 100%) +
		($10,000 x 15% x 1/3)
Income Base (after 1^st Waiting Period)	$125,500
New Future Income Base (during 2^nd Waiting Period)	$144,325	(125,500 x 115%)

Withdrawals reduce the Future Income Base in the same proportion as the amount withdrawn reduces the Contract Value on the Valuation Date of the withdrawal.

During any subsequent Waiting Periods, if you elect to reset the Income Base to the Contract Value, the Future Income Base will equal 115% of the Contract Value on the date of the reset and a new Waiting Period will begin. See Resets of the Income Base to the current Contract Value below.

In all situations, the Future Income Base is subject to the Maximum Income Base described below. The Future Income Base is never available to the Contractowner to establish a 4LATER^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit, but is the value the Income Base will become at the end of the Waiting Period.

Maximum Income Base. The Maximum Income Base is equal to 200% of the Income Base on the 4LATER^® Effective Date. The Maximum Income Base will be increased by 200% of any additional Purchase Payments. In all circumstances, the Maximum Income Base can never exceed $10 million. This maximum takes into consideration the combined guaranteed amounts from any Living Benefit Riders under all Lincoln Life contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) owned by you or on which you are the Annuitant.

After a reset to the current Contract Value, the Maximum Income Base will equal 200% of the Contract Value on the Valuation Date of the reset not to exceed $10 million.

Each withdrawal will reduce the Maximum Income Base in the same proportion as the amount withdrawn reduces the Contract Value on the Valuation Date of the withdrawal.

Example:

B-21

Income Base	$100,000	Maximum Income Base	$200,000
Purchase Payment in Year 2	$ 10,000	Increase to Maximum Income Base	$ 20,000
New Income Base	$110,000	New Maximum Income Base	$220,000
Future Income Base after Purchase Payment	$125,500	Maximum Income Base	$220,000
Income Base (after 1^st Waiting Period)	$125,500
Future Income Base (during 2^nd Waiting Period)	$144,325	Maximum Income Base	$220,000
Contract Value in Year 4	$112,000
Withdrawal of 10%	$ 11,200
After Withdrawal (10% adjustment)
Contract Value	$100,800
Income Base	$112,950
Future Income Base	$129,893	Maximum Income Base	$198,000

Resets of the Income Base to the current Contract Value (“Resets”). You may elect to reset the Income Base to the current Contract Value at any time after the initial Waiting Period following: (a) the 4LATER^® Effective Date or (b) any prior reset of the Income Base. Resets are subject to a maximum of $10 million and the Annuitant must be under age 81. You might consider resetting the Income Base if your Contract Value has increased above the Income Base (including the 15% automatic enhancements) and you want to lock-in this increased amount to use when setting the Guaranteed Income Benefit. If the Income Base is reset to the Contract Value, the 15% automatic enhancement will not apply until the end of the next Waiting Period.

This reset may be elected by sending a written request to our Home Office or by specifying at the time of purchase that you would like us to administer this reset election for you. If you want us to administer this reset for you, at the end of each 3-year Waiting Period, if the Contract Value is higher than the Income Base (after the Income Base has been reset to the Future Income Base), we will implement this election and the Income Base will be equal to the Contract Value on that date. We will notify you that a reset has occurred. This will continue until you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage, the Annuitant reaches age 81, or you reach the Maximum Income Base. If we administer this reset election for you, you have 30 days after the election to notify us if you wish to reverse this election and have your Income Base increased to the Future Income Base instead. You may wish to reverse this election if you are not interested in the increased charge. If the Contract Value is less than the Income Base on any reset date, we will not administer this reset. We will not attempt to administer another reset until the end of the next 3-year Waiting Period; however, you have the option to request a reset during this period by sending a written request to our Home Office.

At the time of the reset, a new Waiting Period will begin. Subsequent resets may be elected at the end of each new Waiting Period. The reset will be effective on the next Valuation Date after notice of the reset is approved by us.

We reserve the right to restrict resets to Benefit Year anniversaries. The Benefit Year is the 12-month period starting with the 4LATER^® Effective Date and starting with each anniversary of the 4LATER^® Effective Date after that. If the Contractowner elects to reset the Income Base, the Benefit Year will begin on the effective date of the reset and each anniversary of the effective date of the reset after that.

Eligibility. To have purchased 4LATER^® Advantage, the Annuitant must have been age 80 or younger. If you plan to elect i4LIFE^® Advantage within three years of the issue date of 4LATER^® Advantage, you will not receive the benefit of the Future Income Base. i4LIFE^® Advantage with 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit must be elected by age 85 for qualified contracts or age 99 for nonqualified contracts.

4LATER^® Rider Effective Date. If 4LATER^® was elected at contract issue, then it became effective on the contract's effective date. If 4LATER^® was elected after the contract was issued, then it became effective on the next Valuation Date following approval by us.

4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit

When you are ready to elect i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payments, the greater of the Income Base accumulated under 4LATER^® or the Contract Value will be used to calculate the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit. The 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit is a minimum payout floor for your i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payments.

The Guaranteed Income Benefit will be determined by dividing the greater of the Income Base or Contract Value (or Guaranteed Amount if applicable) on the Periodic Income Commencement Date, by 1,000 and multiplying the result by the rate per $1,000 from the Guaranteed Income Benefit Table in your 4LATER^® rider. If the Contract Value is used to establish the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit, this rate provides a Guaranteed Income Benefit not less than 75% of the initial i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payment (which is also based on the Contract Value). If the Income Base is used to establish the Guaranteed Income Benefit (because it is larger than the Contract Value), the resulting Guaranteed Income Benefit will be more than 75% of the initial i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payment.

B-22

If the amount of your i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payment (which is based on your i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value) has fallen below the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit, because of poor investment results, a payment equal to the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit is the minimum payment you will receive. If the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit is paid, it will be paid with the same frequency as your i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payment. If your Regular Income Payment is less than the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit, we will reduce your i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value by the Regular Income Payment plus an additional amount equal to the difference between your Regular Income Payment and the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit. This withdrawal from your Account Value will be made from the Subaccounts and the fixed account proportionately according to your investment allocations.

The following example illustrates how poor investment performance, which results in a Guaranteed Income Benefit payment, affects the i4LIFE^® Account Value:

i4LIFE^® Account Value before market decline	$135,000
i4LIFE^® Account Value after market decline	$100,000
Guaranteed Income Benefit	$810
Regular Income Payment after market decline	$769
Account Value after market decline and Guaranteed Income Benefit payment	$99,190

If your Account Value reaches zero as a result of withdrawals to provide the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit, we will continue to pay you an amount equal to the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit.

When your Account Value reaches zero, your i4LIFE^® Advantage Access Period will end and the i4LIFE^® Advantage Lifetime Income Period will begin. Additional amounts withdrawn from the Account Value to provide the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit may terminate your Access Period earlier than originally scheduled and will reduce your Death Benefit. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Death Benefits. After the Access Period ends, we will continue to pay the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit for as long as the Annuitant (or the Secondary Life, if applicable) is living (i.e., the i4LIFE^® Advantage Lifetime Income Period). If your Account Value equals zero, no Death Benefit will be paid.

If the market performance in your contract is sufficient to provide Regular Income Payments at a level that exceeds the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit, the 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit will never come into effect.

The 4LATER^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will automatically step-up every three years to 75% of the then current Regular Income Payment, if that result is greater than the immediately prior 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit. The step-up will occur on every third Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversary for 15 years. At the end of a 15-year step-up period, the Contractowner may elect a new 15-year step-up period by submitting a written request to the Home Office. If you prefer, when you start the Guaranteed Income Benefit, you can request that Lincoln Life administer this election for you.

Additional Purchase Payments cannot be made to your contract after the Periodic Income Commencement Date. The 4LATER^® Guaranteed Income Benefit is reduced by withdrawals (other than Regular Income Payments) in the same proportion that the withdrawals reduce the Account Value. You may want to discuss the impact of additional withdrawals with your registered representative.

Termination. After the later of the third anniversary of the 4LATER^® rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset, the 4LATER^® rider may be terminated upon written notice to us. Prior to the Periodic Income Commencement Date, 4LATER^® will automatically terminate upon any of the following events:

•	termination of the contract to which the 4LATER^® rider is attached;
•	the change of or the death of the Annuitant (except if the surviving spouse assumes ownership of the contract and the role of the Annuitant upon death of the Contractowner); or
•	the change of Contractowner (except if the surviving spouse assumes ownership of the contract and the role of Annuitant upon the death of the Contractowner), including the assignment of the contract; or
•	the last day that you can elect i4LIFE^® Advantage (age 85 for qualified contracts and age 99 for nonqualified contracts).

After the Periodic Income Commencement Date, the 4LATER^® rider will terminate due to any of the following events:

•	the death of the Annuitant (or the later of the death of the Annuitant or Secondary Life if a joint payout was elected); or
•	a Contractowner requested decrease in the Access Period or a change to the Regular Income Payment frequency.

B-23

Appendix C — Guaranteed Annual Income Rates for Previous Rider Elections

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk)
Guaranteed Annual Income Rates by Ages:

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) rider election forms signed between April 1, 2019 and May 19, 2019

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.75%	55 – 58	3.75%
59 – 64	4.50%	59 – 64	4.25%
65 – 69	5.75%	65 – 69	5.50%
70 – 74	5.80%	70 – 74	5.60%
75+	6.00%	75+	5.75%

*For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) rider election forms signed between October 1, 2018 and March 31, 2019

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.75%	55 – 58	3.75%
59 – 64	4.50%	59 – 64	4.25%
65 – 69	5.60%	65 – 69	5.50%
70 – 74	5.75%	70 – 74	5.60%
75+	6.00%	75+	5.75%

*For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) rider election forms signed between May 21, 2018 and September 30, 2018

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.75%	55 – 58	3.75%
59 – 64	4.50%	59 – 64	4.25%
65 – 74	5.60%	65 – 74	5.35%
75+	6.00%	75+	5.75%

*For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) rider election forms signed between September 25, 2017 and May 20, 2018

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 – 64	4.50%	59 – 64	4.25%
65 – 74	5.50%	65 – 74	5.25%
75+	5.85%	75+	5.60%

*For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

C-1

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) rider elections on or after January 23, 2017 but prior to September 25, 2017

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 - 64	4.25%	59 – 64	4.00%
65+	5.25%	65+	5.00%

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) for rider elections on or after May 20, 2013 but prior to January 23, 2017

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 - 64	4.00%	59 – 64	4.00%
65+	5.00%	65 – 74	4.50%
		75+	5.00%

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) for rider elections on or after December 3, 2012 but prior to May 20, 2013

Single & Joint Life Option*		Single & Joint Life Option
Age		Guaranteed Annual Income rate
55 – 58		3.50%
59 - 64		4.00%
65+		5.00%

*If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) for rider elections prior to December 3, 2012

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income rate
55 – 58	4.00%	55 – 64	4.00%
59+	5.00%	65+	5.00%

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0

Guaranteed Annual Income Rates by Ages:

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 rider elections on or after May 20, 2013

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.00%	55 – 58	3.00%
59 - 64	3.50%	59 – 64	3.50%
65 – 69	4.50%	65 – 69	4.00%
70+	5.00%	70+	4.50%

C-2

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 for rider elections on or after December 3, 2012 but prior to May 20, 2013

Single & Joint Life Option*		Single & Joint Life Option
Age		Guaranteed Annual Income rate
55 – 58		3.00%
59 – 64		3.50%
65 – 69		4.50%
70+		5.00%

*If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SMAdvantage 2.0 rider elections on or after April 2, 2012 but prior to December 3, 2012:

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option*
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 64	3.50%
59 – 64	4.00%	65 – 69	4.50%
65 – 69	4.50%	70+	5.00%
70+	5.00%

*If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 rider elections prior to April 2, 2012:

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option*
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income rate
55 – 58	4.00%	55 – 64	4.00%
59+	5.00%	65+	5.00%

*If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage

Guaranteed Annual Income Rates by Ages:

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage rider election forms signed between October 1, 2018 and May 19, 2019

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option**
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income rate*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income rate*
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 – 64	4.25%	59 – 64	4.00%
65 – 69	5.25%	65 – 69	5.15%
70 – 74	5.50%	70 – 74	5.25%
75+	5.75%	75+	5.50%

*In order to have received the rate indicated, your rider election form must have been signed or dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted above. For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

**If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage rider election forms signed between May 21, 2018 and September 30, 2018

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option**
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income rate*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income rate*
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 – 64	4.25%	59 – 64	4.00%
65 – 74	5.25%	65 – 74	5.00%

C-3

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option**
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income rate*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income rate*
75+	5.75%	75+	5.50%

**If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage rider election forms signed between January 19, 2018 and May 20, 2018

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option**
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income rate*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income rate*
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 – 64	4.00%	59 – 64	4.00%
65 – 74	5.00%	65 – 74	4.50%
75+	5.50%	75+	5.00%

**If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage rider election forms signed between October 3, 2016 and January 18, 2018

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option**
Age	Guaranteed Annual Income rate*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Guaranteed Annual Income rate*
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 – 64	4.00%	59 – 64	4.00%
65+	5.00%	65 – 74	4.50%
		75+	5.00%

*In order to have received the rate indicated, your rider election form must have been signed or dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted above.

**If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

C-4

Appendix D — Guaranteed Income Benefit Percentages for Previous Rider Elections

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option**
Age	GIB Percentage*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	GIB Percentage*
Under age 40	2.50%	Under age 40	2.50%
40 – 54	3.00%	40 – 54	3.00%
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 - 64	4.00%	59 – 69	4.00%
65 – 69	4.50%	70 – 74	4.50%
70 – 79	5.00%	75 – 79	5.00%
80+	5.50%	80+	5.50%

*In order to have received the percentage indicated, your rider election form must have been signed or dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted above. Purchasers of Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage may use any remaining Income Base reduced by all Guaranteed Annual Income payments since the last Automatic Annual Step-up, if any, or the rider’s effective date (if there have not been any Automatic Annual Step-ups) if greater than the Account Value to establish the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit. For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

**If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) elections between February 19, 2019 and May 19, 2019.

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option**
Age	GIB Percentage*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	GIB Percentage*
Under age 40	2.50%	Under age 40	2.50%
40 – 54	3.00%	40 – 54	3.00%
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 - 64	4.00%	59 – 64	4.00%
65 – 69	5.00%	65 – 69	4.50%
70 – 74	5.25%	70 – 74	5.00%
75 – 79	5.50%	75 – 79	5.25%
80+	5.50%	80+	5.50%

*In order to have received the percentage indicated, your rider election form must have been signed or dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted above. For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

**If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) elections on or after May 20, 2013 and prior to February 18, 2019, or for purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) on or after May 20, 2013.

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Percentage of Account Value or Income Base*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Percentage of Account Value or Income Base*
Under age 40	2.50%	Under age 40	2.50%
40 – 54	3.00%	40 – 54	3.00%
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 – 64	4.00%	59 – 69	4.00%
65 – 69	4.50%	70 – 74	4.50%
70 – 79	5.00%	75 – 79	5.00%
80+	5.50%	80+	5.50%

D-1

*	Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) may use any remaining Income Base reduced by all Guaranteed Annual Income payments since the last Automatic Annual Step-up, if any, or the rider’s effective date (if there have not been any Automatic Annual Step-ups) if greater than the Account Value to establish the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit elections or for prior purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 on or after May 20, 2013.

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option**
Age	Percentage of Account Value, Income Base or Guaranteed Amount*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Percentage of Account Value, Income Base or Guaranteed Amount*
Under age 40	2.00%	Under age 40	2.00%
40 – 54	2.50%	40 – 54	2.50%
55 – 58	3.00%	55 – 58	3.00%
59 - 64	3.50%	59 – 69	3.50%
65 – 69	4.00%	70 – 74	4.00%
70 – 74	4.50%	75+	4.50%
75+	5.00%

Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 may use any remaining Income Base reduced by all Guaranteed Annual Income payments since the last Automatic Annual Step-up or the rider's effective date (if there has not been any Automatic Annual Step-up) if greater than the Account Value to establish the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit.

**	If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) elections between May 21, 2012 and May 19, 2013, or for purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) between April 2, 2012 and May 19, 2013.

Single & Joint Life Option*		Single & Joint Life Option*
Age		Percentage of Account Value or Income Base**
Under age 40		2.50%
40 – 54		3.00%
55 – 58		3.50%
59 – 64		4.00%
65 – 69		4.50%
70 – 79		5.00%
80+		5.50%

*	If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) may use any remaining Income Base reduced by all Guaranteed Annual Income payments since the last Automatic Annual Step-up, if any, or the rider’s effective date (if there have not been any Automatic Annual Step-ups) if greater than the Account Value to establish the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit elections between May 21, 2012 and May 19, 2013, or for
purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 between April 2, 2012 and May 19, 2013.

Single & Joint Life Option*		Single & Joint Life Option*
Age		Percentage of Account Value, Income Base or Guaranteed Amount**
Under age 40		2.00%
40 – 54		2.50%
55 – 58		3.00%
59 – 64		3.50%
65 – 69		4.00%
70 – 74		4.50%
75+		5.00%

*	If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

**	Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 may use any remaining Income Base reduced by all Guaranteed Annual Income payments since the

D-2

Special Terms

The special terms used in this SAI are the ones defined in the prospectus.

Services

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, One Commerce Square, 2005 Market Street, Suite 700, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 19103, has audited a) the financial statements of each of the subaccounts listed in the appendix to the opinion that comprise Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N, as of December 31, 2018, the related statements of operations and the statements of changes in net assets for each of the periods indicated in the appendix to the opinion; and b) the consolidated financial statements of The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018 as set forth in their reports, which are included in this SAI and Registration Statement. The aforementioned financial statements are included herein in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP's reports, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Keeper of Records

All accounts, books, records and other documents which are required to be maintained for the VAA are maintained by us or by third parties responsible to Lincoln Life. We have entered into an agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, 801 Pennsylvania Ave, Kansas City, MO 64105, to provide accounting services to the VAA. No separate charge against the assets of the VAA is made by us for this service.

Principal Underwriter

Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. (“LFD”), an affiliate of Lincoln Life, serves as principal underwriter (the “Principal Underwriter”) for the contracts, as described in the prospectus. The Principal Underwriter offers the contracts to the public on a continuous basis and anticipates continuing to offer the contracts, but reserves the right to discontinue the offering. The Principal Underwriter offers the contracts through sales representatives, who are associated with Lincoln Financial Advisors Corporation and/or Lincoln Financial Securities Corporation (collectively, “LFN”), our affiliates. The Principal Underwriter also may enter into selling agreements with other broker-dealers (“Selling Firms”) for the sale of the contracts. Sales representatives of Selling Firms are appointed as our insurance agents. LFD, acting as Principal Underwriter, paid $433,441,077, $485,694,075 and $561,871,495 to LFN and Selling Firms in 2016, 2017 and 2018 respectively, as sales compensation with respect to all the contracts offered under the VAA. The Principal Underwriter retained no underwriting commissions for the sale of the contracts.

Purchase of Securities Being Offered

The variable annuity contracts are offered to the public through licensed insurance agents who specialize in selling our products; through independent insurance brokers; and through certain securities brokers/dealers selected by us whose personnel are legally authorized to sell annuity products. There are no special purchase plans for any class of prospective buyers. However, under certain limited circumstances described in the prospectus under the section Charges and Other Deductions, any applicable account fee and/or surrender charge may be reduced or waived.

Both before and after the Annuity Commencement Date, there are exchange privileges between Subaccounts, and from the VAA to the general account (if available) subject to restrictions set out in the prospectus. See The Contracts, in the prospectus. No exchanges are permitted between the VAA and other separate accounts.

The offering of the contracts is continuous.

Interest Adjustment Example

Note: This example is intended to show how the Interest Adjustment calculation impacts the surrender value of a representative contract. The surrender charges, annual account fee, adjustment factor, and guaranteed minimum interest rate values shown here are generally different from those that apply to specific contracts, particularly those contracts that deduct an initial sales load or pay a bonus on deposits. Calculations of the Interest Adjustment in your contract, if applicable, will be based on the factors applicable to your contract. The Interest Adjustment may be referred to as a Market Value Adjustment in your contract.

B-2

SAMPLE CALCULATIONS FOR MALE 35 ISSUE
CASH SURRENDER VALUES

Single Premium	$50,000
Premium taxes	None
Withdrawals	None
Guaranteed Period	5 years
Guaranteed Interest Rate	3.50%
Annuity Date	Age 70
Index Rate A	3.50%
Index Rate B	4.00% End of contract year 1 3.50% End of contract year 2 3.00% End of contract year 3 2.00% End of contract year 4
Percentage adjustment to B	0.50%

Interest Adjustment Formula	(1 + Index A)ⁿ	-1
n = Remaining Guaranteed Period	(1 + Index B + % Adjustment)ⁿ	-1

SURRENDER VALUE CALCULATION

Contract Year	(1) Annuity Value	(2) 1 + Interest Adjustment Formula	(3) Adjusted Annuity Value	(4) Minimum Value	(5) Greater of (3) & (4)	(6) Surrender Charge	(7) Surrender Value
1	$51,710	0.962268	$49,759	$50,710	$50,710	$4,250	$46,460
2	$53,480	0.985646	$52,712	$51,431	$52,712	$4,250	$48,462
3	$55,312	1.000000	$55,312	$52,162	$55,312	$4,000	$51,312
4	$57,208	1.009756	$57,766	$52,905	$57,766	$3,500	$54,266
5	$59,170	N/A	$59,170	$53,658	$59,170	$3,000	$56,170

ANNUITY VALUE CALCULATION

Contract Year	BOY* Annuity Value		Guaranteed Interest Rate		Annual Account Fee		EOY** Annuity Value
1	$50,000	x	1.035	-	$40	=	$51,710
2	$51,710	x	1.035	-	$40	=	$53,480
3	$53,480	x	1.035	-	$40	=	$55,312
4	$55,312	x	1.035	-	$40	=	$57,208
5	$57,208	x	1.035	-	$40	=	$59,170

SURRENDER CHARGE CALCULATION

Contract Year	Surrender Charge Factor		Deposit		Surrender Charge
1	8.5%	x	$50,000	=	$4,250
2	8.5%	x	$50,000	=	$4,250
3	8.0%	x	$50,000	=	$4,000
4	7.0%	x	$50,000	=	$3,500
5	6.0%	x	$50,000	=	$3,000

B-3

1 + INTEREST ADJUSTMENT FORMULA CALCULATION

Contract Year	Index A	Index B	Adj Index B	N	Result
1	3.50%	4.00%	4.50%	4	0.962268
2	3.50%	3.50%	4.00%	3	0.985646
3	3.50%	3.00%	3.50%	2	1.000000
4	3.50%	2.00%	2.50%	1	1.009756
5	3.50%	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A

MINIMUM VALUE CALCULATION

Contract Year			Minimum Guaranteed Interest Rate		Annual Account Fee		Minimum Value
1	$50,000	x	1.015	-	$40	=	$50,710
2	$50,710	x	1.015	-	$40	=	$51,431
3	$51,431	x	1.015	-	$40	=	$52,162
4	$52,162	x	1.015	-	$40	=	$52,905
5	$52,905	x	1.015	-	$40	=	$53,658

*	BOY = beginning of year

**	EOY = end of year

Annuity Payouts

Variable Annuity Payouts

Variable Annuity Payouts will be determined on the basis of:

•	the dollar value of the contract on the Annuity Commencement Date less any applicable premium tax;
•	the annuity tables contained in the contract;
•	the type of annuity option selected; and
•	the investment results of the fund(s) selected.

In order to determine the amount of variable Annuity Payouts, we make the following calculation:

•	first, we determine the dollar amount of the first payout;
•	second, we credit the contract with a fixed number of Annuity Units based on the amount of the first payout; and
•	third, we calculate the value of the Annuity Units each period thereafter.

These steps are explained below.

The dollar amount of the first periodic variable Annuity Payout is determined by applying the total value of the Accumulation Units credited under the contract valued as of the Annuity Commencement Date (less any premium taxes) to the annuity tables contained in the contract. The first variable Annuity Payout will be paid 14 days after the Annuity Commencement Date. This day of the month will become the day on which all future Annuity Payouts will be paid. Amounts shown in the tables are based on the 1983 Table “a” Individual Annuity Mortality Tables, modified, with an assumed investment return at the rate of 3%, 4%, 5% or 6% per annum, depending on the terms of your contract. The first Annuity Payout is determined by multiplying the benefit per $1,000 of value shown in the contract tables by the number of thousands of dollars of value accumulated under the contract. These annuity tables vary according to the form of annuity selected and the age of the Annuitant at the Annuity Commencement Date. The assumed interest rate is the measuring point for subsequent Annuity Payouts. If the actual net investment rate (annualized) exceeds the assumed interest rate, the payout will increase at a rate equal to the amount of such excess.

Conversely, if the actual rate is less than the assumed interest rate, Annuity Payouts will decrease. If the assumed rate of interest were to be increased, Annuity Payouts would start at a higher level but would decrease more rapidly or increase more slowly.

We may use sex-distinct annuity tables in contracts that are not associated with employer sponsored plans and where not prohibited by law.

At an Annuity Commencement Date, the contract is credited with Annuity Units for each Subaccount on which variable Annuity Payouts are based. The number of Annuity Units to be credited is determined by dividing the amount of the first periodic payout by the value of an Annuity Unit in each Subaccount selected. Although the number of Annuity Units is fixed by this process, the value of such

B-4

units will vary with the value of the underlying fund. The amount of the second and subsequent periodic payouts is determined by multiplying the Contractowner’s fixed number of Annuity Units in each Subaccount by the appropriate Annuity Unit value for the Valuation Date ending 14 days prior to the date that payout is due.

The value of each Subaccount’s Annuity Unit will be set initially at $1.00. The Annuity Unit value for each Subaccount at the end of any Valuation Date is determined by multiplying the Subaccount Annuity Unit value for the immediately preceding Valuation Date by the product of:

•	The net investment factor of the Subaccount for the Valuation Period for which the Annuity Unit value is being determined, and
•	A factor to neutralize the assumed investment return in the annuity table.

The value of the Annuity Units is determined as of a Valuation Date 14 days prior to the payment date in order to permit calculation of amounts of Annuity Payouts and mailing of checks in advance of their due dates. Such checks will normally be issued and mailed at least three days before the due date.

Examples of Regular Income Payment Calculations

These examples will illustrate the impact of the length of the Access Period and the impact of a withdrawal on the Regular Income Payments. These examples assume that the investment return is the same as the assumed investment return (AIR) to make the Regular Income Payment calculations simpler to understand. The Regular Income Payments will vary based on the investment performance of the underlying funds.

Annuitant	Male, Age 65
Secondary Life	Female, Age 63
Purchase Payment	$200,000.00
Regular Income Payment Frequency	Annual
AIR	4.0%
Hypothetical Investment Return	4.0%

	20-year Access Period	30-Year Access Period
Regular Income Payment	$10,493.94	$9,952.72

A 10% withdrawal from the Account Value will reduce the Regular Income Payments by 10% to $9,444.55 with the 20-year Access Period and $8,957.45 with the 30-year Access Period.

At the end of the 20-year Access Period, the remaining Account Value of $113,236 (assuming no withdrawals) will be used to continue the $10,493.94 Regular Income Payment during the Lifetime Income Period for the lives of the Annuitant and Secondary Life. At the end of the 30-year Access Period, the remaining Account Value of $68,154 (assuming no withdrawals) will be used to continue the $9,952.72 Regular Income Payment during the Lifetime Income Period for the lives of the Annuitant and Secondary Life. (Note: the Regular Income Payments during the Lifetime Income Period will vary based on the investment performance of the underlying funds).

Determination of Accumulation and Annuity Unit Value

A description of the days on which Accumulation and Annuity Units will be valued is given in the prospectus. The New York Stock Exchange's (NYSE) most recent announcement (which is subject to change) states that it will be closed on weekends and on these holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Day, President's Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. If any of these holidays occurs on a weekend day, the Exchange may also be closed on the business day occurring just before or just after the holiday. It may also be closed on other days.

Since the portfolios of some of the funds and series will consist of securities primarily listed on foreign exchanges or otherwise traded outside the United States, those securities may be traded (and the net asset value of those funds and series and of the variable account could therefore be significantly affected) on days when the investor has no access to those funds and series.

Capital Markets

In any particular year, our capital may increase or decrease depending on a variety of factors — the amount of our statutory income or losses (which is sensitive to equity market and credit market conditions), the amount of additional capital we must hold to support business growth, changes in reserving requirements, our inability to secure capital market solutions to provide reserve relief, such as

B-5

issuing letters of credit to support captive reinsurance structures, changes in equity market levels, the value of certain fixed-income and equity securities in our investment portfolio and changes in interest rates.

Advertising & Ratings

We may include in certain advertisements, endorsements in the form of a list of organizations, individuals or other parties which recommend Lincoln Life or the policies. Furthermore, we may occasionally include in advertisements comparisons of currently taxable and tax deferred investment programs, based on selected tax brackets, or discussions of alternative investment vehicles and general economic conditions.

Our financial strength is ranked and rated by nationally recognized independent rating agencies. The ratings do not imply approval of the product and do not refer to the performance of the product, or any separate account, including the underlying investment options. Ratings are not recommendations to buy our products. Each of the rating agencies reviews its ratings periodically. Accordingly, all ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the rating agencies, and therefore, no assurance can be given that these ratings will be maintained. The current outlook for the insurance subsidiaries is stable for Moody’s, A.M. Best and Standard & Poor’s, and positive for Fitch. Our financial strength ratings, which are intended to measure our ability to meet contract holder obligations, are an important factor affecting public confidence in most of our products and, as a result, our competitiveness. A downgrade of our financial strength rating could affect our competitive position in the insurance industry by making it more difficult for us to market our products as potential customers may select companies with higher financial strength ratings and by leading to increased withdrawals by current customers seeking companies with higher financial strength ratings. For more information on ratings, including outlooks, see www.LincolnFinancial.com/investor.

About the S&P 500 Index

The S&P 500 Index (hereinafter “Index”) is a product of S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC or its affiliates (“SPDJI”), and has been licensed for use by Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust and its affiliates (hereinafter “Licensee”). Standard & Poor’s^® and S&P^® are registered trademarks of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (“S&P”) and Dow Jones^® is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC (“Dow Jones”). The fund(s) are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, S&P, or any of their respective affiliates (collectively, “S&P Dow Jones Indices”). S&P Dow Jones Indices do not make any representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the funds or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the funds particularly or the ability of the Index to track general market performance. S&P Dow Jones Indices only relationship to Licensee with respect to the Index is the licensing of the Index and certain trademarks, service marks and/or trade names of S&P Dow Jones Indices and/or its licensors. The Index is determined, composed and calculated by S&P Dow Jones Indices without regard to Licensee or the funds. S&P Dow Jones Indices have no obligation to take the needs of Licensee or the owners of the funds into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the Index. S&P Dow Jones Indices are not responsible for and have not participated in the determination of the prices, and amount of the funds or the timing of the issuance or sale of the funds or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the funds are to be converted into cash, surrendered or redeemed, as the case may be. S&P Dow Jones Indices have no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the funds. There is no assurance that investment products based on the Index will accurately track index performance or provide positive investment returns. S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC is not an investment advisor. Inclusion of a security within an index is not a recommendation by S&P Dow Jones Indices to buy, sell, or hold such security, nor is it considered to be investment advice.

S&P DOW JONES INDICES DO NOT GUARANTEE THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE INDEX OR ANY DATA RELATED THERETO OR ANY COMMUNICATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ORAL OR WRITTEN COMMUNICATION (INCLUDING ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS) WITH RESPECT THERETO. S&P DOW JONES INDICES SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY DAMAGES OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR DELAYS THEREIN. S&P DOW JONES INDICES MAKE NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE OR AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY LICENSEE, OWNERS OF THE FUNDS, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE INDEX OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY DATA RELATED THERETO. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT WHATSOEVER SHALL S&P DOW JONES INDICES BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, TRADING LOSSES, LOST TIME OR GOODWILL, EVEN IF THEY HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE. THERE ARE NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES OF ANY AGREEMENTS OR ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN S&P DOW JONES INDICES AND LICENSEE, OTHER THAN THE LICENSORS OF S&P DOW JONES INDICES.

B-6

Unclaimed Property

We have entered into a Global Resolution Agreement with a third party auditor representing multiple states and jurisdictions. Under the terms of the Global Resolution Agreement, the third party auditor has compared expanded matching criteria to the Social Security Master Death File (“SSMDF”) to identify deceased insureds and policy or contract holders where a valid claim has not been made. We have also entered into a Regulatory Settlement Agreement with multiple states and jurisdictions. The Regulatory Settlement Agreement applies prospectively and requires us to adopt and implement additional procedures comparing our records to the SSMDF to identify unclaimed death benefits and prescribes procedures for identifying and locating beneficiaries once deaths are identified. Other jurisdictions that are not signatories to the Regulatory Settlement Agreement are conducting examinations and audits of our compliance with unclaimed property laws. Any escheatable property identified as a result of the audits and inquiries could result in additional payments of previously unclaimed death benefits or the payment of abandoned funds to U.S. jurisdictions.

Additional Services

Dollar Cost Averaging (DCA)—You may systematically transfer, on a monthly basis or in accordance with other terms we make available, amounts from certain Subaccounts, or the fixed side (if available) of the contract into the Subaccounts or in accordance with other terms we make available. You may elect to participate in the DCA program at the time of application or at any time before the Annuity Commencement Date by completing an election form available from us. The minimum amount to be dollar cost averaged is $2,000 over any time period between six and 60 months. We may offer different time periods for new Purchase Payments and for transfers of Contract Value. State variations may exist. Once elected, the program will remain in effect until the earlier of:

•	the Annuity Commencement Date;
•	the value of the amount being DCA'd is depleted; or
•	you cancel the program by written request or by telephone if we have your telephone authorization on file.

We reserve the right to discontinue or restrict access to this program at any time.

Automatic Withdrawal Service (AWS)—AWS provides an automatic, periodic withdrawal of Contract Value to you. AWS may take place on either a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, as selected by the Contractowner. You may elect to participate in AWS at the time of application or at any time before the Annuity Commencement Date by sending a written request to us. The minimum Contract Value required to establish AWS is $10,000. You may cancel or make changes to your AWS program at any time by sending a written request to us. If telephone authorization has been elected, certain changes may be made by telephone. Notwithstanding the requirements of the program, any withdrawal must be permitted under Section 401(a)(9) of the IRC for qualified plans or permitted under Section 72 of the IRC for nonqualified contracts. To the extent that withdrawals under AWS do not qualify for an exemption from the contingent deferred sales charge, we will assess any applicable surrender charges on those withdrawals. See Surrender Charge.

Cross Reinvestment Program/Earnings Sweep Program — Under this option, Account Value in a designated variable Subaccount of the contract that exceeds a certain baseline amount is automatically transferred to another specific variable Subaccount(s) of the contract at specific intervals. You may elect to participate in the cross reinvestment program at the time of application or at any time before the Annuity Commencement Date by sending a written request to us or by telephone if we have your telephone authorization on file. You designate the holding account, the receiving account(s), and the baseline amount. Cross reinvestment will continue until we receive authorization to terminate the program.

The minimum holding Account Value required to establish cross reinvestment is $10,000. A transfer under this program is not considered a transfer for purposes of limiting the number of transfers that may be made. We reserve the right to discontinue this service at any time.

Beginning May 1, 2010, the cross reinvestment service is no longer available unless the Contractowner was enrolled in this service prior to this date. Contractowners who are currently enrolled in this service will not be impacted by this change.

Portfolio Rebalancing — Portfolio rebalancing is an option, which, if elected by the Contractowner, restores to a pre-determined level the percentage of the Contract Value (or Account Value under i4LIFE^® Advantage), allocated to each variable Subaccount. This pre-determined level will be the allocation initially selected when the contract was purchased, unless subsequently changed. The portfolio rebalancing allocation may be changed at any time by submitting a written request to us. If portfolio rebalancing is elected, all Purchase Payments allocated to the variable Subaccounts must be subject to portfolio rebalancing. Portfolio rebalancing may take place

B-7

on either a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, as selected by the Contractowner. The Contractowner may terminate the portfolio rebalancing program or re-enroll at any time by sending a written request to us. If telephone authorization has been elected, the Contractowner may make these elections by phone. The portfolio rebalancing program is not available following the Annuity Commencement Date.

Please note that all of the services discussed in this section will stop once we are notified of a pending death claim.

SecureLine^® Account – SecureLine^® is an interest bearing draft account established from the proceeds payable on a contract administered by us that helps you manage your surrender or death benefit proceeds. You are the owner of the account, and are the only one authorized to transfer proceeds from the account. You may choose to leave the proceeds in this account, or you may use the checkbook we previously provided and write checks against the account until the funds are depleted. The SecureLine^® account is part of our general account. It is not a bank account and it is not insured by the FDIC or any other government agency. As part of our general account, it is subject to the claims of our creditors. We receive a benefit from all amounts left in the SecureLine^® account.

Interest credited in the SecureLine^® account is taxable as ordinary income in the year such interest is credited, and is not tax deferred. We recommend that you consult your tax advisor to determine the tax consequences associated with the payment of interest on amounts in the SecureLine^® account. The balance in your SecureLine^® account began earning interest the day your account was opened and will continue to earn interest until all funds are withdrawn. Interest is compounded daily and credited to your account on the last day of each month. The interest rate will be updated monthly and we may increase or decrease the rate at our discretion. The interest rate credited to your SecureLine^® account may be more or less than the rate earned on funds held in our general account. The interest rate offered with a SecureLine^®account is not necessarily that credited to the fixed account. There are no monthly fees. You may be charged a fee if you stop a payment or if you present a check for payment without sufficient funds.

Other Information

Due to differences in redemption rates, tax treatment or other considerations, the interests of policyholders under the variable life accounts could conflict with those of Contractowners under the VAA. In those cases, where assets from variable life and variable annuity separate accounts are invested in the same fund(s) (i.e., where mixed funding occurs), the Boards of Directors of the fund involved will monitor for any material conflicts and determine what action, if any, should be taken. If it becomes necessary for any separate account to replace shares of any fund with another investment, that fund may have to liquidate securities on a disadvantageous basis. Refer to the prospectus for each fund for more information about mixed funding.

Financial Statements

The December 31, 2018 financial statements of the VAA and the December 31, 2018 consolidated financial statements of Lincoln Life appear on the following pages.

B-8

The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account E

The American Legacy^®

Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H

Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N

Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York

Lincoln Life & Annuity Variable Annuity Account H

Lincoln New York Account N for Variable Annuities

ChoicePlus^SM, ChoicePlus^SMAccess, ChoicePlus^SM II, ChoicePlus^SM II Access, ChoicePlus^SM II Advance, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM A Share, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM B Share, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM C Share, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM L Share ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Series, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Prime, ChoicePlus^SM Design, ChoicePlus^SM Signature, ChoicePlus^SM Advisory

Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement dated May 1, 2019

This Rate Sheet provides the Guaranteed Annual Income rates and Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages that we are currently offering. This Rate Sheet must be retained with the current prospectus.

Single Life GAI Rate		Joint Life GAI Rate
Age	GAI Rate	Age	GAI Rate
55-58	3.75%	55-58	3.75%
59-64	4.50%	59-64	4.25%
65-69	5.75%	65-69	5.50%
70-74	5.80%	70-74	5.60%
75+	6.00%	75+	5.75%

The Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages may be different than those listed below for applications or rider election forms signed after May 19, 2019.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) elections for Contractowners who transition from Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk).

Single Life GIB %		Joint Life GIB %
Age	GIB %	Age	GIB %
Under 40	2.50%	Under 40	2.50%
40-54	3.00%	40-54	3.00%
55-58	3.50%	55-58	3.50%
59-64	4.00%	59-69	4.00%
65-69	4.50%	70-74	4.50%
70-79	5.00%	75-79	5.00%
80+	5.50%	80+	5.50%

The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account E

Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H
Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N

Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York

Lincoln Life & Annuity Variable Annuity Account H

Lincoln New York Account N for Variable Annuities

Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement dated May 1, 2019

This Rate Sheet provides the Guaranteed Annual Income rates and Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages that we are currently offering. This Rate Sheet must be retained with the current prospectus.

Single Life GAI Rate		Joint Life GAI Rate
Age	GAI Rate	Age	GAI Rate
55-58	3.50%	55-58	3.50%
59-64	4.25%	59-64	4.00%
65-69	5.25%	65-69	5.15%
70-74	5.50%	70-74	5.25%
75+	5.75%	75+	5.50%

The Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages may be different than those listed below for applications or rider election forms signed after May 19, 2019.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit elections for Contractowners who transition from Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage.

Single Life GIB %		Joint Life GIB %
Age	GIB %	Age	GIB %
Under 40	2.50%	Under 40	2.50%
40-54	3.00%	40-54	3.00%
55-58	3.50%	55-58	3.50%
59-64	4.00%	59-69	4.00%
65-69	4.50%	70-74	4.50%
70-79	5.00%	75-79	5.00%
80+	5.50%	80+	5.50%

The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account E

The American Legacy^®

Lincoln National Variable Annuity Account H

Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N

Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York

Lincoln Life & Annuity Variable Annuity Account H

Lincoln New York Account N for Variable Annuities

ChoicePlus^SM, ChoicePlus^SMAccess, ChoicePlus^SM II, ChoicePlus^SM II Access, ChoicePlus^SM II Advance, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM A Share, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM B Share, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM C Share, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM L Share ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Series, ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Prime, ChoicePlus^SM Design, ChoicePlus^SM Signature, ChoicePlus^SM Advisory

Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement dated May 1, 2019

This Rate Sheet provides the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages that we are currently offering. This Rate Sheet must be retained with the current prospectus.

Single Life GIB Percentage		Joint Life GIB Percentage
Age	GIB Percentage	Age	GIB Percentage
Under 40	2.50%	Under 40	2.50%
40-54	3.00%	40-54	3.00%
55-58	3.50%	55-58	3.50%
59-64	4.00%	59-69	4.00%
65-69	4.50%	70-74	4.50%
70-79	5.00%	75-79	5.00%
80+	5.50%	80+	5.50%

Single Life GIB Percentage		Joint Life GIB Percentage
Age	GIB Percentage	Age	GIB Percentage
Under 40	2.50%	Under 40	2.50%
40-54	3.00%	40-54	3.00%
55-58	3.50%	55-58	3.50%
59-64	4.00%	59-64	4.00%
65-69	5.00%	65-69	4.50%
70-74	5.25%	70-74	5.00%
75-79	5.50%	75-79	5.25%
80+	5.50%	80+	5.50%

Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance^SM (L Share)
Individual Variable Annuity Contracts
Lincoln Life Variable Annuity Account N

May 1, 2019

Home Office:
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
1300 South Clinton Street
Fort Wayne, IN 46802
www.LincolnFinancial.com
1-888-868-2583

The available funds are listed below:

AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds):

Invesco V.I. American Franchise Fund*

Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund*

Invesco V.I. Equally-Weighted S&P 500 Fund¹

Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund

AllianceBernstein Variable Products Series Fund:

AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio

AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio*

AB VPS Small/Mid Cap Value Portfolio

ALPS Variable Investment Trust:

ALPS/Stadion Core ETF Portfolio

American Century Variable Portfolios, Inc.:

American Century VP Balanced Fund

American Century VP Large Company Value Fund

American Funds Insurance Series^®:

American Funds Global Growth Fund*

American Funds Global Small Capitalization Fund*

American Funds Growth Fund*

American Funds Growth-Income Fund*

American Funds International Fund*

BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc.:

BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund

Delaware VIP^® Trust:

Delaware VIP^® Diversified Income Series

Delaware VIP^® Emerging Markets Series

Delaware VIP^® High Yield Series*

Delaware VIP^® Limited-Term Diversified Income Series

Delaware VIP^® REIT Series

Delaware VIP^® Small Cap Value Series

Delaware VIP^® Smid Cap Core Series

Delaware VIP^® U.S. Growth Series

Delaware VIP^® Value Series

Deutsche DWS Variable Series II:

DWS Alternative Asset Allocation VIP Portfolio

Fidelity^® Variable Insurance Products:

Fidelity^® VIP Balanced Portfolio*

Fidelity^® VIP Contrafund^® Portfolio

Fidelity^® VIP FundsManager^® 50% Portfolio

Fidelity^® VIP Growth Portfolio

Fidelity^® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio

First Trust Variable Insurance Trust:

First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio²

Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust:

Franklin Income VIP Fund

Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund

Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund

Templeton Growth VIP Fund*

Janus Aspen Series:

Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio*

Janus Henderson Enterprise Portfolio*

Janus Henderson Global Research Portfolio*

JPMorgan Insurance Trust:

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Global Allocation Portfolio

Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust

ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Growth Portfolio

ClearBridge Variable Mid Cap Portfolio

QS Variable Conservative Growth

Lincoln Variable Insurance Products Trust:

LVIP American Century Select Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP American Global Growth Fund*

LVIP American Global Small Capitalization Fund*

LVIP American Growth Fund*

LVIP American Growth-Income Fund*

LVIP American International Fund*

LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund

LVIP BlackRock Advantage Allocation Fund
(formerly LVIP BlackRock Scientific Allocation Fund)

LVIP BlackRock Dividend Value Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation Managed Risk Fund
(formerly LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Managed Risk Fund)

LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund

LVIP BlackRock Global Real Estate Fund

LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund

LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund

LVIP Blended Large Cap Growth Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP Blended Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP ClearBridge Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund*

LVIP ClearBridge QS Select Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP Delaware Bond Fund

LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund

LVIP Delaware Social Awareness Fund

LVIP Delaware Special Opportunities Fund

LVIP Delaware Wealth Builder Fund

LVIP Dimensional International Core Equity Fund

LVIP Dimensional International Equity Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP Dimensional U.S. Core Equity 1 Fund

LVIP Dimensional U.S. Core Equity 2 Fund

LVIP Dimensional U.S. Equity Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund

LVIP Fidelity Institutional AM^® Select Core Equity Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP Franklin Templeton Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP Franklin Templeton Multi-Asset Opportunities Fund

LVIP Franklin Templeton Value Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund

LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund

LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund

LVIP Global Income Fund

LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund

LVIP Goldman Sachs Income Builder Fund

LVIP Government Money Market Fund

LVIP Invesco Diversified Equity-Income Managed Volatility Fund*

LVIP Invesco Select Equity Income Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP JPMorgan High Yield Fund

LVIP JPMorgan Retirement Income Fund

LVIP JPMorgan Select Mid Cap Value Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP MFS International Equity Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP MFS International Growth Fund

LVIP MFS Value Fund

LVIP Mondrian International Value Fund

LVIP Multi-Manager Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund

LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund

LVIP SSGA Conservative Index Allocation Fund

LVIP SSGA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund

LVIP SSGA Developed International 150 Fund

LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets 100 Fund

LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund

LVIP SSGA Global Tactical Allocation Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP SSGA International Index Fund

LVIP SSGA International Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP SSGA Large Cap 100 Fund

LVIP SSGA Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP SSGA Mid-Cap Index Fund

LVIP SSGA Moderate Index Allocation Fund

LVIP SSGA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund

LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund

LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund

LVIP SSGA S&P 500 Index Fund³

LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund*

LVIP SSGA Small-Cap Index Fund

LVIP SSGA Small-Mid Cap 200 Fund

LVIP SSGA SMID Cap Managed Volatility Fund

LVIP T. Rowe Price 2010 Fund*

LVIP T. Rowe Price 2020 Fund*

LVIP T. Rowe Price 2030 Fund*

LVIP T. Rowe Price 2040 Fund*

LVIP T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund

LVIP T. Rowe Price Structured Mid-Cap Growth Fund

LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund

LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund

LVIP Vanguard Domestic Equity ETF Fund

LVIP Vanguard International Equity ETF Fund

LVIP Wellington Capital Growth Fund

LVIP Wellington Mid-Cap Value Fund

LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust:

MFS^® VIT Growth Series

MFS^® VIT Total Return Series

MFS^® VIT Utilities Series

MFS^® Variable Insurance Trust II:

MFS^® VIT II Core Equity Portfolio*

Neuberger Berman Advisers Management Trust:

Neuberger Berman AMT Mid Cap Intrinsic Value Portfolio*

PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust:

PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn^® Strategy Portfolio

Putnam Variable Trust:

Putnam VT Equity Income Fund*

Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund